The Elements of Nature, Book 2

by The Avenger

Rating: teen
Tags: Dark, Comedy, Romance, Adventure
Length: 84546

With two years and three Avatars left, time is not on their side.

It's been a few weeks since the Siege of the South, and Firebrand and Agua are ready to look for the remaining Elements of Nature and the last Avatars. Joined by Twilight and her friends, they will travel the world in their search, but along the way, they will meet both new and old enemies … and who is the mysteries Deker?

Published 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC
Last updated 2013-05-10 13:52:50 UTC

Chapter 2, The Cave of Two Lovers

The Elements of Nature, Book 2

Chapter 2, The Cave of Two Lovers

“We should get to Omashu by the afternoon.” Twilight said as the group rest by a river. Most of the Wonderbolts are lazily floating in the water, just enjoying the warm spring sun.

“Hey, Agua, whut are yo' doin'?” Applejack asked as Agua bends some of the water.

“I’m practicing my bending.” Agua answered as she creates a globule which eventually transforms into eight whip-like water tentacles.

“That’s really cool, Agu--” Apple Bloom began, only to be cut off by some sounds in the distance. “Does anypony else hear that?”

“I sounds like ... music.” Fire’ said when they hear a guitar and a pony singing.

“I hear it, too.” Pinkie said. “And I know where it’s coming from.”

“Where?” Rainbow asked as she gets out of the water.

“There.” Pinkie said as she points to a group of nomads from Geo Firma.

The leader has a brown coat with a yellow mane and tail. He is wearing blue clothing and has a flower neckless. He has a pink flower for a cutie mark. He’s the one who's singing, “Da, da, da. Don't fall in love with the traveling mare. She'll leave you broke and brokenhearted,” he then notices the group, “hey, river ponies!”

“We’re not river ponies.” Rarity said to the hippie.

With a puzzled look, the lead nomad said nothing for a second. “You're not? Well, then what kind of ponies are you?”

“Just ... ponies.” Twilight said.

“Aren't we all, sister?” The hippie said.

Rapidfire then walks up to the group. “Who are you?” He accusingly said.

“I'm Chong and this is my wife, Lily.” The lead nomad said. “We're nomads, happy to go wherever the wind takes us!”

“You guys are nomads?” Firebrand said to them.

“Weird.” Spike said.

“Yep.” Chong said as he notices Spitfire’s and the other Wonderbolts flight suit, “Oh. Nice underwear...” The Wonderbolts then blush out of embarrassment.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, in a forest severally kilometers away, Zuko emerges from some bushes. “I didn't find anything to eat! I can't live like this! I wasn't meant to be a fugitive. This is impossible!” Zuko said, as he looks over at Iroh, who is staring at a bush with a white flower, “Uncle, what are you doing?”

“You're looking at the rare White Dragon Bush.” Iroh said to his nephew, drooling. “Its leaves make a tea so delicious, it's heartbreaking. That, or it's the White Jade which is poisonous.”

“We need food, not tea.” Zuko pointed out. “I can’t believe I’m gonna say this, but I'm going fishing.” Zuko the leaves to go find the nearest river.

“Hmm ... delectable tea? Or a deadly poison?” Iroh dreamily then suspiciously said.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, Sweetie Belle runs up to Rarity, wearing a wreath of pink flowers on her head. “Were did you get that? It’s positively lovely.” Rarity asked her little sister.

“Lilly.” Sweetie answered. “You should hear some of their stories. These guys have been everywhere!”

“Well, not everywhere, Little Unicorn. But where we haven't been, we've heard about through stories and songs.” Chong said while tuning his guitar.

“They said they'll take us t'see a giant night crawler! Uh ... whut’s a night crawler?” Apple Bloom said.

“Don’t know. Don’t wanna find out.” Spike said.

On the ground, Moku, one of the nomads is talking in a dreamy voice. “On the way, there's a waterfall that creates a never-ending rainbow!”

“Look, I hate to be the wet blanket here, but since Rarity is busy, I guess it's up to me.” Rainbow said as Rarity glares at her while Lily braids her mane. “We need to get to Omashu. No sidetracks, no worms and definitely no rainbows.”

“Wow, sounds like someone has a case of destination fever. You're worried too much about where you're going.” Chong said.

“You got to focus less on the ‘where’ and more on the ‘going.’” Lilly said.

“O. Ma. Shu!” Rainbow impatiently said.

“Rainbow's right.” Fire’ said. “We need to find King Bumi, so we can look for the next Avatar.”

“Sounds like you're headed to Omashu.” Chong said, causing Rainbow to smack her forehead. “There's an old story about the secret pass right through the mountains.”

“Is this real or a legend?” Twilight asked with some skepticism in her voice.

“Oh, it's a real legend. And it's as old as the legendary art of earthbending itself,” he then begins to sing. “Two lovers, forbidden from one another, the war divides their people and the mountain divides them apart! Built a path to be together!” He then stops for a moment. “Yeah, I forget the next couple of lines, but then it goes ... Secret tunnel! Secret tunnel! Through the mountains, secret, secret, secret, secret tunnel! Yeah!”

The others soon clap, including the other nomads. “That was one cool song.” Pinkie sang.

“I think we'll just stick with flying. We've dealt with the Fire Nation before. We'll be fine.” A unamused Rainbow said as she puts on a harness, along with the Wonderbolts.

“Yeah, thanks for the help, but all Pegasi hate going underground.” Fluttershy said as she and the others get into the chariot. “Besides, we need to get to Omashu soon, and flying is the fastest and safest way...”

==================================================================

Five minutes later, the group were sighted by a Fire Nation battalion, and are being fired upon. They desperately try to escape as the Fire Nation fires missiles their way. “Launch!” Several trebuchets are activated, launching an assault of fireballs at the team, who manages to narrowly avoid them, scamming their lungs out.

==================================================================

Five minutes later, the group, covered in ash and scorch marks, casually stroll past the nomads. “Secret love cave, let's go.” Spike said to them as he points forward.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, Zuko arrives back to his and Iroh’s campsite from his fishing trip. Unfortunately, he has only managed to spear a single, tiny fish which flaps about helplessly on the large branch he used for a fishing pole. Zuko then sees his uncle, hunched over. “Zuko, remember that plant I thought might be tea?”

“You didn't...”

“I did...” Iroh said as he turns around “...and it wasn't.” He is now swollen and covered in red marks. Zuko, out of shock drops the branch with the tiny fish. Surprisingly calm, Iroh begins to talk while scratching his back with a branch. “When the rash spreads to my throat, I will stop breathing. But look what I found.”

He then shows Zuko the branch which has some pink berries. “These are Bacui Berries, known to cure the poison of the White Jade. That, or Maka'ole Berries which cause blindness” Zuko then grabs the branch of berries and hurls it into the bushes.

“We're not taking anymore chances with these plants!” Zuko said to his uncle. “We need to get help.”

“But where are we going to go?” Iroh then crouches down and scratches his rash vigorously. “We're enemies of Geo Firma and fugitives from the Fire Nation.”

“If Geo Firma discovers us, we'll be killed.” Zuko said.

“But if the Fire Nation discovers us, we'll be turned over to Azula.” Iroh said as he gets up while still scratching. After a long pause, Zuko makes the decision.

“Geo Firma it is.” Zuko said as they head for the nearest village.

==================================================================

“How far are we from the tunnel?” Rainbow asked as they journey to the tunnel along a wide street surrounded by the ruins of a temple.

“Actually, it's not just one tunnel. The lovers didn't want anyone to find out about their love, so they built a whole labyrinth!” Chong said.

At this, Rarity, Applejack, Fire,’ and Twilight all stop in their tracks. “Labyrinth?!” They all said as they catch up to the others. “How are we supposed to get through?” Twilight asked.

“All you need to do, to get through, is trust in love ... according to the curse.” Lily said.

“Curse!” Everypony, except the nomads, said.

“Hey-hey! We're here!” Chong said as they approach a dark entrance.

Applejack then walks up to him, “Whut exackly is this hyar curse?” She asked.

“The curse says that only those who trust in love can make it through the caves. Otherwise, you'll be trapped in them forever.” Chong answered.

“And die.” Lily finished.

“Oh yeah, and die. Hey, I just remembered the rest of that song!” Chong said as he stands before the entrance, strums, then sings in an ominous line. “And die!”

“That's it!” Rainbow yelled out. “There's no way I'm going through some cursed hole!”

“Rainbow. Remember Zecora, how you all thought she was an evil enchantress that put a curse on us. It was just poison joke, remember?” Twilight pointed out.

“Oh yeah.” Rainbow said when she became ‘Rainbow Crash.’

Moku then notices some smoke in the distance. “Hey, somepony's making a big campfire!”

“That's no campfire, Moku.” Apple Bloom said.

“It's the Fire Nation. They're tracking us.” Agua said.

“So all you need to do is trust in love to get through these caves?” Firebrand asked Chong.

“That is correct, Master Fire Mane.” Chong answered.

Firebrand than stares at Twilight for a moment. “We can make it.” Fire’ said.

“Quick, everypony into the hole!” Spitfire said.

Just as they get into the hole, several Fire Nation tanks rumble across the terrain toward the entrance of the tunnel and stop once they reach the mouth of the cave. “Hold on!” The commander said to his subordinates. “It's too dangerous. Haven't you heard the song? Just close them in. The mountain will take care of the rest.”

The tanks then fire rotating grappling hooks from canisters into the tunnel and release them after a few moments, unleashing an avalanche of boulders, trapping the group inside. “It's so dark! I can’t even see my hoof in front of my face!” Rainbow said, beginning to panic along with the other Pegasi.

“Thats my hoof, Rainbow.” AJ said to her.

“And my face.” Twilight said.

“I can’t use my magic to make light. Something is blocking it.” Fire’ said.

Light then appears as Chong lights a torch. Firebrand then walks up to a wall. “The walls are rich in the same iron ore the Fire Nation uses in their tanks.”

“Uh ... Meaning?” Spike asked.

“Meaning, non of us can use magic at all.” Fire’ said as he thinks. “We need a plan. Chong, how long do those torches last?” Fire’ asked the nomad.

“Uh, about two hours each.” Chong casually said.

Lily then lights the rest of the torches. “And we have five torches, so that's ten hours!” She said.

Agua then uses her bending to put them out. “It doesn't work like that if they're all lit at the same time!” Agua said as she takes the leftover water from the torches.

“Oh, right.” Lily said, slightly embarrassed.

“Ah's a-gonna make a map t'keep track of exackly whar we've been. Then we sh'd be able t'solve it like a maze an' git through.” Applejack said as she gets a pice of paper out as they begin to navigate the cave. Twilight and Fire’ then look at each other with unsure expressions.

==================================================================

In a small village, Iroh is being treated for the White Jade by a Unicorn mare with a white coat, bright blue mane and tail, pink eyes, and a red cross for a cutie mark. The rash has spread to his face and his cheeks are now swollen. “You two must not be from around here. We know better than to touch the White Jade, much less make it into tea and drink it.” The mare said as she wrings a pice of cloth with her magic. She then flicks Iroh's hoof away when he scratches his rash.

“Whoops!” Iroh said.

“So where are you traveling from?” The mare asked, causing Zuko to sit up.

“Yes, we're travelers.” Zuko said nervously.

“Do you have names?” The mare asked as she gives Iroh some ointment.

“Names? Of course we have names. I'm, uh ... Lee and this is my Uncle, uh ... Mushi?” Iroh then shoots an angry look at him as the mare opens a jar with her magic and pulls out some lotion and begins slathering it over the inflamed areas.

“Yes, my nephew was named after his father, so we just call him Junior.” He then leans over to the side and gives Zuko a pleased smile. “He hates it when we call him that.”

Zuko them glares angrily at Iroh and moves his hoof across his neck, meaning that Iroh is dead meat, but halts when the mare turns to look at him. “Mushi and Junior. My name is Song. You two look like you could use a good meal.” Song said as she slaps Iroh's hoof away when he goes to scratch his rash again. “Why don't you two stay for dinner?”

“Sorry, but we have to be moving on.” Zuko said.

Song then screws the lid of the lotion and puts it up. “That's too bad. My mom always makes too much roast duck and pineapple.” Song said with an innocent smile.

“Where do you live exactly?” Iroh asked excitedly.

==================================================================

Back at the dark tunnel, Shining is standing with a map on the ground. He tilts it to the side a few times before drawing it closer to him. “Applejack, this is the tenth dead-end you've led us to.” Rarity said to her.

“This hyar don't make sense. We already came through this way.” Applejack said.

Chong then walks up to her. “We don't need a map. We just need love. The little fillies know that.”

“Yeah, but we'dn't mind a map also.” Apple Bloom said, taking her sisters side.

“There's something strange here. There's only one explanation.” Fire’ said when he realizes something. The others then look at him, hoping for an explanation. “The tunnels are changing.” He said, and just then, the cave then begins to shake, surprising everyone.

==================================================================

At the small village, it’s nighttime as Zuko and Iroh are eating at Song’s kitchen table. They are eating some noodles and roast pineapples, along with some roast duck. “My daughter tells me you're refugees.” Song’s mother said. “We were once refugees ourselves.”

“When I was a little filly, the Fire Nation raided our farming village. All the stallions were taken away. That was the last time I saw my father.” Song sadly said.

“I haven't seen my father in many years.” Zuko said.

“Oh, is he fighting in the War?” Song sorrowfully asked.

Zuko hesitates for a moment as Iroh is slurps up a bowl of noodles. “Yeah.”

==================================================================

Back at the cave, Chong is frantically walking around. “The tunnels, they're a-changin.' It must be the curse! I knew we shouldn't have come down here!”

“Right, if only we listened to you.” Twilight sarcastically said to him.

Fluttershy then raises her hoof into the air. “Everypony be quiet. Listen.” She said.

They then hear a low snarl from within the darkness of the tunnel. Shining suspiciously holds the torch up to the tunnel to inspect the strange sound. Suddenly, a giant bat-like creature flies from the darkness of the cave towards the group, causing everyone to panic. “It's a giant flying thing with teeth!” Chong said as it flies around them.

“It’s a giant bat!” Twilight said.

“It’s a flying wolf!” Rainbow said.

“No! It's a wolfbat!” Moku said to them as it lands, taking on the appearance of a wolf. Rainbow then begins to wave her torch at the bat. Unfortunately, sparks hit a vain of magnesium, igniting it, releasing a discharge of rocks and debris. Firebrand uses his firebending to push the others out-of-the-way. But Twilight is out of range and the wolfbat is about to pounce on her. Firebrand then races towards Twilight and pushes her out-of-the-way as the wolfbat is crushed by a large boulder. Twilight then lights a torch she had and they see that the cave in has divided them from the group completely. On the other side, the Applejack, Rainbow, Rarity, Fluttershy, Pinkie, Agua and the Cutie Mark Crusaders stare at the giant wall, with Spike digging at it but the rock is too hard for him.

“Yeah, it's no use, we can't move that wall.” Chong said when Spike stops. “We're separated. But at least you have us!” Chong said to them as the nomads smile.

The thought horrifies the gang to the point of screaming ... “NOOOOO!!!!!!” Everyone screamed, except for Pinkie. “Why are you screaming?”

==================================================================

Meanwhile, Zuko is sitting on Song's front porch, she then comes outside and sits beside him. “Can I join you? I know what you've been through. We've all been through it.” She then notices Zuko's scar. “The Fire Nation has hurt you, haven't they?”

She reaches out to touch his scar only to have Zuko push her hand away. “It's okay. They've hurt me, too.” She then shows him her leg and shows burn scars on them. Zuko casts her a surprised look upon seeing this.

==================================================================

Chong and his group are singing much to Rainbow’s annoyance. “Oh, don't let the cave-in get you down! Don't let the falling rocks turn your smile into a frown! When the tunnels are darkest, that's when you need a clown, hey! Don't let the cave-in get you down.”

==================================================================

In another part of the tunnels, Twilight and Fire’ are trying to find the others. “Firebrand, look!” She cheerfully said as she points to a solid rock door.

“We found the exit!” Fire’ said as they make their way to the door.

Using all their strength, they mange to open it a few feet before Twilight jumps in. However, her look of hope changes into one of disappointment. “This isn't the exit.” She sadly said.

Fire’ then walks up to her, torch in hoof. “No. It's a tomb.” The tomb is large, at least twice the size of Twilight’s library. “It must be the two lovers from the legend; that's who's buried here.”

Twilight walks over to them and sees some pictures on the sarcophagus. “These pictures tell their story. Lets see, they met on top of the mountain that divided their two villages. The villages were enemies, so they could not be together, but their love was strong and they found a way. The two lovers learned earthbending from the badger-moles; they became the first earthbenders. They built elaborate tunnels, so they could meet secretly.

Anyone who tried to follow them would be forever in the labyrinth. But, one day, the colt didn't come -- he'd died in the war between the two villages. Devastated, the mare unleashed a terrible display of her earthbending power -- she could have destroyed them all, but, instead, she declared the war over. Both villages helped her build a new city where they could live together in peace. The mare's name was Oma and the colt's name was Shu. The great nation was named Omashu as a monument to their love.”

The two then look at each other momentarily before turning around. They see a giant statue of the two lovers kissing, both Earth ponies. They then see an inscription above the statue. 'Love is brightest in the dark.' Is what it said.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, on the other side of the cave, Applejack glares at her map. “Oh, great! Your plans have led us to another dead-end!” Moka said to the orange Earth pony.

“At least she’s thinkin' of ideas an' tryin' t'git us outta hyar, Moku.” Apple Bloom said, defending her sister.

“Whoa, whoa, wait a minute. We're thinking of ideas? Because I've had an idea for, like, an hour now.” Chong said.

“Yes! We are all thinkin' of ideas!” Applejack yelled at him.

“Well, then listen to this: If love is the key out of here, then all we need to do is play a love song!” Chong then begins to play a song on his lute, much to everypony’s dismay, except for the nomads.

“For once, I’m not in the mood for a song.” Pinkie said.

“Even if you're lost, you can't lose the love because it's in your heart...” Chong began. Rainbow then slaps her forehead again.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, Zuko and Iroh are preparing to leave from Song's house. They are standing outside, with dozens of fireflies in the air. “Thank you for the duck. It was delicious.” Iroh said.

“You're welcome. It gives me pleasure to see somepony eat my cooking with such ... gusto.” Song’s mother said.

“Much practice.” Iroh said as he pats he stomach. Zuko then turns around to leave, “Junior, where are your manners? You need to thank these nice ponies.”

Zuko then turns around and bows to them. “Thank you.”

“I know you don't think there's any hope left in the world, but there is hope. The Avatars have returned.” Song said to Zuko.

“I know.” Zuko bitterly said as they then leave.

==================================================================

“We're going to run out of light in 5 minutes ... at most.” Firebrand said to Twilight. “How are we going to find our way out of these tunnels?”

“I have a crazy idea.” Twilight said.

“What?”

Twilight hesitates for a second, but walks away, slightly embarrassed. “Never mind. It's too crazy.”

“Twilight, what is it?”

“I was thinking ... The curse says we'll be trapped in here forever unless we trust in love...”

“Right...”

“And at the tomb, it says, ‘Love is brightest in the dark,’ and has a picture of them kissing.”

“Where are you going with this?”

“Well, what if we ... kissed?” Twilight said shyly while blushing.

Firebrand is stunned by what he just heard and begins to blush. “Us ... kissing?”

“See? It was a crazy idea.” She then notices that the torch has a few seconds left. “What are we going to do?”

“What can we do?” Twilight then silently walks to him. They then stare each other in the eyes for a few moments. The two then begin to lean into one another as the last of the torch-light fades. They close there eyes as they are about to kiss. Suddenly, the ceiling of the cave lights up revealing thousands of glowing crystals gleaming overhead.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, the others are journeying through the cave when they hear low growls in the distance. “What was that?” Fluttershy asked as they look in the dark tunnel, when several wolfbats come into the light, racing towards them. Spike waves his claws around frantically in the air, trying to scare them off. But they wolfbats just fly straight past them.

“Hey! You saved us, Spike!” Chong said.

“No, they were running away from something!” Fluttershy said.

“From what?” Moka asked. Just then, caves begin to rumble as a wall of rock begins to crumble. Without warning, two giant badger-moles burst through the caves, causing the group to panic.

“Ask a silly question.” Spike said as one badger-mole closes its hands together in a prayerful way, closing off a tunnel behind it with earthbending. The other badger-mole pounds the ground with its paws and raises a wall of earth, blocking off the exits. One badger-mole then uses its earthbending to create a split in the earth between the nomads and the main six (mines Twilight), the Cutie Mark Crusaders and Agua.

They tried to avoid the badger-mole's swipes, but Applejack is blown back several feet and starts hastily backing away, her hoofs hitting a string on the lute in the process, producing a musical note. The badger-mole cocks its head curiously at this as the creatures quiet down. Realizing what just happened, Applejack picks up the lute and begins playing a tune. “Hey, those things are music lovers!” Sweetie Belle said to the others.

“Giant moles a-comin' toward me. Come on guys, he'p me out!” Applejack nervously said while singing.

Chong and his group then get their remaining instruments and begin singing. “The big, bad badger-moles who earthbend the tunnels, hate the wolfbats, but love the sounds!”

==================================================================

In another part of the caves, Twilight and Fire’ are staring at the ceiling of glowing crystals, with their hoofs still linked. “They're some kind of crystal. They must only light up in the dark.” Fire' said as they stare at the glowing, multicolored crystals.

“That's how the two lovers found each other.” Twilight said in realization as she gestures with her hoofs along the ceiling. “They just put out their lights and followed the crystals.” They then see the exit. “That must be the way out!” They then hug each other before realizing what they're doing.

“So, uh...” Fire’ began.

“Let's go!” Twilight then runs for the exit.

Fire’ then stares after her before shaking his head and smiling. He and Twilight make their way out of the cave and into the outdoors. The two then run around a little bit in the suns rays, but Fire’ stops when he remembers whats missing. “Wait! What about the others?”

The two are concerned at first, but they then hear a rumbling. At that moment, Shining and Cadence, the other Elements of Harmony, the CMC and the band of nomads emerge from the cave, riding on top of the badger-moles. Debris flies everywhere as Fire’ and Twilight shield themselves from the rubble. Rainbow then waves at the two as she gets off. “Rainbow!” Twilight said, happy to see her friends are all okay.

“How did you guys get out?” Rainbow asked the two.

“Just like the legend said, we let love lead the way.” Twilight said.

“Really? We let huge, ferocious beasts lead our way.” Applejack said as Firebrand goes over to the others to see if there all right. Fluttershy waves goodbye to the badger-moles as they return to the caves. Spike runs up to Twilight ad hugs her, which is when Twilight notices something different about Rainbow.

“Oh my goodness! Rainbow, why is you forehead all red?” Twilight asked the rainbow maned Pegasus. But before she could answer, Chong walks up to them.

“Nopony react to what I'm about to say: I think that Agua and Fire’ might be the Avatars!” Rainbow then smacks her forehead, enlarging the red spot while Chong looks at her in curiosity.

“So are you guys going to come to Omashu with us?” Pinkie asked the nomads.

“Nope.” Moku answered.

“Okey-dokey-lokey!” Pinkie said as the band of nomads begin walking away as Chong places a necklace of flowers around Rainbow’s neck.

“Rainbow, I hope you learned a little something about not letting the plans get in the way of the journey.” Chong said as he hugs her, which amuses everypony, especially Applejack.

“Just play your songs.” Rainbow said, irritated yet blushing.

Chong then stops hugging her. “Hey! Good plan!” Chong said as he takes his lute and begins signing. “Even if you're lost, you can't lose the love because it's in your heart. Da, da, da...”

A few minutes later, the group walk up some hills, with Omashu on the other side. “The journey was long and annoying, but now you get to see what it's really about: the destination.” Applejack said as she takes the lead. “Ah present t'yo' th' Geo Firman city of O--” But Applejack stops abruptly as she stares at Omashu, which has a very bad thing on the outer wall.

“Oh no...” Applejack said as the others get to her location and see the very big problem, Omashu has been captured and placed under Fire Nation rule, with the Fire Nation flag above the entrance.

Chapter 3, Omashu

The Elements of Nature, Book 2

Chapter 3, Omashu

“I can't believe it.” Twilight said to the group. “I know the War has spread far, but even Celestia considered Omashu ... untouchable.”

“Until now it was.” Firebrand said as they see the black smoke coming from the city. “Now Ba Sing Se is the only great Geo Firman stronghold left.”

“What now?” Rainbow asked. “If this Bumi guy can help, how are we supposed to get into the city without being spotted.”

“Spike, time to send a letter to Celestia.” Twilight said as she pulls out a scroll and a quill for Spike to use. “‘Dear Princess Celestia, I’m afraid to tell you, but Omashu has fallen to the Fire Nation. We will wait by the city for you word. Twilight Sparkle.’” Twilight said as Spike writs it down.

Spike then takes a deep breath and blows on the scroll, and it flies away. “It’s on it’s way.”

“How long till Celestia gets it?” Rainbow asked.

“Not sure.” Twilight said to her friend. “It usually takes a few seconds. But, considering how far away we are from Canterlot, it might be longer.”

“Yeah. It might be minutes or hour-” But before Spike could finished, he belches and a scroll appears, which Twilight catches and reads.

“Well, what does it say?” Applejack asked.

“She said that we should at least try to get everypony in the city out, and find Bumi.” Twilight said as she puts the scroll away.

“And how are we supposed to do that?” Agua asked.

“I got an idea.” Fire’ said, causing the group to look at him.

==================================================================

Later, below Omashu's gate, Firebrand is attempting to open the entrance to a secret tunnel with his magic. “A secret tunnel? Why isn’t anyone else using it?” Rainbow asked, right when Fire’ opens the grate, nearly showering the group with sewage.

“That answer your question?” Fire’ said as he crawls into the tunnel, followed by the others, with Applejack and Apple Bloom dragging a reluctant Rarity and Sweetie Belle. Fire’ and Twilight conjure up a ball to clear the path while Agua uses waterbending to maneuver the sewage carefully around her and the others. They eventually make it to a well and climb up, jumping near someones cloths lines. Fire’ then takes two bandanas, one orange and one blue, and a black robe with a hood, and gives the blue bandana to Agua and the robe to Twilight.

“Just in case.” Fire’ said as he uses his bandana to hide his mane, while Agua does the same as Twilight takes off her tiara and puts on the robe.

“That wasn't as bad as I thought.” Rarity said as she climbs out, followed by Rainbow.

That's when the group notices that three five-eyed, five-tentacled, octopus-like creatures have attached themselves to her skin. “Ahh! They won't let go! Help!” Rainbow said, unsure if the little creatures are some kind of parasite.

“Relax, Rainbow.” Fluttershy said to her worried friend. “It's just purple pentapi.” Fluttershy said as she removes the creatures by lightly rubbing their heads. Just as she finishes removing the last purple pentapus...

“Hey!” A Fire Nation guard called out. “What are you foals doing out past curfew?”

“Sorry. We were just on our way home, dears.” Rarity said as the group turn around and leave.

“Wait, what's the matter with her? The one with the rainbow mane?” One of the guards asked when he notices the spots where the pentapi were attached to Rainbow.

Fire’ then gets an idea. “She has pentapox, sir. It's highly contagious.” Fire’ said, with Rainbow quickly catching on.

“Oh, it's so awful. I'm dying.” Rainbow exaggerated as she slowly walks to the guards and lands on them, terrifying them as they push her back.

“And deadly.” Fire’ finished.

“Hey, I think I heard of pentapox!” One of the guards said. “Didn't your cousin Chang die of it?”

“We'd better go wash our hoofs, and burn our clothes.” The other guard said as they run away.

“Thank you, sewer friends.” Fluttershy said to the pentapus as they are delivered back to their home.

==================================================================

On Azula’s ship, she is consulting with her two assistants, Li and Lo. “When tracking your brother and uncle, traveling with the royal procession may no longer be an option,” said Li.

“May no longer be wise,” followed by Lo.

“If you hope to keep the element of surprise,” the twins said simultaneously.

“You're right.” Azula said to them. “The royal procession is dead weight. If I want to catch my prey, I must be agile, nimble. I need a small, elite team. It's time to visit some old friends.”

==================================================================

Back to Omashu, it’s now dusk as the main 6, the Wonderbolts, the CMC, Agua and Fire’ are sneaking around. They hide behind some metal bars used for construction as a patrol passes by. “Let's find this Bumi and get out of here.” Agua said after the patrol passes.

“Where would they be keeping him?” Rainbow asked.

“If Celestia's right, Bumi is a Unicorn, so they have to be keeping him somewhere he can’t use magic. Someplace made of anti-magic metal.” Twilight said as they go on.

Meanwhile, not far away, a mare with a light tan coat and a black mane and tail, along with a dark red and black dress and a shuriken for a cutie mark, is being escorted by two Fire Nation guards along with an older mare with a light red coat and a black mane, carrying a baby colt with an orange mane, a yellow coat, and purple eyes. “There really is no fathoming the depths of my hatred for this place.” The younger mare said.

“Mai, your father was appointed governor.” The older mare, Mai’s mother, said. “We're like royalty here. Be happy and enjoy it.” She said, not noticing that some rocks are ready to be pushed down one of Omashu's mail delivery chutes which ends near where Mai's party is walking.

“The targets are approaching.” A Pegasus said to his other resistance fighters, and to his captain, a Pegasus with a brown coat and a black mane and tail, who’s stroking his beard.

“Take them out.” The captain said.

“I thought my life was boring in the Fire Nation, but this place is unbearably bleak. Nothing ever happens.” Mai said in a dull tone as the resistance fighter pushes the rocks down the chute. The group walk by and see the rocks crumbling down at high-speed. Fire’ then looks in distress at Mai's party and unsheathes his sword, superheats it, and slices the rock clean in two. Mai's party is alerted by the sound and looks up to see what caused it: Firebrand. And they see that he’s not alone.

“The resistance!” Mai’s mother cried as Mai puts on a faint smile. She then spreads her arms at Fire,’ throwing tiny arrows at him. Fire’ quickly ducks, avoiding the arrows which bury themselves in the stack of construction material behind him. The group then run away as two of the Fire Nation guards climb up the ladders to get to them.

Agua quickly turns around and uses the water from her pouch to form a water whip and sends the two guards flying off. As the guards fall, Mai reaches the top and runs toward Agua, stretching out her right hoof, shoots off some more arrows. Agua raises a shield of ice to protect herself as the arrows embed themselves in it as Mai keeps charging at Agua, who runs away. Mai jumps over the icy wall in hot pursuit of Agua. Fire’ waits for Agua and lets her pass as he awaits for Mai.

Using his magic, Fire’ causes some of the construction scaffolding to collapse, but Mai sees this and directs a throwing star right at Fire.’ Fire’ barley manages to dodge the flying star as. Unfortunately, Mai is standing on one side of the collapsed scaffolding and has a clear shot of the group. But, just as she throws more arrows at them, the ground beneath the team opens up, making them disappear and then rapidly closes again. Mai looks where her targets disappeared, letting out a deep sigh. She then turns around and walks away.

Below ground... “Ow! I had softer landings.” Rainbow said after both Applejack and Rarity landed on her. The team then sees a group of resistance members, just looking at them. It’s Yung, flanked by two other members.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, at a traveling circus in not far from Omashu, Azula is looking for a pink earth pony with a light brown mane and tail with a high-wire set up for a cutie mark. Azula finds her and sees she's standing on the tip of one hoof. “Ty Lee, could that possibly be you?” Azula said to her.

She then opens her eyes and smiles when she sees... “Azula!” Ty Lee breaks her stand and spins around in a graceful twirl and bows down before Azula. She then runs forward to give Azula a hug. “It is so good to see you!”

“Please, don't let me interrupt your ... whatever it is you were doing.”

Ty Lee, still smiling, does a back flip and ends up lying on her chest with one leg stretched out over her head and the other straight up to the sky.

“Tell me, what is the daughter of a noblemare doing here?” Azula said as she glances around to try to figure out why Ty Lee is with this circus. “Certainly our parents didn't send us to the Royal Academy for Mares to end up in ... places like this,” Azula said when she sees a Komodo Dragon lay a few eggs, which disgust her as she turns her attention back to Ty Lee, who's smiling at the sight. “I have a proposition for you. I'm hunting a traitor.” Azula then casually looks at her hoofs. “You remember my old fuddy duddy uncle, don't you?” Azula asked.

“Oh yeah. He was so funny.” Ty Lee said, giggling while resting on her chest and elbows, but now with both of her back hoofs resting on her head.

“I would be honored if you would join me on my mission.” Azula said to her old friend.

“Oh... I ... uh ... would love to.” Ty Lee said as she stands up in a fluid and elegant movement. “But the truth is, I'm really happy here.” She then smiles sincerely. “I mean, my aura has never been pinker!”

Azula quickly raises her hoof in a ‘stop’ motion before Ty Lee could explain further. “I'll take your word for it. Well, I wouldn't want you to give up the life you love just to please me.”

“Thank you, Azula.” Ty Lee then bows in respect and returns to her stretching.

“Of course, before I leave, I'm going to catch your show.” Azula said while walking away.

Ty Lee's then accidentally breaks her stance, as she gasps in panic. She then continues her stretch and the expression of panic changes to one of worry. “Huh? Uh ... yeah ... sure ... uh ... of course...”

==================================================================

Back to Omashu, lot of people have gathered in some sort of underground cave. At the other side of the room, Fire,’ Agua, the main 6, the Wonderbolts and the CMC enter the large space through a tunnel. They are talking to Yung and his friends. “So, is this hyar Kin' Bumi wif yo' guys? Is he leadin' th' resistance?” Applejack asked.

“Of course not!” Yung angrily said. “The day of the invasion, we readied ourselves for battle, we were prepared to defend our city ... to fight for our lives and for our freedom. But before we even had a chance, King Bumi surrendered, I asked him what he wanted to do. He looked me in the eye and said, in these exact words, ‘I'm going to do ... nothing!’ He then started laughing and snorting like the mad lunatic he is.”

“Wow. Sombra would be a good guy compared to Bumi.” Spike said.

“Who?” Agua asked.

“It doesn't matter now.” Yung continued. “Fighting the Fire Nation is the only path to freedom. And freedom is worth dying for. Just ask the Americans.” As Yung ends his speech, a smile plays on his face.

“Actually there's another path to freedom.” Fire’ said as he steps up to Yung. “You could leave Omashu. You're directing all your energy to fight the Fire Nation. But you're outnumbered. You can't win. Now is the time to retreat, so you can live to fight another day.”

“You don't understand. They've taken our home, and we have to fight them at any cost!” Yung said to the Fire Avatar, making different hoof gestures to make his point.

“I don't know, Yung, living to fight another day is starting to sound pretty good to me.” One of the resistance fighters said in a soft tone.

“Yeah, I'm with the Fire Avatar!” Another said as Yung looks at all the people who have taken refuge under ground and now are living in the sewer tunnels while they whisper among themselves.

He then looks back at Fire.’ “Fine. But there are thousands of citizens that need to leave. How are we going to get them all out?” Yung asked.

At this, Misty Fly gets an idea, an idea involving ... “Suckers!” Applejack then raises one eyebrow and just stares at her, along with rest of the group. Misty Fly just blinks, shifting her eyes right and left, smiling broadly. “You're all about to come down with a nasty case of pentapox.”

==================================================================

The next morning, most of the civilians in Omashu have purple pentapi attach, then detach to them, including the group, except for Fire’ and Twilight, for obvious reasons. Once that’s done, Rainbow walks over to address them, which she does. “Listen up, everypony! The marks make ya look sick, but you gotta act sick too. Ya gotta sell it!” She said.

“An' how are they supposed t'do thet, Rainbow?” Applejack asked. Just then, an old stallion with a peg leg hobbles by them, leaning heavily on his cane, clutching his back while moaning in pain.

“Just like that, Applejack.” Rainbow said to the apple framer.

“Wow! How did you get so good?” Pinkie asked the old colt, who turns around.

“Years of practice.” He said as he taps his peg leg.

“Okay everyone! Into sick formation.” Spitfire called out. The entire group and the other civilians then start walking toward the gates of Omashu.

Just as Agua’s about to join them, she notices that Fire’ and Twilight are walking off in the other direction. “What are you two doing? Aren't you coming with us.” She said.

“No. We’re gonna try to find Bumi.” Fire’ said as he and Twilight head for the cities prison area.

Meanwhile, at the gates, some Fire Nation soldiers with spears are guarding, when they hear the moaning from the crowd of 'sick' people walking toward them from every direction. They’re moving like zombies, swaying back and forth, one even falls down. The guards back away as the sick crowd slowly reaches them, with Rarity then theatrically grabs her face and moans painfully, before stretching out her hoof toward the frightened guards. “Plague! Plague!” One of them screamed.

The guards on the ground then start to retreat into the citadel behind them, away from the sick, while another guard sounds the alarm to alert every one of the problem at hand. The governor of Omashu and his family, including Mai, who is eating a bowl of fire flakes, watch on one of the balconies, looking out over the city. “What is going on down there?”

“I saw some foals yesterday who were sick with pentapox. It must have spread!” A guard said.

“Pentapox! Hmm, I'm pretty sure I've heard of that.” The governor said as he storks his beard.

“Oh, this is terrible.” Mai’s mom cried.

“What should we do?” The guard asked.

“Drive them out of the city ... but don't touch them! We have to rid the city of this disease!” The governor said while pointing toward the gate. The guard bows in respect before leaving to spread the governor's orders. Mai then calmly offers him the bowl of

“Fire flakes, Dad?” Mai asked.

“How awful!” Mai’s mother gasp as she hugs her husband. Unfortunately, the little baby beside her, Mai's brother Tom-tom, toddles away from the group.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, Spike has somehow ended up on a balcony above the city. “How, in the name of Celestia, did I get up here. Man, take a nap on a mail system thing, and you wake up in a completely different place.” Spike said as he looks inside and sees a cluttered room with dressing panels at the back. A teddy bear is thrown repeatedly in the air by someone behind the panels. But Spike doesn't pay attention to this as he sees a bowl of gem on the table.

His stomach growls loudly, so he runs inside, gets on the table, and gorges on the gems. Tom-tom, who is playing with a stuffed animal behind the panels, notices the sound of Spike eating and crawls away, following the sound. Tom-tom then sees that Spike’s tail is dangling over the edge. Tom-tom sits up in wonder as he examines the tail before pulling it. “Ow!” Spike cried as he turns his head and sees the happy baby.

“Uh, hi,” Spike said as Tom-tom pulls him off the table. “Bye,” Spike said as he runs for the balcony. “How do I get out of here?” Spike said as he looks back, and sees the baby stumble toward him with his arms spread out wide. “Nice ... Fire Nation baby.” Spike said as Tom-tom reaches up, only for the both of them to fall off the railing.

While he is sliding down the roof, Spike screams while Tom-tom can’t stop giggling. They land in a box of berries sliding down one of Omashu's chutes. “That wasn't so bad” Spike said after he gets out and spits out some berries. But, apparently, he spook too soon, as Tom-tom comes out and grabs Spike’s neck, nearly suffocating him. “Bad, Fire Nation baby. Bad!”

The two eventually stop and get out, with Tom-tom still holding onto Spike, as he drags the baby out of the box. The moaning crowd then passes by them, diverting Tom-toms attention away from Spike, who escapes into the crowd. The baby pushes himself to his hoofs and staggers after Spike with the crowd, out of the gates.

==================================================================

Later that night, at the Fire Nation Circus, two Chinese dragon's costumes are dancing while the circus master stands in the circus's main ring, addressing to the crowd. “We're deeply honored to have the Fire Lord's daughter at our humble circus,” he then points to the back, where Azula is in a high box with two guard. “Uh ... tell us if there is anything we can do to make the show more enjoyable.”

“I will.” At the circus ring a net is spanned under an acrobat who's balancing on a rope, high up in the air on one hand. The acrobat is Ty Lee, who's wearing very colorful clothing. “Incredible. Do you think she'll fall?” Azula asked.

“Of course not, Princess.” The circus master said.

“Then wouldn't it make it more interesting if you removed the net?” Azula asked as she looks directly at the circus master.

“Uh ... the thing is ... the performers...” The concerned circus master began to say.

“You're right, you're right. That's been done.” After a short pause, she continues on with her voice showing dark pleasure. “I know. Set the net on fire.”

“Of course, Princess.” With a worried look upon his face, the circus master leaves the box. He takes a torch and sets the net aflame. Ty Lee looks down with concern at the consuming flames beneath her as she continues with her act.

“Brilliant, just brilliant!” An ecstatic Azula said. She then looks down at the circus master. “Ooh, what kind of dangerous animals do you have?” She asked happily.

The circus then master looks up, hopeful that he can change the subject to the animals and save Ty Lee from her burning peril. “Well, our circus boasts the most exotic assortment...”

“Release them all!” Azula interrupted. The circus master is utterly shocked by Azula's command while Ty Lee still has a worried face while balancing on one hoof above the flames. The animals are then released, causing Ty Lee to yelp in fear.

==================================================================

On the outskirts of Omashu, the group and all the civilians have made a makeshift camp. Rarity’s, of course, is the only one that’s two stories tall. “Guy’s, look!” Rainbow called out as she points toward a light coming their way. It’s ... “Firebrand and Twilight!” Rainbow said as the two land, and are greeted by the group.

“Did you find Bumi?” Sweetie Belle asked.

“No. We looked everywhere. No Bumi.” Fire’ answered as Yung approaches.

“We've got a problem,” Yung said to them. “We just did a head count.”

“Oh no. Did someone get left behind?” A worried Agua asked.

“No, we have an extra.” Yung said as he steps aside and shows the group Spike, who's staggering forward with the Tom-tom clamped around his neck, giggling.

“A little ... help.” Spike said in between breaths.

==================================================================

In the governor's house at Omashu, his wife is sobbing on the balcony. Her daughter Mai slowly reaches into her robe and pulls out a handkerchief and gives it to her mother with a board expression on her face. The governor rests his hoofs on the railing of the balcony as he stares out over his city as his sobbing wife, apathetic daughter and two guards stand behind him. “So, the resistance has kidnapped my son. Everything so clever, so tricky. Just like their King Bumi.”

The governor said as a guard steps forward. “What do you want to do, sir?” The guard asked.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, Ty Lee is in her dressing room sitting at a desk removing part of her costume, when Azula walks in. “What an exquisite performance. I can't wait to see how you'll top yourself tomorrow.”

Ty Lee just smilies at Azula's reflection in the mirror and says. “I'm sorry Azula, but unfortunately there won't be a show tomorrow.”

“Really?”

Ty Lee then hangs up her tiara. “The universe has given me strong hints that it's time for a career change.” She then turns around to face Azula. “I want to join you on your mission.” Azula now has a satisfied look on her face.

==================================================================

Back to the campsite in the valley, the gang, the baby, and some resistance fighters are sitting at one of the many campfires. The baby is still trying to catch Spike. The dragon leaps out-of-the-way and the baby tumbles down, right next to Rarity’s hair brush. He picks it up and starts to suck on it. Rarity quickly snatches the brush out of the baby's hoofs.

“No! Bad Fire Nation baby!” Rarity said to the foal, who starts to cry. Sweetie Belle then looks from the baby to Rarity and stares at her older sister. “Oh ... all right.” An annoyed Rarity said as she gives the brush back to the foal, who stops crying and plays with it.

Fluttershy then hugs Tom-tom from behind. “Oooh, you're so cute.” Fluttershy said to the baby in a baby voice.

“Sure he's cute now, but when he's older, he'll join the Fire Nation army. Yung said, sitting on the other side of the fire, to Fluttershy, who is happily playing with the baby. “You won't think he's so cute then. He'll be a killer.”

At this, Fluttershy hold up the baby toward Yung. “Does that look like the face of a killer to you?” Yung’s face remains totally indifferent at the sight of the cute baby.

They then hear an animal shrieks and see a red bird land on a nearby rock. “What is that?” Rainbow asked.

“A messenger hawk!” Yung answered as Fire’ walks up to the hawk and takes the message from the canister on it’s back.

“What does it say?” Apple Bloom asked as Fire’ opens the message.

“It's from the Fire Nation governor. He thinks we kidnapped his son.” Fire’ answered while pointing toward Tom-tom, who's chewing on Spikes tail. “So ... he wants to make a trade. His son ... for King Bumi.”

==================================================================

The next day Fire’ and Agua look at the Fire Nation occupied city as they head down the hill they were standing on toward the others. “You guys realize we're probably walking right into a trap.” Rainbow said.

“I don't think so.” Fire’ said as Rarity places Tom-tom in her saddle bag. “I'm sure the governor wants his son back as much as we want Bumi. It's a new day, and I have a good feeling about this.”

==================================================================

Meanwhile, inside Omashu, a royal palanquin is being carried up the stairs towards the house of the governor. The silhouette of Azula can be seen through the veils. At the base of the stairs, a lonely Mai awaits the arrival of the palanquin. The palanquin is then put down and Azula gets out as she and Ty Lee walk over to Mai, who puts her hoofs together and bows slightly towards Azula. “Please tell me you're here to kill me.” She said as she looks up at Azula as a smile appears on her otherwise emotionless face. Then both mares start to laugh as Azula then places her hoof on Mai’s shoulder.

“It's great to see you too, Mai.” Ty Lee then rushes forward and gives her friend a big hug.

Mai just uncomfortably pats her back a little. “I thought you ran off and joined the circus? You said it was your calling.” Mai said as Ty Lee releases her.

“Well, Azula called a little louder.” Ty Lee answered.

“I have a mission and I need you both.” Azula said as she places a hoof on both her friends' shoulders.

“Count me in.” Mai said as she looks annoyed at the house of her parents. “Anything to get me out of this place.”

==================================================================

Later, Azula is now sitting on the throne of Omashu, flanked by two Fire Nation guards. The governor and his wife are in front of her, as well as Mai and Ty Lee. “I apologize, but you've come to Omashu at a difficult time.” Mai’s father, the governor, said to the Fire Nation princess. “At noon we're making a trade with the resistance to get Tom-tom back.”

“Yes, I'm so sorry to hear about your son, but really, what did you expect by just letting all the citizens leave?” Azula said as she stands up, addressing the governor in a harsher tone. “My father has trusted you with this city and you're making a mess of things!”

The governor and his wife then prostrate themselves before her. “Forgive me, Princess.” The governor begged.

“You stay here.” Azula said to the governor as Mai and Ty Lee get up behind her “Mai will handle the hostage trade so you don't have a chance to mess it up. And there is no more ‘Omashu.’ I'm renaming it in honor of my father, the city of New Ozai.” Azula said as she stops in front of a large statue of Ozai, still in its scaffolds.

==================================================================

  That noon, the group, with Tom-tom, and without the Wonderbolts, are standing on a large wooden scaffold. They look serious as a party of three mare approaches, with Mai leading the way. “There’s something familiar about that red mare.” Pinkie said when she sees Azula.

“You seen her before?”

“No, Dashie, but there is something familiar, I just can’t quit put my hoof on it.” Pinkie said as a crane lowers down a metal cage. In the cage is King Bumi, an old Unicorn with a brown coat and a green-grey mane, his cutie mark is hidden by the anti-metal box, with only his head left uncovered.

“Hi, everypony!” Bumi chuckled and snorted.

“That’s ... him?” Sweetie asked Twilight.

“I admit, he’s a lot different from what I expected.” Twilight said as the cage touches the ground behind Azula and friends.

“You brought my brother?” Mai asked.

“Unfortunately.” Rarity said as Tom-tom tugs at her mane. “We're ready to trade now.”

“I'm sorry, but a thought just occurred to me. Do you mind?” Azula said to Mai.

“Of course not, Princess Azula.” Mai said as she turns toward Azula.

“We're trading a two-year old for a king.” Azula said as she looks up at Bumi. “A powerful, Unicorn king?”

Bumi nods at this, while saying, “Mmm hmmm!”

“It just doesn't seem like a fair trade, does it?” Azula said as Mai ponders over the idea.

She looks over to her brother, who yawns and happily rests his head against Rarity’s mane. “You're right.” Mai said, causing Azula to smile slyly while Mai walks forward. “The deal's off.”

Mai holds up her hoof, gesturing the guards to pull Bumi back up. As the chains reel in from above, the King is suspended in the air once again. “Whhhoa! See you all later!” Bumi said, clearly amused by all this.

“What now?” Rainbow asked.

“We save Bumi,” Fire’ said as he sprints forward. Azula tries to stop him by blocking his path with a mighty stream of blue flames, but Fire’ dodges these by leaping high up into the air, propelled by his firebending. Azula is completely shocked by this incredible jump as Fire’ lands on the cage, losing the bandana, exposing his flame like mane.

“The Fire Avatar!” A surprised Azula said. “My lucky day.” She then runs over to a pulley and cuts the rope that serves as a break. The winch begins to spin rapidly as Azula grabs hold to the rope and is pulled up rapidly toward the top of the construction scaffolding.

“Who are you, Unicorn? Where did you come from?” Bumi asked Fire,’ who’s heating the chain.

“Hang on! We're gonna get you out of here.” Fire’ said as the links of the chain begin to expand.

On the ground, Mai and Ty Lee charge at the rest of the group. Mai readies her stiletto's while Agua takes on a defensive position. “We've got to get the baby out of here!” Fluttershy said as Rainbow heads for the end of the walkway, with Tom-tom.

“Way ahead of ya!” She said as she takes off, making sure that Mai nor Ty Lee won’t see her. The others run to the edge of the big platform. Before they can reach it, Ty Lee's hoof emerges from one of the holes in the floor and punches Applejack’s hoof, causing her to fall over, land on Apple Bloom, and slide toward the edge. Applejack protectively clutches her little sister in his arms as the two prepare for the worst, but they stop just in time.

Rainbow then sees Mai, who looks at her with disgust. “What’s the matter?”

“You're so colorful, it's making me nauseous.” Mai said as she throws some darts at Rainbow, who barley avoids them.

Agua then sees Ty Lee jumping out of the hole in the floor and setting course for the Apple siblings. She bends water from her pouch to attack her, but notices something behind her. It’s Mai, who throws four knives at Agua, but Agua reacts quickly by using her water whip to raise up several wooden planks. She does so just in time, the wooden board prevented the knives from piercing her face. Twilight then uses her magic to shoot the wooden boards toward Mai. Agua then turns around in one fluent motion toward Ty Lee who has almost reached the Apple siblings by now, but water whip grabs Ty Lee by the ankle, pulling her to the ground.

Above them, Fire’ is still heating the chain connected to Bumi’s cage as the two are raised in the air. “Fire Avatar, stop your melting for a minute.” Bumi said to Fire’ as the chain is about to give way. But an explosion occurs on top of the scaffolding. Fire’ looks up and sees Azula, propelled in the air and shoots a plume of blue fire toward them with her flamethrower. But Fire’ deflects the flame with a strong plume of fire of his own. “Now hold on just a--” Just then, the melted chain gives way and they free fall, screaming.

Fire’ then turns over Bumi's coffin, so he wouldn't be crashed when they land. As they are about to crash upon one of Omashu's chutes, Fire’ creates a magic bubble under them to break there fall. They then rapidly slide down the chute they landed in. Azula sees the spectacle from on top of the scaffolding. She frowns and sprints to a nearby chute, pursuing the Fire Avatar and the King down the chute in a box of her own.

“Fire Avatar, I need to talk to you!” Bumi said, looking serious.

“It’s nice to meet you, too!” Fire’ said with a smile, misunderstanding Bumi. While Fire’ is still smiling, he notices the fast approach of something in a chute on his left. He turns to see what it is, just as Azula shoots several bolts of lightning toward them. He creates a shield to block the lightning as both chutes come together, with Azula right behind them.

Fire’ sends a blast at her, but she ducks before it hits. She retaliates with several lightning bolts. Fire’ ducks underneath them and starts to peddle with his sword, increasing their speed as they enter a portion of the chute that has wooden arches over it at short intervals. Fire’ cuts these through with his blade, making them collapse upon the track. Azula is caught in the dust cloud, knocked up by the falling debris.

When her box emerges again, it seems to be empty. Fire’, not seeing Azula anymore, sighs in relief, but his sigh quickly turns into a scream as Azula emerges again from the box, sending another bolt toward him. Fire’ drops flat on his belly to avoid it. Back to the large wooden platform, Mai is fighting both Twilight and Agua. Mai dodges Twilight's lasers and Agua’s water whips and answers their attacks by shooting stiletto's out of the launcher attached to her leg.

Agua easily defends herself and Twilight by freezing the water to create an ice wall. This time, Mai charges the two head on. The waterbender defends herself by capturing Mai's right arm in a stream of water and freezing it. Mai tries to break the ice, but fails. “Yeah! Go Agua!”

“Go Twilight!” Both Sweetie Belle and Spike said as they, along with the others, watch. But, they fail to notice Ty Lee climbing on the platform behind Agua and Twilight, until it’s too late.

“Twilight, look out!!!” Applejack cried out, but it’s too late as Ty Lee bounces toward Agua and Twilight and hits them with several quick jabs on their arms. The two are surprised by the attack as Twilight falls to the ground and Agua loses control over her water stream, which splashes on the ground. She tries to raise the water again, but it only moves a little.

Spike and the rest of Twilight’s friends (except Rainbow), run to her side, wonder how Ty Lee did that. “How are you gonna fight without your bending or magic?” Mai taunted as she pulls out a sai from her robe and takes aim at the shocked group. Just as she is about to throw the weapon, a lightening bolt hits, scaring Ty Lee and Mai, who look up with the others and see Rainbow with some clouds and the Wonderbolts, who have the chariot.

“We seem to manage!” Rainbow said as the Wonderbolts create a tornado and send both Mai and Ty Lee flying.

“Is Twilight okay?” Spitfire said when she sees the Alicorn on the ground.

“I’m fine,” Twilight answered, relieving the group. “I just can’t move, is all. I should be fine,” She said as Fluttershy and Pinkie help her onto the chariot and take off. They then fly down the chutes of Omashu, in search of ... “There's Fire’!” Twilight called, able to stand again.

“We can catch him!” Rainbow said as the Wonderbolts head a course toward Fire,’ who is still on the defensive as Azula fires more lightning at him.

“Hang on, guys! Your ride's here!” Agua said as she lands onto Bumi’s cage and lifts it up. Fire’ then, using his magic, helps to lift up the coffin by hitting the side of the chute. The others try to grab hold of the coffin as it passes overhead, but they cannot reach it. Bumi screams as he, Agua and Fire’ fall down. Fire’ uses his magic to move the coffin to a more horizontal position in midair as their fall is broken by another chute as they land crosswise on it, breaking right through. They then land on another chute and start to slide down once again with Azula on their trail.

“Oh, no” Fire’ said as Azula fires another lighting bolt, which rapidly gains on the three. Bumi peeks at the upcoming bolt of lightning and clenches his teeth in effort. A pillar of earth rises in the middle of the chute, protecting them from the bolt. Azula gasps for air as she notices that her path is now blocked. She jumps up just in time and slides down the chute on hoof, while her box slams to pieces against the rock. She eventually halts in the middle of the chute, looking displeased at Fire,’ Agua and Bumi, who continue their descent.

“How did that happen?” A surprised Agua asked.

“Wait ... Bumi, did you...?”

“Yep, I did.” Bumi answered Fire,’ before he could finish his question.

“So, you're an earthbender. And you could earthbend? All along?” A shocked Fire’ asked the crazy king.

“Well, they didn't cover my face.” Bumi then strains himself again in effort and raises another earth pillar to stop their descent down the chute. The coffin hits it and ends up standing straight on top of the rock, while Fire’ and Agua land in front of it, looking up at the king.

“I don’t get it.” A confused Agua said.

“Same here.” A angry and annoyed Fire’ said. “Why didn't you free yourself? Why did you surrender when Omashu was invaded? What's the matter with you, Bumi?”

“Listen to me, Avatars.” Bumi calmly began. “There are options in fighting, called jing. It's a choice of how you direct your energy.”

“Jing?”

“I know what jing are.” Fire’ said to a very confused Agua. “There's positive jing when you're attacking, and negative jing when you're retreating.”

“...and neutral jing, when you do nothing!” Bumi happily added.

“There three jings?” A confused Fire’ said.

“Well, technically there are eighty-five. But, let's just focus on the third.” Bumi said to the two Avatars. “Neutral jing is the key to earthbending. It involves listening and waiting for the right moment to strike.”

“That's why you surrendered, isn't it?” Agua said, starting to understand.

“Yes, and it's why I can't leave now.” Bumi said.

“Than how are we supposed to find the next Avatar, who’s somewhere in Geo Firma?” Fire’ asked.

“I can give you a hint.” Bumi said. “The Avatar of Earth will be someone who has mastered neutral jing. You need to find someone who waits and listens before striking. Goodbye, for now. I'll see you and the other Avatars when the time is right.” King Bumi then lets his coffin tumble backwards and begins his ascend of the chute, laughing and snorting like a mad colt while he uses his earthbending to drive him back to the top of the chute, leaving Fire’ and Agua behind.

==================================================================

Later, the royal palanquin is being carried out the city, with Azula ridding, flanked by Mai and Ty Lee. “So, we're tracking down your brother and Uncle, huh?” Mai said to Azula.

“It'll be interesting seeing Zuko again, won't it, Mai?” Ty Lee teased Mai about, causing Mai to smile slightly about seeing Zuko again.

“It's not just Zuko and Iroh anymore.” Azula said to them. “We have a few other targets now.” Azula said in a series tone.

==================================================================

Later that night, peeking down over the gutter of the governor's house, Fire’ sees the governor holding his wife while they are looking over the city with a sad expression on their faces. Fire’ silently lowers down on a rope behind them and drops off Tom-tom. Fire’ then pulls himself up while the foal toddles toward his parents, who hear the cooing of the foal, they turn around, and gasp with surprise and excitement. “Tom-tom!” Mai’s mother cried as she and the governor joyfully take the baby up into their arms under the watchful eye of Fire,’ who is sitting on the roof. He smiles at the happy scene of the reunited family before he leaves.

Chapter 4, The Swamp

The Elements of Nature, Book 2

Chapter 4, The Swamp

In a Geo Firma village, Zuko and Iroh are sitting on straw mats, waiting for pedestrians to walk by, which one does. Iroh holds his hat out to the pedestrian and begins to talk to him. “Spare coins for weary travelers?” Iroh asked the pedestrian, who tosses a couple of copper pieces into Iroh's hat as Zuko turns to his uncle in anger.

“This is humiliating! We're royalty! These people should be giving us whatever we want.” Zuko angrily said.

“They will if you ask nicely.” Iroh said as a peasant Unicorn mare strolls past. “Spare change for a hungry old stallion?”

“Here you go.” The Unicorn said as she levitates a silver coin to him.

“The coin is appreciated, but not as much as your smile!” Iroh said, causing Zuko to slap his forehead in frustration as the young mare giggles lightly and walks away.

Just then, a Unicorn with broadswords on his back wonders up to Iroh and Zuko, and smiles. “How about a little entertainment in exchange for a gold piece?”

“We're not performers.” Zuko said with some annoyance in his voice.

“Not professional anyway.” Iroh said as he stood up. He then begins to sing. “It's a long, long way to Ba Sing Se, but the mares in the city, they look so pretty!”

“Come on, we're talking a gold piece here! Let's see some action!” The Unicorn said as he withdraws a sword with his green magic. “Dance!” He then begins to slice the ground near Iroh's hoofs, who hops up and down to dodge the attacks, all while singing.

“They kiss so sweet that you really got to meet the mares from Ba Sing Se!” Iroh continued while dodging the slices.

The Unicorn then stops and begins to laugh. “Ha-ha! Nothing like an old stallion dancing for his dinner! Here you go!” He then tosses his gold coin on the ground and walks away.

“Such a kind pony.” Iroh said as he picks up the coin, while Zuko glares at the colt in anger.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, the group are flying a swamp, with Fire’ and Agua staring at the swamp below. Soon, without his own knowledge, he uses his magic to gradually lower the chariot. “Hey, why are you taking us down?” Spitfire asked Fire,’ who, along with Agua, continue to stare at the swamp.

“Fire,’” Twilight said, snapping the two out of the trance, “why are we going down?”

“What? I didn't even notice.” Fire’ said as he stops.

“I didn't either.” Agua said.

“Are you two noticing now?” Rainbow said.

“Is something wrong?” Fluttershy asked.

“I know this is going to sound weird, but I think the swamp is calling to me and Agua.” Fire’ said.

“Is it tellyng yo' whar we kin git sumpin t'eat?” Applejack asked while holding her stomach.

“No, I ... I think it wants us to land there.” Agua said.

“No offense to the swamp, but I don't see any land there to land on.” Rapidfire said.

“Ah doesn't know. It looks t'much like th' Everfree Forest.” Applejack said.

“I say we just keep flying and-” but before Rainbow could finish, a tornado suddenly emerges from out of nowhere, heading right for them. “RUN!” Rainbow yelled out as they begin to run from it. But the tornado reaches them and picks them up and throws them into the Swamp and splits them into two groups. Applejack, Apple Bloom, Rarity, Sweetie Belle, Rainbow Dash, & Scootaloo land in one part of the swamp while the others land in a different part several miles away.

“What happened?” Scootaloo said as she got up.

“Ah don’t know. Ah reckon thet tornado hurled us somewhar in th' swamp.” Applejack said.

“Aww ... My hair!” Rarity said as she got up, her mane and tail covered in mud and gunk. The others soon laugh at her. Rarity then gasp when she looks over to ... “Rainbow, you've got an elbow leech!”

“What!? Where? Where?” A panicking Rainbow said as she takes to the air, not noticing the leech on her front left elbow.

“Where do ya think?” Applejack said to the rainbow mane Pegasus.

Rainbow then finally notices the leech and tears it off before it could such any blood. “Why do things keep attaching to me?”

==================================================================

In another part of the swamp, Twilight, Firebrand, Agua, the Wonderbolts, Pinkie Pie, and Fluttershy are looking around. “Spitfire, see if you can see the others.” Fire’ said to her. She goes up to the tree tops and sees nothing and goes down.

“You couldn't find them?” Twilight said.

“No, and the tornado ... It just disappeared.” Spitfire said.

“We better get out of here.” Rapidfire said as he pulls out a machete from his saddlebag and begins to cut the vines.

“Maybe we should be a little nicer to the swamp.” Fire’ said to Rapidfire as he cut some more vines.

“Oh, don’t go all Fluttershy on us, Fire.'” Misty Fly said to him.

“Firebrand, these are just plants. Do you want me to say, ‘Please’ and ‘thank you’ as I swing my machete back and forth.” Rapidfire said.

“Maybe you should listen to Firebrand. Something about this place feels ... alive.” Agua said.

“I'm sure there are many things that are alive here and if we don't wanna wind up getting eaten by them, we need to find the others and get out as fast as we can.” Twilight said to them as Rapidfire continues to slice through the vines. Unknown to them, on a branch not far away, something watching.

==================================================================

Over where the others are at, they are making their way throw the swamp, leaving there footprints behind. “This place sure is creepy.” Apple Bloom said to her older sister.

“Don’t worry, sugarcube. We’ll find our way out soon. I hope.” Applejack said.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, Twilight’s group is walking throw a foggy part of the swamp. “Applejack, Apple Bloom, Rarity, Sweetie Belle, Rainbow Dash, Scootaloo!” Twilight yelled into the fog.

“There's no way they can hear us and no way we can see them. We'll have to make camp for the night.” Fire’ said.

Just then, a huge bubble of swamp gas rises from the muddy water below them. The gas grows closer to the group as they panic slightly. “What was that?”

“Nothing, just swamp gas, Agua. Look, there's nothing supernatural going on here.” Twilight told her. They all groan as they smell the horrid gas, when they hear a terrifying scream, making them huddle together in fear. The scream happens to be just a white bird with a big mouth.

“I think we should build a fire.” Spitfire said as she goes to a nearby tree to get wood.

“Guys, the longer we're here, the more I think you shouldn't be doing stuff like that.” Firebrand said to the Wonderbolt captain as she gets some wood.

“No, I asked the swamp. It said this was fine.” Spitfire said as Rapidfire chops at the roots, with both Fire’ and Agua looking somewhat annoyed. Later, the group are huddled around a fire, with Twilight staring at the darkness.

“Does anyone else get the feeling that we're being watched?” Twilight asked.

“I had that felling for a while now.” Fire’ said to her.

“Please, we're all alone out here.” Rapidfire said as a fly is buzzes around him. He then tries to uses his machete to try to scare the fly off. The fly then turns into a big, shining ball of light, which shows the group several eyes staring at them.

“Except for them.” Fluttershy said as they huddle together.

“Right, except for them.” Rapidfire said.

==================================================================

The others are laying down on a giant tree branch. They can’t sleep due to the many noises there are. “Ugh, I can’t sleep with that racket.” Sweetie Belle said. Rarity is also annoyed by the noises.

“QUIET!” Rarity yelled out, which causes the noises to stop. “Thank you.” Rarity said as she puts her purple sleeping mask back on as they go back to sleep, only for a frog to ribbit, waking them up.

==================================================================

At the others camp, the fire is beginning to die out. The eight friends are huddled together, asleep. Someone, or something, is looking at them through the vines as one snakes its way to Spitfire’s leg, which is sticking out. The vine begins to wind around it and then to Spitfire’s whole body. A bit later, each pony is tied up by three or four vines that snake around them. For the moment, they are still asleep, but they wake up screaming as the vines simultaneously yank them all away from each other. Rapidfire puts his machete in the ground as he's dragged away as both Agua and Firebrand are also dragged off into the mist. The others get up and start hacking the vines with some daggers Twilight conjured up. They frees themselves and run back down the tree root, pursued by more vines.

Agua is struggling to free herself from her vines. Using a water whip, she cuts through her bonds and runs off into the mist. Firebrand also frees himself by burning the vines off. His bonds gone, he hops into the surrounding trees, closely pursued by more vines. He escapes a vine that pulls him to the ground by using his sword to cut it. He then runs far away and soon finds himself alone in the swamp. He looks for his friends, but he doesn't see them. “Guys?”

==================================================================

At the other end of the swamp, a couple of strange, two-legged creatures, one tall and skinny, while the others is short and fat, carrying a stick, wearing small, animal skin loincloths with a single, large leaf on their heads that serve as hats, come across the tracks that Applejack’s group left. “What'd you reckon makes tracks like that, Tho?” The tall one said.

“Don't know, Due. Looks like there's 5 of em.' Maybe 6.” Tho said as he points his stick at a hoofprint Rainbow left.

“Leaves a nice, wide trail to folla'.” Due said.

“You know what's at the end of that trail?” Tho said. But Due just shakes his head negatively. “Dinner.” Tho said to him while smiling.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, Agua is walking though the swamp where white flowers grow on the tree roots, trying to find the others. “Applejack, Apple Bloom, Rarity, Sweetie Belle, Rainbow Dash, Scootaloo, Twilight, Firebrand, Spitfire, Misty Fly, Rapidfire, Pinkie Pie, Fluttershy!” She then sees another Pegasus with her back turn toward her. “Hello? Hello? Can you help me?”

She then recognizes the mare as her ... “Mom?” She then begins running towards the figure. “Mom!” She said as she cries tears of joy. She then reaches the figure and places a hoof on its shoulder. “I can't believe...” But her smile soon leaves when she realizes that it’s just a stump and not her mother. She then falls to the ground and begins to cry.

==================================================================

In another part of the swamp, Firebrand is trying to find the others. “Twilight! Agua!” He then notices an unfamiliar earth pony mare in a dress standing on a hill, accompanied by a winged boar. She has a sand brown mane and tail, an earth green coat. He can’t tell what her cutie mark is, but he can see that her eyes are gray, indicating that she's blind.

“Hello? Who are you?” Fire' said as the boar then flies off and the mare giggles and runs away. “Hey, come back!” He tries to chase the girl, however the girl is hard to keep up with, as she keep disappearing and reappearing, ever giggling.

==================================================================

“Where are we?” Scootaloo asked.

“I have no idea.” Rainbow said as they trot along a river, but a little further down stream, covered by fog, is a group of six swamp tribe members are divided over three canoes, Due and Tho are sitting in the middle canoe, are following them.

They look at each other in silence for a few moments as Tho wets his lips using his tongue. “Uh, we have company.” Apple Bloom said as the others turn around.

“Look at that Tho. Talkin’ four leggers.” Due said.

“No, them’s what they call ‘ponies,’ saw some at a traveling show once, real smart they say.” Tho said as they inch their way closer.

“Bet they tastes a lot like chicken.” Due said.

“You think everything tastes like chicken.” Tho pointed out.

“I really don’t like they way they're looking at us.” Rainbow said as she takes Scootaloo in her arms.

“Same here.” Applejack said as the swamp tribe grows closer.

“Come on now fellas, just a little closer ... Nice and easy ... Don't worry about, we're just fixing to eat ya.” Due said. The group then scream and run/fly as fast as they can.

“What'd you say that fur?” Tho said with some annoyance in his voice.

Due then makes a 'don't blame me' gesture with his hands. “Well, we are.”

“But you don't have to tell'em that.” Tho said.

“Well, how'd I know they'd understand me?” Due defended.

“Come on! Start bending!” Tho said as Due stands up in front of the canoe and starts spinning his arms, bending the water behind his canoe to chase the group, with the other two canoes fallowing.

“Let's split up, y’all.” Applejack said as she and Apple Bloom continue down the river. Rainbow grabs Scootaloo and flies up while Rarity and Sweetie Belle turn left.

“We won’t be able t'ketch th' ones wif win's, but we can get t'others. Split up!” Tho said as two go after Rarity and Sweetie Belle as he and Due go after Applejack and Apple Bloom.

==================================================================

Firebrand is still chasing the mare. “Who are you?” Fire’ said as he goes through some bushes. He then bumps into Twilight and her group. Agua hears the rumble and heads to investigate, while Rainbow and Scootaloo also hear it and head for it.

“Firebrand!” Twilight said as she gets up.

“Twilight! Boy, am I glade to see you.” Fire’ said as he gets up.

“Likewise. We haven't seen you or Agua since last night.” Fluttershy said.

“I've been looking all over for you guys!” Agua said as she lands near them.

“Say, Fire.’ Who were you chasing?” Twilight asked.

“I was chasing some mare.” Firebrand said.

“What mare?” Twilight said with jealousy in her voice.

“I don't know. I heard laughing and I saw some mare in a fancy dress.” Fire’ said.

“I thought I saw my Mom.” Agua said.

“You saw something too?” Fire’ said.

“Maybe you two were just scared and hungry and your minds were playing tricks on you.” Twilight said.

“Guys!” They turn toward the source of the sound and see Rainbow and Scootaloo.

“Rainbow! Scootaloo! Your all right!” Pinkie said to them.

“The others aren't, though. We got chased by some strange creatures that wanted to eat us. We had to split up.” Scootaloo said with worry in her voice.

“What!? Where are they?” Twilight asked.

“We don’t know.” Rainbow said.

“Call me crazy, but what if the swamp wanted us here?” Fire’ said to them, trying the change to subject when he notices something strange.

“Why would you say that?” Scootaloo asked him.

“Because where did that giant tree came from?” Fire’ said as he points to a tree at least 30 stories hight. “This is the center ... It's the heart of the swamp. It's been calling us here. I know it.”

“It's just a tree. It can't call anyone. For the last time, there's nothing after us and there's nothing magical happening here.” Twilight skeptically said. Just then, a seaweed monster jumps out from the water and grabs Twilight with it’s vines. “Well, I’ve been wrong before.”

==================================================================

At the other end of the swamp, Rarity and Sweetie Belle are still running from the Foggy Swamp members. They meet up with Applejack and Apple Bloom. “Rarity! Sweetie Belle! Are we glade to see you!”

“Likewise, but we need to keep moving.” Rarity said as they begin to run again. Sweetie Belle reaches into Rarity’s saddle bag and throws a jacket at them. It hits one of the members, knocking him out of his canoe.

“Now what would a pony need a shirt fer?” Tho asked.

“How should I’s know?” Due said.

==================================================================

Fighting the seaweed monster, Rainbow attempts to free Twilight from the monster's vines, but fails. Fire,’ however, manages to free Twilight as Agua ends the fight by waterbending repeatedly at the monster. A creature is seen inside the monster, controlling the vines. “There's something in there! He's controlling the vines!” Agua said as she slices through the monster, cutting all of the seaweed and showing a two-legged creature with a leaf over it’s crotch.

“Why did you call us here if you just wanted to kill us!?” Fire’ yelled at the strange two-legged creature.

“Wait! I didn't call you here.” The creature defended.

“We were flying over and me and Fire’ here heard something calling to us, telling me to land, when a tornado showed up and landed us into this mess.” Agua said to him.

“There the Avatars. Stuff like that happens to use a lot.” Rainbow said.

“The Avatars?” The two-legged creature said as he gets up. “Come with me.” He then takes them up the giant tree.

“So, who are you then? And what are you?” Agua asked.

“I protect the swamp from folks that want to hurt it, like this fella with his big knife.” The creature said, referring to Rapidfire. “I’m what is commonly called a ‘human.’”

“See, completely reasonable. Not a monster, just a regular creature defending his home. Nothing mystical about it.” Twilight said to them.

“Oh the swamp is a mystical place all right.” The human said. “It's sacred. I reached enlightenment right here under the banyan-grove tree. I heard it calling me, just like you did.”

“Sure you did. It seems real chatty.” Rainbow said to him while making a coco expression to the others.

“See this whole swamp is actually one tree spread out over kilometers.” The human said. “Branches spread and sink and take root and then spread some more. One big, living organism. Just like the entire world.” He said as he stops under the giant branches and sits down.

“I get how the tree is one big thing, but the whole world?” Fire’ said to him.

“Sure. You think you're any different from me or your friends or this tree? If you listen hard enough, you can hear every living thing breathing together. You can feel everything growing. We're all living together, even if most folks don't act like it. We all have the same roots and we are all branches of the same tree.” The human said.

“But what did our visions mean?” Agua said to him.

“In the swamp, we see visions of people we've lost, people we've loved, folks we think are gone. But the swamp tells us they're not. We're still connected to them. Time is an illusion and so is death.” The human explained.

“But what about my vision? It was somepony I had never met.” Fire’ pointed out.

“You're the Avatar of Fire. You tell me.” The human said.

After a moment, Fire’ comes to a conclusion. “Time is an illusion. So, it's somepony I will meet.” The human than nods in agreement.

“Sorry to interrupt the lesson, but we still need to find Applejack, Apple Bloom, Rarity and Sweetie Belle. There probably in a pot with those other humans by now.” Rainbow said to them.

“I think I know how to find them.” Fire’ then kneels down and places his hoof on the tree. “Everything is connected.” Energy then travels from Firebrand’s hoof to the others location. He sees them being captured by the Foggy Swamp members. Back at the banyan-grove tree, Fire’ stands up and turns to the others. “Come on! We've got to hurry!”

==================================================================

Back to the Foggy Swamp members, Applejack, Apple Bloom, Rarity, and Sweetie Belle are trapped inside a net made of vines, all the while, hearing Tho singing. “Set my lines by the river bed! Caught ten fish and I killed'em dead! Cut'em and gut'em and I tossed the heads in the water to keep them alligators fed.”

“This song sucks.” Sweetie said to Rarity. Suddenly, a jet of water destroys the boat next to Tho and Due's. The two people from the destroyed boat fly into the water. Agua and Firebrand then show up with the others.

“Guys!” Fire’ then uses his firebending to free Apple Bloom and Rarity from their nets.

“We're under attack!” Due yells out as he and Tho then uses their waterbending and throw some water at them, but Agua uses her’s and throws it back.

“Hey, you guys are waterbenders!” Agua said.

“You too! That means we're kin!” Due said as he looks over to the human with them. “Hey Huu! How you been?”

“You know, scared some folks, swung some vines, the usual.” The human the group are with, Huu, said.

“Huu?” Twilight said.

==================================================================

Later that night, the group are at the tribes village, eating something that isn't pony related. “How you like that swamp banana?” Due asked them.

“Tastes just like Sweet Apple Acres apples.” Applejack said.

“So why were you guys so interested in eating Applejack, Apple Bloom, Rarity, Sweetie Belle, Rainbow Dash, and Scootaloo? You've got plenty of those big things wandering around.” Agua said as she points to an alligator next to Due.

“You want me to eat old Slim? He's like a member of the family!” Due said.

“Nice Slim.” Fluttershy said as she pets the gator. She then offers him a big bug.

“Oh, he don't eat no bugs! That's people food.” Due pointed out as he takes the bug and eats the head off.

“Where'd you say you was from, Agua?” Tho asked.

“From the South pole.” Agua answered.

“Didn't know there was waterbenders anywhere but here. They got a nice swamp there, do they?” Tho asked.

“No, it's all ice and snow.” Agua pointed out.

“Hmm. No wonder you left.” Tho dryly said.

“We still need a way out of here.” Fire’ said.

“Don’t worry. I know this swamp better than anyone, I can get you out of here soon.” Huu said to him.

“Good, ‘cause I have had enough swamp to last a lifetime.” Rarity said as she pulls some gunk out of her mane.

==================================================================

At the village where Zuko and Iroh are at, the stallion with the broadswords is walking down a street alone. He hears something behind him, turns and draws his blades. There is nothing behind him. “Who's there?” Some hoofs then grab his and throw him against the wall. He drops his swords as his assailant picks them up: it’s the Blue Spirit himself.

Chapter 6, The Chase

The Elements of Nature, Book 2

Chapter 6, The Chase

At the foot of some mountains, just South of Equestria’s badlands, the team are setting up camp for the night. “Hey! You guys picked a great campsite.” Terra said as she rubs her hoof on some feathers. “The grass is so soft.”

“Thet's not grass. Th' pegasi an' Twilight is moltin'.” Applejack said to them as Rarity gets down on some feathers.

“Oh, gross!” Rarity then leaves the spot right away.

“That's not gross, Rarity, it's just a part of spring!” Fluttershy said. “You know, rebirth, flowers blooming and the pegasi getting a new sets of feathers.”

“Ah, the beauty of spring.” Rarity sarcastically said as Rainbow sneezes at her, with some of her feathers landing on Rarity. “Aggh, Rainbow, stop! Ugh!” Rarity said while waving her legs, now coated in sky blue feathers while coughing.

“It’s not bad, sis.” Sweetie said as she makes a hat out of the feathers. “It makes a great wig!”

Apple Bloom than shows the group she made a beard out of feathers. “And a great beard!” The two fillies then laugh.

Pinkie then sneezes, sending herself back before crashing into Rapidfire. The incident causes her to fall over and for feathers to blow everywhere. They continue to laugh joyfully. Later in the evening, the group are setting up camp. Fire’ and Shining are setting up the tent while Twilight, Rarity, Apple Bloom, Scootaloo, Rainbow ad Agua throw down a pile of firewood they collected. Applejack, who spends her time stirring around water in a pot, notices Terra slumped lazily against a rock, chewing a piece of wheat. Applejack then walks up to her. “So Terra, usually when setting up camp, we try ta divide up the work.”

Terra just shrugs casually. “Hey, don't worry about me. I'm good to go.”

“Wal, acshully whut ah tryin' t'say is, some of us might fetch some water, while somepony else might set up th' fire pit, o' put up th' tent.” Pinkie then hops over to her, and gives her several berries she collected and hops to the others. “Even Pinkie thar does her fair share.”

“AJ, I'm fine.” Terra breezily said. “I can carry my own weight. I don't need a fire,” Terra then pats her saddle bag “I've already collected my own food and look,” she then Earthbends a rock tent over her, “my tent's all set up.”

“Wal, thass great fo' yo', but we still need t'finish...”

“I don't understand what's the problem here!” Terra angrily interrupted.

“Nevah mind.” Applejack said as she waves her hoof dismissively and walks away. Terra then earthbends herself into her tent. Later, the group continue to set up, with Pinkie cooking dinner from the fire.

“I hope you all like Pinkie's-Super-Duper-Special-Surprise-Berry-Soup!” She said as she adds two cups of hot sauce.

Applejack walks up with a jug of water and notices Terra eating some kind of fruit in her earth tent. Her dull expression changes to one of slight happiness as she walks over to her. “Hey Terra, ah wanted t'apologize fo' earlier. Ah reckon we is all jest a li'l tired an' gittin' on etch other's nerves.” Applejack said while she rubs the back of her head sheepishly.

“Yeah, you do seem pretty tired.” Terra casually said.

“Ah meant all of us.” Applejack said, slightly disgusted.

Terra then lazily tosses the fruit onto the ground and lays her head down to rest. “Well, good night.”

“Good night.” AJ said as she leaves.

==================================================================

Hours later, at nightfall, everyone is asleep when Terra is suddenly startled awake. She rises and presses her left hoof to the ground to feel the vibrations within the earth. She then rises to her feet and runs out of the tent. “There's something coming toward us!” She yelled to the others, waking them up.

“What is it?” Twilight asked.

“It feels like an avalanche, but also not an avalanche.” Terra answered.

“Your powers of perception are frightening.” Rainbow sarcastically said.

“Sh'd we leave?” Apple Bloom asked.

“Better safe than so'ry, sugarcube.” Applejack said to her little sister. After the group take flight, they see a cloud of smoke billowing toward them in a clearing in the distance.

“What is that thing?” Agua asked. The thing in question is a combination of a tank and a train, which is racing speedily along the ground.

==================================================================

A bit later, some of the group now have dark circles forming under their eyes. Rainbow appears ready to fall asleep as she leans her head on Twilight’s shoulder. The others are sitting idly by. The Wonderbolts fly over the mountainous terrain and land on a smooth, rocky surface. Terra then leaps off to the ground, completely relieved. “Ah, land sweet land!” She then gets up and says cheerfully, “See you guys in the morning!”

“Acshully, kin yo' he'p us unload?” Applejack said to her.

“Really? You need me to help unload Rainbow's funky-smelling sleeping bag?” Terra sarcastically said as the two see Twilight giving Rainbow her sleeping bag. Rainbow sniffs it, and turns away, her disgusted face growing red, and falls backwards, passing out.

“Wal, yeah. Thet an' ev'rythin' else. Yer a part of our team now, an'...”

“Look! I didn't ask you to help unload my stuff!” Terra said as she turns and begins walking away. “I'm carrying my own weight.”

“Thet's not th' point. Evah on account o' yo' joined us, you've been nothin' but se'fish an' unhe'pful!” Applejack angrily said.

“What? Look here, sugar queen,” Terra said as she points a hoof at Applejack, “I gave up everything I had so that I could help you guys win this war. So don't you talk to me about being selfish!” While she is saying this, a fuming Applejack is tensing her muscles in frustration and raising her hoof, trying to speak. But after she finished, Terra sits down on the ground and earthbends an earth tent over her.

“Sugar queen?” Terra then uses her earthbending to close the door of her tent. “D-did yo' jest slam th' dore in mah face? How kin yo' be so infuriatin'?” Applejack yelled, getting the group's attention.

“Sh'd we do sumpin?” Apple Boom asked.

“Hey, I'm just enjoying the show.” Rainbow said, amused by the way Terra and Applejack treat each other.

Twilight then walks up to Applejack, who is bucking at the door to the tent. “Okay, okay, you both need to calm down.” Twilight said to them.

“Both?” Applejack said as she rapidly turns to face Twilight, her expression crazed and her eyes bloodshot. “Ah's completely calm!”

“Uh ... I can see that.” Twilight awkwardly said as she backs off.

==================================================================

Later that night, most of the group are lying on the ground. Applejack is still awake, glaring at Terra’s tent. “Luna’s stars sure are pretty tonight. Too bad yo' kin't see them, Terra!” Applejack mockingly said, only for Terra to use her earthbending and creates a fissure that channels underground and sends AJ flying into the air. She lands on top of Rainbow, startling her.

Annoyed, Rainbow pushes Applejack off to the side. “Hey, how's a girl supposed to sleep with all this yelling and earthquaking?”

Terra then opens her tent. “That thing is back!”

“Well, how far away is it?” Rainbow asked as lies down and pulls the covers of her sleeping bag over her head. “Maybe we can close our eyes just for a few minutes.” She tiredly said.

“I don’t think so, Rainbow.” Fire’ said when he notices some smoke in the distance.

==================================================================

The group is now soaring away from the scene over the mountainous terrain, with the tank-train speeding across the land after them. “Seriously, what is that thing?” Twilight asked.

“And how does it keep finding us?” Terra added.

“I don't know. This time, we're going to make sure we lose it.” Spitfire said as the fly past some mountains. They then fly between two mountain ridges. The pegasi then land on a flat-surfaced rock bed, throwing everyone onto the ground along with their belongings.

“Okay, forget about setting up camp.” Rainbow said as she crawls along the ground to her sleeping bag. “I'm finding the softest pile of dirt and going to sleep.”

Applejack, out of anger, pulls her sleeping bag over her head like it’s a pillow. “Thet's fine on account o' Terra warn't a-gonna he'p ennyway!”

“Oh, I didn't realize the baby still needed someone to tuck her in bed.” Terra irritably said as she is lying on a bag.

“Come on guys, there's something after us and we don't even know what or who it is.” Twilight said to them.

“It could be Zuko.” Agua said as she rolls over on her side in her bag. “We haven't seem him since the South Pole.”

“Who's Zuko?” Terra asked.

“Oh, just some angry freak with a ponytail and burn mark on his face who's tracked us all over the world.” Rainbow said.

“What's wrong with special traits, rainbow mane?” Rarity mockingly said.

“My mane is natural, unlike Zuko’s burned eye.” Rainbow agued.

“At least Zuko’s eye makes him more menacing than a pony with a rainbow mane and tail.” Rarity joked.

“Anyway, whoever's chasing us couldn't have followed us here, so, now would everyone just shhh?” Rainbow said as she lays down. Scootaloo then sees something thats really scary and points at it, but can’t speak. “Oh no, don't tell me...” Rainbow said as she buries her face in her hoofs.

“That's impossible. There's no way they could have tracked us.” Twilight said out of disbelief.

“I can feel it with my own four hoofs!” Terra said as Fire’ runs to the cliff next and notices smoke rising from the far end of the rocky pathway.

“Lets get out of here.” Fluttershy nervously said.

“Maybe we should face them. Find out who they are. Who knows, maybe they're friendly. And I can throw a PARTY!” Pinkie shouted.

“Always the optimist...” Rainbow hopelessly said.

The tank train as it slows down and come to a halt. The door to one compartment opens, releasing a burst of steam. From the mist emerges three motorcycles. Ty Lee comes off first, followed by Mai then Azula. The group is now looking on in shock as the three mares stand on top of the of the bikes, with Azula having a determined look on her face. The three begin racing toward the group. “It's those three mares from Omashu!” An alarmed Fire’ said as they take on fighting stances.

“We can take them. Three on nine.” A determined Terra said.

“Actually Terra, there's 15 of us.” Scootaloo pointed out.

“Oh, I'm sorry, I didn't count you. You know, no fighting skills and all.” Terra sheepishly said.

“We can still fight!” Misty Fly said to her.

“Okay, three on eight plus the Wonderbolts, Fluttershy, and Pinkie Pie.” Terra smugly said.

“Errrgh!” All three of the CMC said out of anger.

Terra then earthbends three columns, trying to hinder the mares, however, they just go around the pillars and continue on their way. “Well, we wanted to find out who they were and we found out.” Rainbow said as she puts the groups stuff away in the chariot. “Now let's get out of here.”

Terra then earthbends a rock wall in front of the trio. But Azula just takes out a small gun that's white with red lines and firs, but instead of bullets, it shoots a bolt of lightning at the wall, leaving a huge gape in the middle. The three then go through it with ease. Terra is completely shocked at this. Mai then releases a flurry of stilettos. Terra launches herself off a pillar as the darts strike it as she lands on the chariot where the others are waiting. “Go, go, GO!” Agua said as they take off, narrowly avoiding another lightning bolt.

==================================================================

A bit later, the group is still flying through the monitions, with the pegasi very tired. “Ah cain't believe them mares follered us all th' way fum Omashu.” A shocked Applejack said.

“I still think we could have taken them.” Terra grumpily said.

“Are you kidding me?” Twilight said while pointing her hoofs upward repeatedly in gesture. “The crazy karate, lightning, and the flying daggers are bad enough, but last time we saw them, one of those mares did something that took my magic and Agua’s bending away. That's scary.” Twilight said the last part with so much fear, you can literally cut it with a knife.

They then see the sun rising over the horizon. “Oh no, the sun is rising. We've been up all night with no sleep!” Rainbow complained.

“Rainbow, we'll be okay, sugarcube.” Applejack calmly said to the rainbow maned Pegasus.

“Are you sure? I've never not slept before!” Rainbow then holds her hoofs up to her head. “What if I fall asleep now and something happens?” Rainbow is now beginning to freak out as her eyes bulge out. “And something always happens!”

“Every time we land, those mares are there. So we'll just have to keep flying.” Twilight said as they hear a yawn from Rapidfire and then from Spike.

“We can't keep flying forever.” Fire’ pointed out as they fly over some caves.

==================================================================

In a field a few kilometers behind them, where beautiful flowers are growing, the tank train speeds by rapidly, slicing the heads of the flowers off, leaving behind it’s tracks. Not long after, Zuko gallops by, carrying some wood, sees the tracks and gets a look of determination on his face as he drops the wood and follows the tracks.

==================================================================

Back at the chariot, everyone is trying to stay awake for as long as possible. “So what's our plan?” Applejack asked as she tries to hide how tired she is.

“Don't know ... too tired to think.” Terra said as she slumps against the side of the chariot, exhausted.

“I'm sure we'll come up with something after a short nap.” Twilight said with a smile.

“Yes ... sleep.” A relieved Rainbow said. When they close their eyes, they soon begin to lose altitude. Terra is the first to wake up and she hangs onto the chariot for dear life.

“What's going on?” She yelled out.

“Rapidfire and Misty Fly fell asleep!” Fire’ said as he’s hanging from the bars that connect the pegasi to the chariot.

“This should wake them up.” Agua then uses her waterbending and splashes some water on the pegasi’s faces. They wake up and try to land safely as Rainbow joins them. They soar through the trees, colliding into and snapping several branches. The group brace against the impact as they make it on the ground, having created a channel way behind him from the impact. The pegasi are sleeping again

Firebrand lands on the ground to check up on the guards. “There exhausted.” He said to the others.

“Okay, we've put in a lot of distance between us and them. The plan now is to follow the pegasi’s lead and get some sleep.” Rainbow said.

“Of course, we'd've gotten some sleep earlier, eff'n Terra didn't haf sech issues.” An irritated Applejack said.

Terra then wakes up and slams the ground and screams furiously. “What?”

“All right, all right, everyone's exhausted! Let's just get some rest.” Firebrand said as he tried to calm the two down.

“No, I want to hear what Applejack has to say. You think I have issues?” Terra said to the rodeo pony.

“Ah's jest sayin.’ Mebbe eff'n yo' he'ped out earlier, we c'd haf set up our camp faster an' gotten sleep an' then mebbe we'dn't be in this hyar situashun!” The farmer yelled.

“You're blaming me for this?” An annoyed Terra said.

“No! No, she's not blaming you.” Fire’ desperately said as she get between the two before a fight starts. “Were all a team, which means it’s all our faults.” Fire’ said.

“No, I'm blaming her!” Applejack yelled.

“Hey,” Terra said as she shoves Twilight out-of-the-way, “I never asked you for diddly-doo-dah. I carry my own weight. Besides, if there's anyone to blame, it's the pegasi and Twilight over there!”

“Why are you blaming us?” Twilight asked.

“You want to know how they keep finding us?” Terra then grabs some feathers from Rainbows wings as the molted feathers blow away in the wind. “There leaving a trail everywhere we go!”

“How dare you blame my friends!” Fluttershy said as she faces Terra, doing the Stare while raising her voice. “The pegasi saved your life three times today! If there's anyone to blame it's you! You're always talking about how you carry your own weight, but you're not. They are! The pegasi are carrying your weight. They never had a problem flying when it was just the 15 of us!”  They all soon ague, except for Firebrand, who sees something far too familiar about this...

==================================================================

“Firebrand needs to have freedom and fun. He needs to grow up as a normal colt.”

“He needs to be taken to the capital so we can know if he's a danger or not.”

“Calm, Draco, you to Garth. I agree with both of you. But Draco, I know you mean well, but you are letting your affection for the colt cloud your judgment.”

“All I want is what is best for him. He's my only son.”

“I’m sorry, but you and Firebrand must be separated! The colt will be sent away to the capital to see if he's a threat.”

==================================================================

Firebrand begins to cry as the fight the others are having is far to familiar to when the village elders wanted to take him away from his farther. He then realizes that Terra is right after he sees some of Fluttershy’s feathers fall of. He the uses his magic to collect all the loss feathers and puts them in his saddlebag. He then becomes a fireball again and flies off, but not before he leaves a note for the others.

After Fire’ leaves, Terra stomps on the ground, launching her saddle bag into the air which she catches, “That's it! I'm out of here!” She said as she leaves.

“Wait!” Apple Bloom said as she, Scootaloo and Sweetie Belle get in front of Terra, only for Terra to earthbend the ground beneath them to shift them off to the side, leaving them surprised.

“What did I just do?” Fluttershy said as she slumps. “I can't believe I yelled at the Avatar of Earth. Now both she and any hope of winning the war soon is gone.”

“Ah know.” Applejack regretfully said. “We is all jest tryin' t'git used t'etch other. An' ah was so mean t'her.”

“Yeah, you two were pretty much jerks.” Rainbow said while drinking from a cup of water.

“Thanks, Rainbow.” Applejack sarcastically said to her.

“No problem.” She said. But she then realizes something else is wrong. “Has anyone seen Fire’?”

“He must have left too.” Twilight said, completely brokenhearted.

“Uh, if it’s all right with you, I found a note Fire’ left behind.” Sweetie Belle said as she gives Twilight the note.

“What does it say?” Agua asked.

“It says, ‘Guys, Terra was right. The feathers are leaving a trail right to us. But I shock all the loss feathers and collected them. I’m leaving a trail so they won’t follow you but me. If you want to find me, follow the feathers.’” After Twilight finishes reading it, the group are all downhearted. “Oh, he's right,” Twilight said, breaking the silence, “and we were too busy arguing to see it.”

“Fire’ is right. We is a team, thet means this hyar is all our faults. We need t'find Terra an' apologize.” Applejack said.

“Okay, but what are we going to do about the tank full of dangerous ladies chasing us?” Rapidfire asked.

Twilight then takes a loose feather from the guard. “I have a plan.” Twilight then whispers something to first Agua’s then Rarity’s ears, with both of them smiling evilly.

“Oh, I don’t like that look in their eyes.” Rainbow said. One good soak in freezing cold water later, the pegasi, except Agua, are shivering after being soaked by a waterbending blast from Agua and an unbearable scrub down by Rarity, who got every single molted feather she can (which annoyed Rainbow to no end since Rarity also did her hoofs, which are now comparably to the fashion designers).

“You enjoyed that, didn't you?” Rainbow said to a clearly happy and smug Rarity.

“What ever gave you that impression, Dashie?” Rarity said as she puts her brush up in her saddle bag.

“Okay, now that we’re clean, there's no more trail.” Twilight said as she flutters her wings, with zero feathers coming off. “I’m gonna follow Fire’ and see if he needs help.” Twilight then leaves as she follows Fire's trail as they leave to Find Terra.

==================================================================

At a lower part of the mountain, fog partly obscuring their peaks. Terra is walking slowly along a pathway on her own. She then stops, having detected something nearby. She then shifts her hoof abruptly in the opposite direction. She then turns her head swiftly and uses earthbending to send a stream of earth toward the unknown source.

The stream of earth travels its way to a large rock ahead and a dust cloud erupts in the air from the impact. Terra then hears a grunt of pain from behind the rock. Terra recognizes the voice as being from a pony and approaches the rock, still assuming a fighting stance. She sees that its Iroh she hit, whose face is grimacing from the incident. “Ow ... That really hurt my tailbone.” He said.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, Azula and her group arrive where the gang left. Azula picks up a Pegasus feather from a small pile, with Mai and Ty Lee behind her. “Wads of Pegasus feathers. How delightful.” Mai dryly said in her usual non-cheery attitude.

“Hmmm ... they're not wads, they're more like bundles, or bunches?” Ty Lee said as she began scratching her head while thinking. “It's got a 'uh’ sound.”

“Clumps?” Mai asked.

Ty Lee then hugs Mai for helping her figure it out. “Clumps! They're clumps!”

Mai then sees the fake feather trail. “The trail goes this way, Azula.” Azula then looks in the direction of where the group left and sees the broken branches.

“The Avatars are trying to give us the slip. You two head in that direction and keep your eye out for the pegasi. I'll follow this trail.” Ty and Mai then go in the direction that Azula pointed them at, and leave on their bikes as Azula follows Fire’s trail.

==================================================================

Firebrand continues to fly above the forest in his fire form, leaving behind the feathers. He turns his head around and sees that Twilight is following him, trying her best to keep up, even if she’s a prodigy with flying. He lands and waits for Twilight. “You sure are fast, Fire.’” She said to him when she finally caught up, out of breath.

“Why didn’t you leave with the others?” Fire’ asked as he turns back to normal.

“Like you said, were a team, partners.” Twilight then blushes when she realizes what she just said. “That didn't came out right.”

“It’s all right.” Fire’ said as he and Twilight fly. The two soon leave the lush, green landscape area and soar over a more arid, rugged terrain. Both of their eyes are tired from lack of sleep as they peer down and look forward. They soon arrive at an old ghost town and land. It is similar to historical Western towns. Fire’ turns back to normal and they lay down and wait.

==================================================================

The others are still flying, some of them are asleep. “Terra couldn't have made it too far by now.” Rarity said as she searches the forest below.

“Uh, guys.”

“What is it, Scootaloo?” Rainbow asked, only to see what the filly is trying to tell her about. “Ooooh, no! Guys!” The others turn around and see Ty Lee and Mai in hot pursuit, riding their motorcycles.

“How did they find us?” A shocked Applejack asked.

“Wonderbolts, come on, we need to go faster!” Spitfire yelled.

“We’re too tired!” Misty Fly said to her captain.

“Not good, not good!” Rapidfire said as Mai and Ty Lee begin to catch up.

They then see a river ahead, which gives Rainbow an idea. “We just need to make it across that river!”

“Come on gays, just a little further...” The Spitfire said as they cross the river, and crash-land on the other side.

“We made it. We're safe.” Fluttershy said.

“We did it!” Spitfire said as she hugs the other two Wonderbolts. When she opens her eyes, she gasps. The others turn around and become horrified also. The motorcycles have change slightly and are now paddling across the water rapidly, allowing for them to drive over the surface of the river. Agua steps forward and spins around, sending a wave of water crashing into the motorcycles. Ty Lee leaps off her bike just in time and emerges from the water and lands near the treetops where she gracefully dodges from tree trunk to tree trunk in pursuit of Agua who opens her water skin.

Ty Lee then somersaults onto the ground. Agua attempts to lash a water whip in her direction, however, is forced to quickly dodge several of the acrobat's blows. She narrowly avoids having her chi blocked and fires several sharp discs of water at her enemy, who cartwheels repeatedly to escape. Mai, still mounted on her bike, turns around and fires several stilettos from uploaded holsters in her sleeves. The stilettos nearly hit Rainbow. Shining then steps forward and knocks the stilettos off-target with his magic.

Applejack bucks a boulder in Mai's direction, however, the knife thrower merely leaps off her bike, avoiding the attack. She spins around and fires stilettos from a holster in one of her back legs. Shining knocks them away again with a tree branch. Mai then runs forward. Agua turns around and is forced on the run when Mai comes charging towards her. Ty Lee somersaults and leaps into the air where she then flips and lands on the ground near Applejack.

She lands several quick blows, using chi-blocking to incapacitate Applejack’s front right leg. Applejack then head buts Ty Lee’s hoof, making her back off due to the pain. “Good try, but no.”

Agua begins to draw a stream of water with which to attack Mai, however, the knife thrower hurls two shuriken knives her way. Each of the two knives pins her wrists to a tree trunk. Agua gasps in horror as the riverbank water falls into the river again as Applejack, Rainbow, and Rarity hobble over as a result of the paralysis, where they fall to the ground. “How is yo' doin'?” Applejack asked.

“Well, you know...” Agua then notices something is wrong. “Where are the others?”

“The pink one paralyzed their legs, all except the Wonderbolts and my sister and her crazy friends.” Rarity said as Mai walks up to them, with Ty Lee behind her.

“I thought when me and Ty Lee finally caught you guys, it would be more exciting. Oh well, victory is boring.” Mai said dryly.

Suddenly, the two are swept off their feet by a powerful gust of wind conjured by the Wonderbolts wings. They incidentally somersault into the air and land several meter away in the water. “Thanks guys, I don't know what we'd do without you.” Applejack said to them.

“Come on, we need to find Twilight and Firebrand.” Rapidfire said as they take the paralyzed mare and fly off.

On the other side of the river, Mai and Ty Lee get out of the water, completely drenched. “Was it just me, or was that orange Pegasus in the blue suit kind of cute?” Ty Lee said, referring to Rapidfire. Mai then casts an annoyed glance off to the side.

==================================================================

In the ghost town Fire’ and Twilight are at, Azula appears, riding on her motorcycle in a cloud of dust. “All right, you've caught up to me. Now who are you and what do you want?” Fire’ said to her.

“You mean you haven't guessed? You don't see the family resemblance? Here's a hint.” She then covers her eye and deepens her voice, as she begins to imitate Zuko. “I must find one of the Avatars to restore my honor!”

Fire’ and Twilight remain silent. “It's okay, you can laugh. It's funny.”

“So what now?” Twilight asked.

“Now? Now, it's over, Alicorn. You're both tired and you have no place to go. You can run, but I'll catch you.” Azula said to them.

“We’re not running.” Fire’ said as he and Twilight get up. Azula just smirks at this.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, Iroh is serving tea to Terra, even after what Terra did to him. Iroh then pours some tea into two tin cups and gives one to Terra.  “Here is your tea.” Terra is just staring blankly at the ground then back to Iroh. “You seem a little too young to be traveling alone.”

“You seem a little too old.” Terra responded as she takes her cup of tea.

Iroh then laughs a little. “Perhaps I am.”

“I know what you're thinking... I can't handle being by myself.” Terra casually said.

“I wasn't thinking that.” Iroh defended.

“You wouldn't even let me pour my own cup of tea!”

“I poured your tea because I wanted to and for no other reason.”

“When ponies see me, they think I'm weak. They want to take care of me, but I can take care of myself, by myself.”

“You sound like my nephew, always thinking you need to do things on your own, without anyone's support. There is nothing wrong with letting the people who love you help you. Not that I love you. I just met you.”

Terra then laughs at Iroh’s comment. “So where is your nephew?”

“He was getting some firewood, but I think he’s doing something else now.” Iroh said, knowing that his nephew is following one of the Avatars right now. “I've been tracking him now actually.”

“Is he lost?” Terra asked.

Iroh then looks away, slightly sad. “Yes, a little bit. His life recently changed and he's going through very difficult times. He's trying to figure out who he is and he went away.”

“So now you're following him.”

“I know he doesn't want me around him right now, but if he needs me, I'll be there.”

“Your nephew is very lucky, even if he doesn't know it. Thank you.” Terra said as she gets up and takes her scythe.

“My pleasure. Sharing tea with a fascinating stranger is one of life's true delights.”

“No, thank you for what you said. It helped me.” Terra happily said.

“I'm glad.”

Terra then leaves, but turns around briefly. “Oh, and about your nephew, maybe you should tell him that you need him, too.” Iroh remains silent and sips his tea.

==================================================================

“Do you really want to fight me?” Azula asked Fire’ and Twilight.

Suddenly, Zuko appears from an alleyway. He then pulls out his swords. “Yes, I really do.” He said.

“Zuko!” An alarmed Fire' said.

“I was wondering when you'd do show up, Zuzu.” Azula said to her older brother.

“‘Zuzu’?” Twilight said as she tried to hide her laugh.

“Back off, Azula! He's mine!”

“I'm not going anywhere” She then assumes a fighting stance. Each of the 4 opponents stand, ready for battle. Azula is as confident as ever, Zuko averts his gaze first to Azula and then towards Firebrand, who assumes a fighting stance, pointing his sword at Zuko as he turns into his fire form, while Twilight then gets ready to help Firebrand. After a few moments, Azula makes the first strike. She pulls out a flamethrower and fires at Zuko, who tries his best to block it, but he hits a wall. Fire’ Twilight then fly up, but Azula fires at them and they hit the ground hard.

Azula then tries to tack the two out, but when she hits, Fire’ disperses his body and flies to Twilight and rematerializes. Zuko then tackles him, and the two land in a building. Fire’ and Twilight head into a room followed by Azula. When she enters she sees that there's no floor. She nearly falls off, while Fire’ and Twilight are just floating there. Zuko follows, but he doesn't see that there's no floor and falls.

Twilight and Fire’ then head outside, followed By Azula, who smirks and holds up her lightning gun and prepares to fire. But the others suddenly appear in the doorway and Agua sends a water whip at Azula, guiding her gun off course, and sends Azula flying. “Are we glad to see you.” Twilight said to her friends.

After a few more fights, Zuko begins to wake up and sees Iroh standing above him.  “Uncle...”

“Get up!” Iroh then helps Zuko get up. Agua and Applejack then run straight toward Azula. They leap over her just as Azula fires a blast of lightning at them. She turns around and blocks a water whip Agua sends at her. She fires a blast at the rest of the group.

Fire’ then appears right behind her. She turns around and nearly manages to strike him with another blast. Azula is about to fire another lightning bolt at the group when she suddenly falls over to the side. Terra appears from an alleyway, having just shifted the ground beneath her feet. “I thought you guys could use a little help.” Terra said to them.

“Thanks, sugarcube.” Applejack happily said.

Azula then begins running away. As Azula runs through the alley and leaps over some crates and tries to escape, Iroh intervenes, using his rotund belly to knock her off her hoof. Zuko then appears next to him. Fire,’ Terra, Agua, the main six, the CMC, the pegasi guards, Zuko and Iroh have now all cornered Azula against the ruins of a stone wall. “Well, look at this.

Enemies and traitors, all working together.” She said coolly while backing up as her enemies surround her. “I'm done. I know when I'm beaten. You got me. A princess surrenders with honor.”

Iroh now averts his gaze toward the other members, who stay on high alert, all of them knowing that this princess doesn't have any honor. He looks at Terra then to Firebrand, Agua, the main six, Shining and Cadence, who still assume fighting stances. Azula then smirks and smiles and takes a step forward, taking her Lightning Gun and fires a blast at Iroh, who gets hit. He screams in pain and falls to the ground. “Aaaah!” Is all a horrified Zuko could say as he, Twilight, Fire,’ Agua, and Terra (not counting, Fluttershy, Pinkie, AJ, Rainbow, Rarity and the CMC for obvious reasons) turn to face Azula, four of them bending their respective elements and the non-bender Alicorn firing a laser at her.

The impact of the elements and magic creates a minor explosion, sending a thick cloud of smoke everywhere. When the smoke clears, Azula is gone without a trace. Zuko then kneels before his uncle, dismayed at the turn of events. “Ugggh! Get away from us!” He said to the group. Terra uses her seismic scene and sees that Iroh is still alive, the Lightning Gun having not charge long enough for a kill shot.

Agua then walks up to Zuko and Iroh. “Zuko, I can help.”

But Zuko just blasts an arc of fire at them. “Leave!” The group then leave, leaving Zuko still kneeling over an unconscious Iroh. Later at nightfall, the pegasi guards land on the other side of the crystal mountain and fall asleep. In the chariot, the group is asleep, with Twilight and Firebrand resting next to each other.

Chapter 7, Enter Blitz and Deker

The Elements of Nature, Book 2

Chapter 7, Enter Blitz and Deker

At Canterlot, Firebrand, Agua, Terra, and the others are discussing where the Avatars of lightning and air might be at. “According to the scroll, the next Avatar is somewhere in the USA.” Bastion Yorsets said to them.

“Wheres the US?” Rainbow Dash asked, having never even heard of the US before.

Celestia then pulls out a map of the world and shows it to him. “The United States of America is located on the North American continent, Rainbow. It’s the only country in the world that the Fire Nation will not dare attack. It's also one of the most advanced, not only are there cameras there, but also things like computers, television sets, cars, pretty much any thing you can think of, it’s bound to be made in America.”

“Wow. I heard of the US before, but I never been there.” Agua said.

“Not surprising." Celestia said. "You see Agua, the United States is one of the worlds leading superpowers. Also, the city of New York, NY is the home of the UN.”

“The U-what?” Applejack asked Celestia.

“United Nations. Equestria is a part of the UN, and the next meeting is in a few days. You can come along, if you want.”

“But what about the Fire Nation? Wont they be there too?”

“No, they won’t Twilight.” Princess Celestia said to her former student. “The Fire Nation is not part of the UN.”

“Oh, good.”

==================================================================

Later on a plane heading for the US, Twilight, her friends, Spike, the CMC (who somehow persuaded the others to come along), Firebrand, Agua, Terra, Celestia and Luna are either asleep or are reading a book about the US, mainly Twilight, who’s sitting next to Fire.’ “What you reading about?” Fire’ asked the ever curious Alicorn.

Twilight nearly losses her train of thought when Firebrand said that. “Oh, it's a book about the US. Apparently it's called ‘The Land of the Brave and Home of the Free’ because it rebelled against Great Britten when there were only 13 colonies. US scientist and inventors made many things over its 225 years, which is relatively recant compared to Equestria.”

“Oh yeah. Like what?” Fire’ asked.

“Trains, for one, also the US made, planes, cars, phones...”

“Wow. Sounds like a pretty cool place.” Fire’ said, stopping Twilight from going overboard. “You should get some sleep, Twi. We have a long day tomorrow.” With that, Fire’ went to sleep, followed shortly by Twilight, who places her head against his.

==================================================================

At the hive of the changelings, still located in the cat kingdom, Queen Chrysalis is in her throne room, drinking a bowl of white liquid. It’s medicine because, after, and now has skull splitting headaches. As a result, she needs to dink the medicine nearly everyday. She then runs out of it. “I need more medicine!” She yelled out as the changeling doctor, whose name is Medizinisch, gives her some more.

He has a slightly different build then other changelings, more slender, his face also has some tentacles that makes it look like he has a beard. He also has eyes that are like Chrysalis. “Thank you, doctor,” She then drinks some more medicine, only to be interrupted by some drones acting like Pinkie Pie, again. “STOP THAT NOW!!!!" Chrysalis yelled, scaring the two drones out of their exoskeletons. Despite the fact that Chrysalis has managed to stop most of the silliness the drones have taken from Pinkie, some are a bit more persistent. "Bring in Hexe.”

Soon some changeling guards come in with Hexe. She is the changelings resident which, and carries with her a shamisen which she often plays. She has a more mare like build then other changelings, along with some strange marking on her body which help tell her apart from other changelings. “You called for me, your highness.”

“Yes. How is Twilight Sparkle doing?” Chrysalis asked.

“She’s has only grown a little stronger, but her love for the Fire Avatar is growing, making her the perfect meal for you, my queen.” Hexe answered.

“Why is there an edge in your voice?” Chrysalis asked her. “I already know that Sparkle has become a princess, and that the Avatar has returned. What other bad news have you brought me this time?”

“It’s not bad news, buts it's also not good either.”

“Well, what is it?” Chrysalis said, slightly annoyed.

“I was performing a test on the viewing globe. I turned its gazed at the Everfree Forest, that's when I saw Him on the other side.” Hexe said.

“Him?” Medizinisch said. “You don’t mean...”

“Yeah, I do. Deker.” Hexe finished.

“Hmmm ... The Cursed Warrior.” Chrysalis said.

==================================================================

In the Everfree Forest, at night during a full moon, Deker, the creature that saw Fire,’ Agua, and Terra unlock their true potential, pulls out his sword, which has red gaps on the back while the rest is normal. “Ah, Uramasa, my trusty sword. You’ve reawakened and shine anew. This can only mean one thing for us: after all this time, a worthy opponent has been found.” He then places his Uramasa back into its sheath. “It must be one of the Avatars.”

==================================================================

In New York City, the plane the gang is on lands, which wakes up both Twilight and Firebrand. When Twilight sees that she is leaning against him, and quickly gets up and blushes. “Looks a lot like Manehattan.” Applejack said as she looked outside the window.

“Wow. Look at all the Ponies, Horses, Zebras, Minotaurs, and Griffins in the black suits.” Rainbow said when she sees them. “Who are they?”

“There the Secret Service, Rainbow. There in charge of protecting the US President and any other world leaders from all kinds of threats.” Luna said to her.

“Looks like were the first to arrive.” Celestia said as the door opens and stairs popped up. She and the others soon leave and head for two limousine. Celestia and Luna soon stop near the shorter and turn to the others. “This is our limo. You have the other. The driver will tack you to a 5 star hotel.”

“That be great, Princess. I haven't been to a hotel since I went to Canterlot to work on Twilight’s birthday present.” Rarity said.

“Hopefully you won’t get too carried away like that time.” Rainbow said to her. They soon get into their respective limos and leave. While Celestia and Luna head for the UN building, the gang head for the hotel, which is called the 'Trump Soho New York.'

“It's gorgeous! Absolutely gorgeous!” Rarity said with some mumbles, seeing the fabulous hotel, and their room. “There are no words!”

“Focus, Rarity. We're here to find the next Avatar, not admire the scenery.” Applejack said yo the fashion mare.

“Eh, I don't see what the big deal is.” Rainbow said as she trots by. “Just looks like another old hotel to me.”

“A- p- guh! Another old...! Have you lost your mind? Look at the magni-” But Rarity stops when she sees Applejack and Rainbow Dash laughing. “Very funny.”

==================================================================

In a forest in Geo Firma, Iroh wakes up and sees Zuko standing next to him. “Uncle ... you were unconscious. Azula did this to you. It was a surprise attack.”

“Somehow, that's not so surprising.” Iroh said with a groan as he gets up. Zuko then gives him some tea.

“I hope I made it the way you like it.” Zuko said as Iroh then drinks it, but he grimaces.

“Good. That was very ... uhhh ... bracing.” Zuko then gives him another cup, but Iroh secretly throws it away.

“So Uncle, I've been thinking. It's only a matter of time before I run into Azula again. I'm going to need to know more advanced firebending if I'm going to stand a chance against her. I know what you're going to say: she's my sister and I should be trying to get along with her.” Zuko said.

“No, she's crazy and she needs to go down. It's time to resume your training.” Iroh said, thinking the exact opposite of Zuko.

==================================================================

After a few days in the US, the gang make it to the badlands, ridding on a bus going up a plateau. The bus nearly falls over, but it manages to stay on the ledge. “I know I said we had to lay low for a while, but this is crazy.” Fire’ said. The entire group is wearing some Mexican ponchos and sombreros.

“Were in the American Badlands, Firebrand. It doesn't get any lower than this.” Twilight said to him.

“You can say that again.” Spike said, now wearing a mustache (a fake one).

==================================================================

“Firebending is not fueled by range or emotion. To perform the firebending techniques perfectly requires peace of mind.” Iroh said to Zuko.

“I see. That's why we're drinking tea, to calm the mind.” Zuko said as he takes another sip of tea.

“Oh yeah, good point! I mean, yes. There is energy all around us. The energy is both yin and yang. Positive energy and negative energy. Only a select few can firebend, can separate these energies. This creates an imbalance. The energy wants to restore balance, and in a moment the positive and negative energy come crashing back together, you provide release and guidance.” Iroh then performs a technique called the fire breathe, which means he can breathe fire like a dragon.

“I'm ready to try it!” Zuko excitedly said.

“Remember, once you separate the energy, you do not command it. You are simply its humble guide. Breathe first.” Zuko then takes a deep breath. He tries to do the fire breath, but instead an explosion launches him back. At this, Iroh just shakes his head in disappointment.

==================================================================

They finally make it to the town on the top of the plateau. There is a gust of wind that blows some dust into their faces. “Right now, all I want is a warm shower, a cold drink, and to get out of this outfit. It clashes with my mane.” Rarity said.

“Your not the only one. I feel like I’m gonna go nuts if I have to keep wearing this.”

“Tell me about it, Rainbow.” Applejack said to her, replacing the sombrero with her cowgirl hat.

“Yeah, good luck with that, you three.” Fire’ said to them. “Whoever named this place Sanctuary City, clearly didn't know what the word ‘city’ meant, or the word ‘sanctuary.'” He than looks at some residents who are staring at them. His stomach than groans.

“Looks like somepony's hungry.”

“Stop teasing, Twi. Lets get some grub, I’m starving.” He then looks around and sees a saloon that specializes in food from Abysus, mainly noodles. “No way. I haven't had anything from Abysus since it was...” He then stops for a moment.

“Come on Fire,’ let's get something to eat.” Twilight said as they made their way to the saloon.

==================================================================

Back at where Iroh is training with Zuko, Zuko tries the fire breath one more time, only to get another explosion. “Why can't I do it? Instead of fire breath it keeps blowing up in my face ... like everything always does.”

“I was afraid this might happen.” Iroh said. “You will not be able to completely master firebending until you have dealt with the turmoil inside you.”

“What turmoil?”

“Zuko, you must let go of your feelings of shame if you want your anger to go away.” Iroh lectured his nephew.

“But I don't feel any shame at all. I'm as proud as ever.” Zuko argued.

“Prince Zuko, pride is not the opposite of shame, but its source. True humility is the only antidote to shame.” Iroh said to him.

“Well, my life has been nothing but humbling lately.” Zuko sadly said.

“I have another idea” Iroh said, lifting Zuko’s spirits. “I will teach you a firebending move that even the Fire Avatar doesn't know. Because I made it up myself” Iroh then gets a stick and give Zuko another lecture. “Fire is the element of power” Iroh began as he draws the firebending insignia in the dirt. “The people of the Fire Nation, the original firebending nation, have desire and will, and the energy to drive and achieve what they want.

Earth is the element of substance” He then draws the earthbending insignia. “The Earth Kingdom, now called Geo Firma, is diverse and strong. They are persistent and enduring. Air is the element of freedom” Draws the airbending insignia. “The Air Nomads, now called the Tibetans, detached themselves from worldly concerns and found peace and freedom. Also, they apparently had a pretty good sense of humor!”

Zuko only stares at his uncle during this comment. “Water is the element of change” Iroh continued as he draws the waterbending insignia. “The people of the Water Tribe, now called Pegasus City, are capable of adapting to many things. They have a deep sense of community and love that holds them together through anything. Lightning is the element of ferocity” He then draws the lightningbending symbol. “The Lightning Warriors are strong and ferocious, being able to conquer all that stood in their way.

The sixth element is the element of life. Not much is known about that one, I'm afraid.” Iroh said as he draws a small circle in the center of the drawing.

“Why are you telling me these things?” Zuko asked.

“It is important to draw wisdom from many different places. If you take it from only one place, it becomes rigid and stale. Understanding others, the other elements, and the other nations will help you become whole.” Iroh explained.

“All this six elements talk is sounding like Avatar stuff.” Zuko said.

“It is the combination of the six elements in one pony that makes the Avatar so powerful. But it can make you more powerful, too. You see the technique I'm about to teach you is one I learned by studying the waterbenders.” Iroh said. “Waterbenders deal with the flow of energy. A waterbender lets their defense become their offense, turning their opponents' energy against them. I learned a way to do this with lightning.”

“You can teach me to redirect lightning? How is that possible?”

“You see, Prince Zuko, all the elements of Nature have their own strengths and weaknesses against each other. Fire is effective against lightning. If you let the energy in your own body flow, the lightning will follow it. You must create a pathway from your hoof-tips, up your leg through your shoulder, and down into your stomach. The stomach is the source of energy in your body.

It is the sea of chi. Only my chi is more like a vast ocean” Iroh said with a laugh, but gets nothing from an unamused Zuko. “From the stomach, you direct it up again, and out the other leg. The stomach detour is critical. You must not let the lightning pass through your heart, or the damage could be deadly.

You may wish to try a physical motion, to get a feel for the pathways' flow, like this." Iroh then does the technique. "Now, are you focusing your energy? Can you feel your own chi flowing in? Down, up, and out?”

“I think so.” Zuko said as they continue to practice.

“Come on, you've got to feel the flow.” They than practice the motion for a few minutes. “Excellent! You've got it!”

“Great, I'm ready to try it with real lightning!” Zuko said excitedly.

“What, are you crazy? Lightning is very dangerous!” Iroh said as they stop.

“I thought that was the point! You teaching me to protect myself from it! From a Fire Nation Lightning Gun like the one Azula has.”

“Gah! But I'm not a Pegasus, or a lightningbender, I can’t shoot real lightning at you! If you're lucky, you will never have to use this technique at all!” Iroh said.

“Well, if you won't help me, I'll find my own lightning.” He then leaves to find a storm in the forest.

==================================================================

The group enter the saloon, but they see that everyone inside is not exactly pleasant. “I can’t say for certain, but I think they might of notice us.” Pinkie said to the gang.

“Yay, think.” Scootaloo said to her.

Fire’ then takes a set at the bar. “Welcome to Sanctuary, ponies. What can I get ya?” The chef asked.

“Give us a bowl each please.” Fire’ said as he and the others sat down.

“Can I get one with gems in it?” Spike asked the chef.

“All right,” the chef said as he get a bowl and puts some gems in it. He then places it on the bar, “here’s one.” He slides it down to Spike, but he doesn't catch it in time and it hits a Pegasus stallion with a spiky bright yellow and navy blue mane sticking out in all directions, a navy blue coat, and a lighting bolt for a cutie mark. He’s also wearing a black leather jacket.

“Oh!” Spike then gets a napkin and heads for the Pegasus and begins to wipe the mess up from his bowl. “I’m so sorry. It wasn't my fault,” Spike said as he notices that he has nun-chucks with lighting bolts on each handle that end with lighting blue gems.

“Wrong move, scaly.” He said in a British accent as he then turns around to see the baby dragon that got noodle sauce on him, showing his gold eyes.

“Yikes ... nu -- nunchuks!” Spike managed to say to the others.

“Who the hay are you?” Applejack said to him.

“The names Blitz. You lot must be new to the badlands. If you're gonna put your hoofs on someone here, you better be sure you can kick their butt first.”

“I don’t think that's gonna be a problem.” Rarity said as Blitz gets up.

“I’m gonna do you and your little friends a favor, Marshmallow.” Blitz said to the white Unicorn. “I’m gonna let you lot walk out of here while you still can.”

“Hey, who are you calling little?” Rainbow said to him.

“Come on you two, we don’t want any trouble.” The chef said to them, not wanting another fight in his saloon.

“I wouldn't do that, Rainbow.” Applejack said to her.

“So you think your pretty tough, don’t you.” Rainbow said to Blitz as she pushes Applejack aside.

“Princess, around here there's only two ways to be: tough or toast.” Blitz said to Rainbow, making her mad.

“Princess? Oh that's it!” Rainbow then throws a punch, but Blitz caches it with a kung-fu move and twists her leg around her back.

“You aught to put a leash on your cat.” Blitz said as Rainbow struggles to get free.

“Take your hoofs off my friend, now!” Fire’ said to him as he draws out his sword.

“All right then.” Blitz said as he let's go of Rainbow. “I’ll start with you, Flame Head. An old fashion American duel.”

==================================================================

Outside, Hexe and some other changelings are watching whats going on. “Now, why would Equestria’s Princess of Magic be in a place like this?” Hexe asked as they see the group, along with Blitz, head out into the street. “Come, we need to disguise ourselves if we want Chrysalis to drain her magic and love.” She said as she turns into a younger version of Granny Smith, only a Unicorn with a red mane and tail and a music note for a cutie mark.

“Are you sure you can handle this, Hexe?” One of the other changelings said to her.

“I’m sure. I know what my place is now. Now hurry up and change!” The others soon change as well and head down, trying their best to stay hidden and fit in place.

==================================================================

On the street, Blitz and Fire’ are at opposite sides of the street as Terra makes a ring around the two. “Here are the rules. The are no rules.” Blitz said.

“That doesn't make any sense, Blitz. How are there rules if there aren't any?”

“I’m not the one who started this challenge, mate.” Blitz said as he glares at Spike, who trembles in fear as he hides behind Rarity.

What has he gotten himself into this time? Twilight thought to herself. “Wait, maybe we can work something out.” Twilight said as she gets in-between the two.

“I’m with Twi.” Fire’ said as he walks up a little bit. “We should talk about this.”

“Only if Princess there keeps her mouth shut.” Blitz said as he looks over toward Rainbow.

“Stop calling me that!” Rainbow yelled at him. But, before could even respond, Hexe makes her move. She sneaks up on Twilight and flies away with her.

“TWILIGHT!” Firebrand yelled as the changeling lands on a nearby roof, chocking Twilight.

“Oh, aren’t you a pretty one.” Hexe said as her changelings leave with Twilight. “Queen Chrysalis has such big plans with you.” She then disappears in a puff of smoke.

“Does stuff like that happen to you lot often?” Blitz asked as he sees a motionless Fire.’

“Pretty much, Blitz.” Rarity said to him.

==================================================================

At New York, Celestia and Luna are discussing about what has happened over the past year. “First, Firebrand goes to the Spirit World. Second, Agua waterbends the entire sea at the South Pole. Third, Terra, along with Fire,' and Agua become pure forms of their respective 3 elements. Whats next?” Luna said to her sister. Suddenly, a message from Spike arrives in a puff of smoke.

“Telegram for Princess Celestia.” The Pegasus colt said as he gave it to Celestia.

When the colt leaves, Celestia opens the letter and reads out loud. “Dear Princess Celestia, we have a situation. Twilight has been kidnaped by some changelings. We need to hurry and save her before Queen Chrysalis executes her plan. Please come to the Lowlands as soon as possible. Signed, Spike.” Celestia and Luna are shocked at what they just heard.

“Sister, we need to go to the Lowlands with the Elements, otherwise, we may never see Twilight again.”

“I know, Luna. We need to go now.”

==================================================================

At Sanctuary City, Fire’ is pacing around in a circle, leaving a hole in the ground. “Calm down Fire,’ both Celestia and Luna will be here soon. We’ll come up with something.” Spike said to the red Unicorn.

“Who is this ‘Chrysalis’ anyway?” Blitz asked.

“She's the queen of the changelings, Blitz.” Scootaloo answered.

“Oh. Now I see why you're so worried, Firebrand.” Just then, Princess Celestia and Luna arrive with the Elements of Harmony.

“Celestia! Luna! Are we glade to see you.” Rainbow said.

“Likewise. Now tell us, where did the changelings took Twilight to.” Celestia asked.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, Zuko has tracked down a storm, seeking lightning. “You've always thrown everything you could at me! Well, I can take it, and now I can give it back! COME ON! STRIKE ME! YOU'VE NEVER HELD BACK BEFORE!” No lightning strikes. Tears stream down Zuko's face, he then yells at the top of his lungs.

Iroh then walks up to him and places a reassuring hoof on his shoulder. “You’ll use it someday, I’m sure.” Iroh said. “You really shouldn't scream like that. You could overload your vocal cords.”

“Thanks uncle.” Zuko said as he gets up. “What now?”

“We head to that village that you accidentally found.” Iroh said as he points to a small, isolated village in a valley. A few minutes later, he and Zuko enter the Misty Palms Oasis (the towns watering hole) and take a set.

Zuko then takes a good look around. “No one here is going to help us. These ponies just look like filthy wanderers.”

“So do we.” Iroh said. He then points at something behind Zuko. “Ah, this is interesting. I think I found a friend.”

Zuko turns around and sees Iroh is pointing at, an old Pegasus stallion sitting at a table that has a game that looks like a combination of Go, Chinese Checkers, Straight checkers, and Xiangqi. “You brought us all the way out here for a Pai Sho game?”

“I don't think this is a gamble.” Iroh said as he gets up and walks over. Zuko soon follows. “May I have this game?”

The Pegasus gestures Iroh to sit down “The guest has the first move.” Iroh sits down and takes out a tile thats like his cutie mark and places it in the center of the board. “I see you favor the white lotus gambit. Not many still cling to the ancient ways.” The Pegasus said as he cups his hoofs toward Iroh.

“Those who do can always find a friend.” Iroh said as he copies the gesture of the old stallion, also cupping his hoofs toward him.

“Then let us play.” The Pegasus said as he places a tile on the board, quickly followed by a tile placed by Iroh. Seemingly without even looking at what the other pony is doing, the two stallions quickly place their tiles on the board. Zuko sits down and watches intently as the two stallions place one tile after the other. When they're done, their tiles form the shape of a lotus flower. “Welcome, brother. The White Lotus opens wide to those who know her secrets.” The Pegasus said.

“What are you old gasbags talking about?” Zuko asked.

“I always tried to tell you that Pai Sho is more than just a game.” Iroh said as the Pegasus takes them to another building in the village, a flower shop.

“It is an honor to welcome such a high-ranking member of the Order of the White Lotus. Being a Grand Master, you must know so many secrets.” The Pegasus said.

“Now that you played Pai Sho, are you going to do some flower arranging, or is this club going to offer some real help?” An annoyed Zuko said.

“You must forgive my nephew. He is not an initiate and has little appreciation for the cryptic arts.” Iroh said as the Pegasus Pai Sho player leads Iroh toward a door with a peephole in it. He knocks two times. A mare slides open a small window in the door and peeks through.

“Who knocks at the guarded gate?” She asked.

“One who has eaten the fruit and tasted its mysteries.” Iroh answered. Iroh then smiles as the door opens to let him and the Pegasus Pai Sho player through. But when Zuko attempts to follow them, the door slams shut in front of him. He looks at the door with a pout when Iroh opens the small window. “I'm afraid it's members only. Wait out here.” An annoyed Zuko then frowns and crosses his legs when he rests against a nearby table. He then leans over to sniff a pink and blue flower on a table.

==================================================================

At an old ghost town, Twilight is being held by magic ropes on a lamppost, with an anti-magic color around her neck. Changelings are around her, making sure she doesn't try anything. “You won’t get away with this.” She said to Hexe.

“No? We will soon. Once Chrysalis arrives, she will absorb both your magic and you love for that Red Unicorn to regain her strength.” Hexe said to Twilight.

“I do not love Fire’! Why does everyone keep saying that?” An annoyed Twilight said. “Besides, Chrysalis already tried that, it didn’t work then, and it won’t work now.”

“Your right, of course. But this time...” But before Hexe could finished, some fire nearly cuts her neck. She backs off, and the fire then goes around Twilight and frees her from her binds and carries her to the gang, who have the Elements of Harmony. “What?”

“I know you.” Celestia said. “Your Chrysalis personnel witch, Hexe, aren't you.”

“'Witch' is such a strong word. I prefer, female warlock. Drones, attack!” They do so, and a fight ensures, while Celestia casts a spell that will make sure that the changelings won’t be able to change forms.

“These changelings are like ants at a picnic. Always a nuisance” Rainbow said.

“I hope you lot have a good dental plan, ‘cause with all the teeth I’m knocking out, you’ll need it.” Blitz said as he hit some changelings in the face with his nun-chucks.

“Ah wonner whut happened t'Hexe?” Applejack wondered aloud as she, Rainbow, and Rarity knock out some drones.

“I bet she just went back to the changeling hive, Dear.” Rarity said as she and Applejack do a back to back. But after they finish with the drones they’ve been fighting, they narrowly avoid some lasers from Hexe.

“Surprise to see me?” Hexe said to them.

“Ah don’t like surprises!” Applejack said.

“And I hate bugs!” Rarity said as Applejack bucks a rock toward Hexe, but the bug jumps out-of-the-way and lands in front of them.

“Ha! That's all you got? Well, lend me your ears for the last song you will ever hear.” Hexe said as she gets her bachi (the thing used to play her shamisen), and uses it as a small blade.

“I don’t think so.” Rainbow said to Hexe as she and Rarity charge at the bug, but Hexe either avoids the attacks or blocks them. She knocks them back a little, which worries Sweetie Belle and Apple Bloom come to see if there all right.

“Heres a tun with some edge.” Hexe said as she pulls out a short sword in the neck of her shamisen and runs for them. When she runs by AJ, Rainbow, and Rarity, they fall to the ground due to the shock of what just happened as their little sisters run to their aid. “I must admit, it pains me to know that you 6 wont be around to hear my encore.” She said as she turns and runs for them, but Blitz blocks it with his nun-chucks. As they have a standoff, Blitz builds an electric charge from his legs that knocks Hexe back. Blitz then goes to help them, starting with Rainbow.

“Your the Avatar of Lightning.” Rainbow said to him as he helps her up.

“I ... I guess so.” Blitz said as his hoofs get a lighting pattern on them, while Hexe charges back at them, but Fire’ blocks it again with his sword and the two fight. After a few blows, Fire’ turns into is elemental from.

“I got news for you. Your concert is about to end.” He then does a blow that sends her a few feet. The others soon join Firebrand. Celestia then opens a box that has the Elements of Harmony in them and gives them to their respective wielders.

“Time to turn you to stone.” Twilight said as she and her friend charge their attack and fire, the same way they did against Discord. But before it could hit her, Deker jumps in the way, pulls out his Uramasa, and slices the attack in half.

“Huh?” Scootaloo said in disbelief.

“Whoa.”

“Who's that?”

Both Apple Bloom and Sweetie Belle said as Deker releases his stance and points his sword at Firebrand. “Avatar of Fire, you shall be my sword Uramasa’s greatest challenge.”

“What the hay does that mean?” Applejack asked.

“Deker, you came to save me?” Hexe asked him.

“Not quit.”

“What?”

“Fire Avatar, we will duel soon.” Fire’ then stares at him. “Until then...” Deker then grabs Hexe and jumps to a nearby cliff and they disappear.

==================================================================

At the village Zuko and Iroh are at, Zuko is asleep at the table when he wakes up by the squeaking of the door. Iroh steps through as Zuko takes on a defensive stance. “What's going on? Is the club meeting over?” Zuko asked.

“Everything is taken care of. We're heading to Ba Sing Se.” Iroh said as two White Lotus members step out.

“Ba Sing Se? Why would we go to the Geo Firma capital?” Zuko asked.

“The city is filled with refugees. No one will notice two more.” The Pegasus member said.

“We can hide in plain sight there. And it's the safest place in the world from the Fire Nation. Even I couldn't break through to the city.” Iroh said as he happily shrugs. They then hear a bell, which means that somepony has entered the shop. A young Unicorn colt than approaches the group, holding up some papers with his magic.

“I have the passports for our guests.” He said as he gives Zuko his ‘Lee’ passport, while he gives Iroh his ‘Mushi’ passport.

==================================================================

Back at Sanctuary, Fire’ wonders to himself about who saved Hexe. Hmmm. Who was that protecting Hexe? He then remembers what Deker said to him, about him being the changelings greatest challenge.

“Now then, without further ado.” Blitz said as he puts on a helmet and gets onto a grey motorcycle.

“Hey, whar th' hay is yo' gwine?” Applejack asked the navy blue Pegasus.

“Anywhere but here.” Blitz said. “And when we meet again, you're gonna get it, Scaly.” He said while pointing toward Spike, who hides behind Rarity. “See ya later, princess.” He said while winking at Rainbow.

“WHAT!” Rainbow said as she charges toward Blitz, but is stopped by Applejack biting her tail and Twilight, holding onto her body as Blitz charges his hog and rides off into the sunset. “Just one. Just one punch.” Rainbow said as AJ and Twilight let her go.

“I hope to never see that jerk again.” Spike said.

“Uh, yeah, about thet.” AJ nervously said.

“We think he’s the Lightning Avatar.” Rarity said.

“What!?” The entire group all said in surprise. “Great. Now we have to find him, again.” Fire’ sarcastically said.

“Maybe only one of us has to follow him.” Rarity said as she looks at Rainbow.

“Uh, why are you looking at me? Why does everyone always look at me?” The confused Pegasus asked.

“Because, Dear, that Blitz seems to have taken a liken to you.” Rarity said. “And you can use your feminine wilds to persuade him to join the team.”

“Ugh, do I have to?” Rainbow asked.

“You have a better idea on how to get him to join us?” Twilight said to the cyanic Pegasus, who reluctantly agrees.

“Don’t worry, Rainbow, I’ll keep you company.” Scootaloo said to her idol.

“Thanks, squirt.” Rainbow said as she picks up the orange filly and flies after Blitz.

“Whut do yo' reckon will happen when Rainbow finally ketches up wif Blitz?” Applejack asked as they loose sight of the two.

“Maybe some lovey-dovey stuff.” Pinkie said, causing the group to shiver a little.

Chapter 8, Blitz’s Family

The Elements of Nature, Book 2

Chapter 8, Blitz’s Family

In the Painted Dessert, Rainbow and Scootaloo are still looking for Blitz up in the sky. “We lost him.” Rainbow said. “I can’t believe I lost him.”

“It’s okay Rainbow.” Scootaloo said to her adoptive-sister. “Maybe he went to that town.” She said as she points to a small town ahead. “We should check it out.”

“Might as well.” Rainbow said as they head for the town, and see a commotion in the market. “What the?”

“Get him! Come on! Hit him harder!”

“Smash him good!” A couple of Griffon residents yelled out as a fight goes on in the middle of the crowd, which takes everything Rainbow and Scootaloo do just to get in.

“What's going on?” Rainbow asked an Earth horse.

“A member of the M.R.D. showed and tried to capture some mutant, but he’s putting up quite the fight.” The horse said as a few bolts of lightning blast off.

“A mutant? Do you think he means Blitz?” Scootaloo asked.

“Let’s find out.” Rainbow said as she takes Scootaloo and flies up into the air, and see a Unicorn with black and green armor on, with a helmet that has a yellow visor, and wearing a jetpack, who’s fighting “Blitz?” both Rainbow and Scootaloo said when they see Blitz dodge some grenades fired by the armored Unicorn, causing the crowd to cheer.

Blitz than charges for the M.R.D. member and fires a lightning bolt, but the armored Pegasus jumps out-of-the-way. “Just turn yourself in, Blitz Lightning, and this can all be over.” The armored Unicorn said to Blitz.

“Well, sure. Since you asked so nicely, mate” Blitz joked, angering the M.R.D. member, to the point where he takes out a machine gun and open fires on Blitz, who just barely keeps ahead of the blasts. Unfortunately, Blitz sees that he’s heading right for a young Diamond Dog, playing with a ball. He takes the youngling and, letting his instincts take over, creates a plasma bubble around him and the youngling, protecting them from the bullets. Once the M.R.D. members runs out, Blitz drops the bubble and let's go of the youngling, who runs off, screaming for his mom. “Oh, geez, don’t mention it.”

Just then, the M.R.D. member uses a whip to entangle his arm, and drags him off. “We should help him.” Rainbow said.

“We should.” Scootaloo said. “But, I’m not sure that M.R.D. guy would let us.” Scootaloo said as Blitz gets a foothold on the ground, and pulls in the Unicorn. He tries to and a punch, but the Unicorn uses his jetpack to fly above Blitz, tangling the rest of the Pegasus’s body, and lifts him into the air.

“Last chance for you to quit while you’re ahead, mate.” Blitz said, not at all concerned about being tangled.

“Last chance for you to keep your head.” The M.R.D. member said, causing Blitz to chuckle a little.

“That was like a joke, but smaller.” Blitz said as his body begins to glow blue, while his mane, tail and eyes glow yellow, turning into lightning, which electrocutes the Unicorn, blowing out his jetpack, casing him to fly off into the distance.

“This isn’t over!” The M.R.D. member screamed as he flies toward the desert, while Blitz just casually lands on the ground.

“Looks to me like it is!” Blitz screamed back as the crowd cheers, then leaves, with only Rainbow and Scootaloo left, awestruck. “Now, where was I?” Blitz said as he heads for his motorcycle, picks up his blue saddle bag, which has plenty of food for a family of 7, gets on his bike, and rides off.

“You saw that, right?” Scootaloo said, but gets nothing from Rainbow. “Rainbow, you okay? Rainbow, snap out of it!” Scootaloo said as she shakes Rainbow a little.

“Wha...? Oh, sorry, Scootz. Let’s get after him.” Rainbow said as she picks up Scootaloo and flies after Blitz, lower to the ground this time.

==================================================================

As the two hastily follow Blitz, they see that he’s heading for a, “Junkyard?” the two said as the land on a cloud above the junkyard, which has a neon sing saying, ‘The Blitzes Scape and Junk.’

“Mom, Dad, guys, I'm home!” Blitz called as he gets off his bike, as his family, with his mother being Pegasus and his father a Griffon. They are accompanied by four-younglings, the oldest a male griffon, followed by a twin Pegasus/Griffon duo, both female, and a baby Pegasus colt no older than Apple Bloom, at least 3 and a half years old.

“Big bro, your home.” The younglings said as they ran up to Blitz, who hugs them.

“Blitz has a family of both Pegasi and Griffons?” A confused Rainbow said.

“Did you get the milk, Blitz?” Blitz’s mother asked.

“And the apples?”

“The marshmallows?”

“The ribs?”

“The candy?” Blitz’s father, brother, twin sisters, and the baby colt all asked.

“Yes, yes, yes. I got it all.” Blitz said as he gives the bag to bis mother.

“Thank you, Lightning.” She said as she and the girls fly into their home, which is a three-story cloud house, floating above the junkyard.

“Say, Blitz, can you give me a little help over here?” Blitz’s father said as he directs his son toward a hover-car of some kind.

“What wrong this time, Dad?” Blitz asked, actually losing his accent.

“I finished the hover-jalopy, but it won’t start up.” Blitz’s father said as he gets in, turns the keys a few time, and gets nothing.

“Let me see.” Blitz said as he opens the hood, and makes a few tweaks. “That should do it.” Blitz said as he closes the hood. His dad then turns the key, and the hover-bike hovers into the air.

“Thanks, son. I knew it was a good idea to send you to UTI.” Blitz’s father said as he turns the bike off, when they suddenly hear a loud growl.

“You hear something.” Blitz’s youngest brother said.

The growl is coming from both Rainbows and Scootaloo's stomachs. “We should have gotten something to eat at the last town.” Rainbow said as she holds her stomach, which growls louder this time.

“Yeah, you should have.” The two Equestrian fillies turn around and see Blitz with his father flying right behind them. “Hello, princess.”

==================================================================

“So, you've followed me all the way from Sanctuary City, just to ask me to join your little party group.” Blitz asked the two inside his family's living room.

“Yeah.” Rainbow reluctantly said. “But, after all, you're the Avatar of Lightning.”

“Ohhh, I knew you weren't a mutant, Dear.” Blitz’s mother said.

“I guess so.” Blitz said with a light chuckle. “I might as well introduce you two to my family.” Blitz then points to his mother and father. “This is my Mom, Saetta, and my Dad, Thunderstrike. This here is my younger brother, Bolt” Blitz said as he points toward the male Griffon “these two are my little twin sisters, Thunderbird and Thundercloud” Blitz said as he points toward the Pegasus first, then the Griffon “and this is my youngest brother” Blitz said as he points towed the baby Pegasus colt. “His name is Static.”

“It’s nice to meet all of you.” Scootaloo said.

“Yeah, but we still...”

“Oh, it’s okay, Rainbow.” Saetta interrupted. “Blitz will join your team in the morning. Just make sure he stays out of trouble.”

“Easier said then done.” Rainbow said under her breath.

“It’s a bit late for you two to leave.” Thunderstrike said as he points toward the window, followed by the looks of Rainbow and Scootaloo, who see that there's only a couple of minutes left until it gets dark. “Why don’t you stay for the night? And besides, from the noises you two have been making, you must be starving.” As Thunderstrike said that, Rainbow’s stomach groans, along with Scootaloo's.

“I’ll get dinner started.” Saetta said as she heads for the kitchen, followed by her two daughters.

“I’ll show you two to your...” Thunderstrike began, only to stop when he realizes that, “We don’t have a guess bedroom.”

“You don’t? Why can’t you just uses some of the nearby clouds to make one?” Rainbow asked.

“The only cloud for miles is the one you two were on earlier.” Blitz pointed out. “This is a dessert.”

“We’ll figure something out.” Thunderstrike said. “Might as well set up the table while we wait for dinner.”

==================================================================

Later, during dinner, the Blitz family, Rainbow and Scootaloo are enjoying some Cajun gumbo. “This is awesome!” Rainbow said between mouthfuls of the gumbo.

“You know, when we have guests, we usually talk about ourselves.” Saetta said, causing both Scootaloo and Rainbow to stop and look at each other in worry.

THREE HOURS LATER

“Wow, so you can do a sonic rainboom!” Both a surprised and amazed Bolt said to Rainbow.

“Yeah, I am the fastest Pegasus in Equestria.” Rainbow barged.

“Too bad for you that this isn’t Equestria.” Blitz pointed out, this time in a German accent.

“Okay, seriously, what is up with your changing accents?” An annoyed Rainbow said.

“I had plenty of practice.” Blitz said in Rainbows voice. “That way, the M.R.D. has a harder time tracking me.” Blitz finished in Scootaloo’s voice.

“Wow.” Both Rainbow and Scootaloo said, surprised. “Ha, ha. I still can’t get over when you mom told us about your first potty time.” Rainbow said with a few more laughs.

“I kind of wish she didn't want to talk.” An embarrassed Lighting said with a blush.

“Oh yeah. And if you thought that was good, wait until I tell you the time I caught him kissing his pillow.” Saetta said, causing Blitz’s entire face to turn red with embarrassment.

Rainbow then looks at the clock and sees that it’s 9:00 p.m. “Great, look at the time. We spent three hours talking.”

“That’s normal for us, Rainbow.” Thunderstrike said. “That reminds me, you two are gonna have to sleep in Blitz’s room. He has the only spare bed left.”

“Say what?” Rainbow said as Blitz gets up and heads to his room, followed by the two Equestrian fillies.

“This is it.” Lightning said as he opens his bedroom door, and shows them a somewhat spaces room, with two king size bunk beds on the left wall. The only problem is that there are all kinds of useless junk all over the walls and floor. “Just don’t touch anything.” Blitz said as he gets into his bed, the bottom bunk and goes to sleep.

“Might as well.” Scootaloo said as she gets into the other bed, followed by a somewhat reluctant Rainbow. Before Rainbow closes her eyes, she looks down to a sleeping Blitz, just quietly snoozing.

"C'mon, Rainbow Dash!" She thought to herself. "You can't be falling for a stallion now ..."

But his voice... Another voice inside of her head retorted. And his long, spiky, natural blue and yellow mane...

"No!" She said aloud, narrowly waking up the other two. "No, I don't care if he's good-looking or a great fighter with loyalties to his big family ... I don't trust stallions as far as I can throw them!" She thought to herself, covering her mouth just in case.

There's something special about him... Her inner voice sighed dreamily. You can feel it, Dashie.

"Uh uh!" She shook her head. "I don't care anyway..."

Yeah you do ... What about those golden eyes of his?

"SHUT UP!" She nearly shouted (nearly). It took another hour before she can actually go to sleep.

==================================================================

The next morning, Dash rolled over in the fluffy cloud bed, yawning. Blinking her eyes, she noticed the sunlight streaming through the opening that served as a window in the cloud hose. "Morning..." she muttered, rubbing her head. "Man, what a night last night..." she chuckled. "I almost allowed myself to actually like that stallion Blitz."

She closed her eyes and swiped her hoof out in front of her. "But no more will I let him get to me! No matter how much he-" Just then, she noticed that Scootaloo was no longer next to her, and that she was now sleeping on Blitz’s bed, cuddling him. She jumps off in both surprise and shock, landing next to some of Blitz’s gadgets. One was some kind of alarm clock, except it had no numbers or anything that would make it look like a watch, besides the shape of it. One thing that did stick out was the big red button on top of it, calling out to her to be pressed. She slowly brought up a hoof to it and pressed the button.

Click.

That’s it? She thought with a disappointed face, having expected more from the strange device. She sunk back into the wall while turning her head around for anything else to keep her distracted.

ClickClick.

She blinked. Was it still doing something?

ClickClickClick.

She quickly turned around to face the device again, unsure what was happening but still happy something was.

ClickClickClickClick.

It wasn’t moving, but there was a faint clicking sound coming from inside of it. She stared eagerly upon it waiting for something to happen.

ClickClickClickClickClick.

The sound became more frequent now, slowly picking up the pace between clicks. She could swear that it was starting to become louder too.

ClickClickClickClickClickClick.

The sound from it wasn’t so slight any longer; it could probably clearly be heard by anypony in the room by now. Getting worried that it might wake up the Blitzes who were still sleeping, she tried to shut it off again by pressing the button on top of it again. Nothing happened.

ClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClick.

Rainbow grabbed the clicking device and tried to muffle it with some of the bed covers; it was starting to get obnoxiously loud.

ClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClick*Click*

Whatever she had started, she was unable to stop it. She was begging it to stop whatever it was doing while throwing every bed sheet available to her over it to try and quiet it down. Doing so had no effect.

ClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClick

It was loud, as if she was standing inside a clockwork store and every single clock was sounding about ten times louder than normally. Just as she was about to hide it under the mattress, she could see Blitz getting up, staring in her general direction with dark baggy eyes.

Blitz slowly slouched up to Rainbow while looking at nothing in particular, just staring in the direction that was in front of him all the time, all while navigating around Scootaloo lying in the middle of his path -- who was covering her ears due to the noise -- without even looking where he was going. When he got up to Rainbow, he slowly moved his eyes to actually look at her for the first time since waking up.

Rainbow grinned sheepishly while holding out the device wrapped in bed clothing to Blitz.

ClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClick

He nonchalantly slapped the device out of Rainbow’s grip. It fell down on the floor without Blitz ever taking her sleepy eyes off of Rainbow and, without actually looking where it had landed, he stomped at it with one of his hind legs heavily. The sound of glass breaking could be heard beside the clicking as he did this.

ClickClickClickClickClickClickClickClick...

It stopped.

“Uh ... sorry.” Rainbow said with a sheepish smile on her face as Blitz went to the kitchen.

“Morning, Rainbow.” Scootaloo said.

“Mourning.”

==================================================================

In the kitchen, Rainbow, Scootaloo and the Blitzes are having breakfast, a cereal called Bucky Charms. “This sure is good.” Rainbow said as she finishes her bowl.

“Tell me about it.” Scootaloo said as she finishes her bowl.

“Oh yeah.” Saetta said. “And to tell you the truth...”

ONE HOUR LATER

“We should be going now.” Rainbow said when she sees that it’s now 9:00 a.m., but mostly to keep the Blitzes from blabbing on like last night. “We need to get to New York before out flight to Equestria takes off without us.”

“She's right.” Lightning said as he puts on his black leather jacket. “I’ll start packing.”

==================================================================

A bit later, Rainbow, Scootaloo, and Blitz Lightning, all of them with full saddle bags, are ready to leave. They are about to fly off toward New York, but of course Blitz Lightning’s family want to say goodbye. “Now, promise me you will eat your vegetables.” Saetta said to her son.

“Mom!” Blitz quietly groaned.

“I’m serious. You get sluggish if you don’t get enough vitamins.” Saetta pointed out. “Thunderstrike, tell Blitz that if he’s gonna save the world, he has to eat his vegetables.” She said to her husband.

“Uh ... Do what your mother says.” Thunderstrike said.

“Bring us back some souvenirs.” Static said.

“I will.” Blitz said as he, Rainbow (who picks up Scootaloo) takes off.

“Before we leave, I just want to say what a pleaser it was hearing about Blitz’s first potty time.” Rainbow said, making Blitz’s face turn red with embarrassment.

“Oh, and if you thought that was good, wait until I tell you about the time I caught him kissing his pillow.” Saetta said, causing Blitz to grown as he flies off, followed by Rainbow and Scootaloo.

“Go make us proud, son!” Thunderstrike called out before the three get out of ear shot.

==================================================================

A few hours later, the three arrive at New York. “So this is New York, huh.” Blitz said as the land at the Trump Soho New York hotel. “Sure is a nice change from the Lowlands.”

“Let’s head i-” But before Rainbow could finish, Pinkie rushes out and gives Rainbow a death hug.

“Yourback!Yourback!Yourback!” An ecstatic Pinkie said as the others join her, which include Shining Armor and Princess Cadence.

“You got Blitz, huh?” Applejack said as Pinkie let's go of Rainbow, who gasps for air.

“Did you have a good time?” Fluttershy asked.

“Yeah, we kinda did.” Scootaloo said, when she notices that Fire’ now has a broken leg. “What happen to you?”

Chapter 9, The Double Date

The Elements of Nature, Book 2

Chapter 9, The Double Date

In Abysus, it’s night in Bellwood. All is quit, not even the mice are about. That is, until sparks of electricity begin to flicker from building to building, till it stops at a pizzeria. Inside, the sparks destroy some cash registers, before it takes on the form of a small humanoid creature, around a third of a meter tall, black with a yellow stomach, and yellow eyes, with a metallic plat on it’s head, making it look like a living battery. It then laughs at the destruction it did, when a bola tangles it and it lands on the buffet table.

The little creature sees that the bola came from a Unicorn colt, around 10 years old, with a flame red coat, an orange mane and tail and charcoal black eyes, and cutie mark. “Man, you Megawhatts are annoying, your even worse than rats,” the colt said. Unfortunately, the Megawhatt breaks free and zaps the buffet table, causing it to explode, which sends some leftover pizza all over the colt. “Ow, so annoying. Blah, pizza!? Who’d ever want to eat something like that?”

The Megawhatt laughs at the colt as it heads outside, followed by the colt, who pulls out a small rubber sheet from his saddle bag, and captures the Megawhatt, who tries to zap him. “Fun’s over!”

“Nice work, Fire.’” The colts dad, Phoenix, said as he and two other foals, one a Unicorn colt around Fire’s age that's gold and black, and a Pegasus filly two years older than Fire’ with an orange coat and a red mane with a chemical bottle for a cutie mark, walk up with a rubber band ball, which they use to trap the Megawhatt.

“Thanks, Dad. Now, can you help get this pizza sauce off.” Fire’ said as he takes a napkin from inside the pizzeria with his magic and rubs the sauce off.

==================================================================

Ten years later, at the Trump Soho New York hotel, Fire’ and Applejack come into the group room with some Ray's Pizza boxes for lunch. “Soup's on, everypony!” Applejack said as she and Fire’ place the four boxes on the table.

“That sure does smell good.” Twilight said as she opens a box and takes out a 5 cheese pizza slice.

“You got that right.” Fire’ said as he takes a slice.

“This is the best pizza I ever had!” Spike said as he eats two slices at once.

“Ya don’t say?” A familiar voice, except to Terra and Agua, said at the open door.

Twilight turns around and sees, “Shining Armor! Cadence!”

“Twilight!” Cadence said as the two do a quick hug before ... “Sunshine, sunshine, ladybugs awake. Clap your hooves and do a little shake!” The two said with a little laugh.

“Why are you two here?” Rarity asked.

“We were invited here by the UN.” Shining Armor said. “Guess they didn't know that the Crystal Empire is a part of Equestria.”

“Me and Applejack ran into them when we get back.” Fire’ said. “They were excited to see us, and to see you, Twiley.”

At this, Twilight gives her older brother a big hug. “I’m so glad to see you, Shining Armor.” Twilight said, not having seen her brother in over a year.

“I’m glad to see you, too.” Shining Armor said as he returns the hug. “We should go do something this afternoon.” He said as he looks at the clock, which shows that it’s 2:00 p.m.

“That be great.” Twilight said as she drops the hug. “We can go to the museum, and maybe to Coney Island. I heard there are some really good roller costars there. You like to come?” Twilight asked the Fire Avatar.

“I love too.” Fire’ said.

“Great!” Twilight said as she and Cadence go to the dresser room, which is where Twilight realizes something.

“Twilight, what’s wrong?” Cadence asked.

“When Fire’ said yes when I asked him to come along, I think I just go me a date.”

==================================================================

“Did I just get a date with your sister?” Fire’ asked Shining Armor on the other side of the room, out of earshot.

“I think you just did.” Shining Armor said, causing Fire’ to blush slightly. “Say, I never noticed before, but where did you get that scar from?” Armor said as he points toward a star shaped scar on Fire’s head, a few centimeters from his horn.

“I got it from a psychopath, the same one who took my sister.” Fire’ said with a sad tone.

“Sorry. Did I bring back some bad memories?” Shining Armor asked.

“Yeah. But we all can’t live in the past.” Fire’ said as he looks over to the clock. “We still got a few hours left.”

==================================================================

Later, at 6:00 p.m., Shining Armor and Fire’ are waiting in the lobby for Twilight and Cadence. “I hope they get here soon.” Fire’ said as the clock now reads 6:01.

“Calm down, Fire.’” Twilight said as she and Cadence walk up to the two. “Ready to go?”

“We sure are, Twiley.” Shining Armor said as he places an arm around Cadence as they head outside, with Twilight and Fire’ walking closely together.

==================================================================

At the American Museum of Natural History, the foursome are awestruck by the sear size of the museum. It’s about 4 stories tall and looks like a Greek temple, with statues of Alicorns on the four front column. Above the statues, they’re words. They say:

State of New York Memorial to

Theo Roosevelt

A great leader of the youth of America

In energy and fortitude in the faith of our fathers

In defense of the rights of the people

In the love and conservation of nature

And in the best in life and in Creature-kind

“Wow, it’s bigger than I thought.” Twilight said as they head inside. “This should be fun.”

==================================================================

Later at 7:00 p.m., the four walk out, with some souvenirs. “That was amazing!” Cadence said.

“You got that right.” Shining Armor said. “I still can’t believe that Tyrannosaurs Rex skeleton at the front. It scared me half to death.”

“That was funny to see.” Twilight said, amused that her older brother got scared because of a fossilized skeleton of a reptile that lived 65 million years ago.

“Okay, next stop: Coney Island.” Fire’ said as they head for the subway.

==================================================================

Later, at 9:30, the foursome leave Coney Island, some of the sick. “That was the best roller coaster I’ve ever been on.” Twilight said, thought she’s slightly sick, due to have some food before going on.

“Your right about that, Twi.” Fire’ said as he teleports the souvenirs they back to the hotel.

“That sure was fun.” Cadence said as she holds onto Shining Armor, who throws away their leftover food. That's when they notice a teenage Griffon walking by, talking on some kind of cellphone that has a glowing power cord to a pack on his back. He has long hair with an orange strip in it, that covers half of his face, along with a black shirt with a necklace thats a flaming skull.

“What is up with that Griffins phone?” Twilight asked.

“That looks like it’s from Wakanda.” Fire’ said. “No one from outside of that nation should be able to get Wakandan tech. We should find out how he got it.” Fire’ said as he follows the Griffon, who turns around into a dark ally way.

“Sorry, Corvo, you're not her type.” Someone of the phone said.

“Well, you tell her I’m part of something big.” Corvo said on the phone. Corvo then turns around when he gets the feeling of being followed, and barley sees Fire,’ Twilight, Shining Armor, and Cadence hid behind some garbage cans. “I’ll call you back.” He said as he hangs up, while the foursome then look at Corvo, and see that his phone has somehow turned into a pistol, which he fire at them. Fire’ shields Twilight, while Shining Armor does the same with Cadence as the teenage Griffon runs.

“Uh, Fire,’ you can let go now.” Twilight said when she notices that Fire’ is now hugging her.

“Uh, sorry.” Fire’ said as he let's go, while Shining Armor does the same.

“We need to stop that guy.” Armor said as he goes after the teenager, along with Fire.’ They see Corvo run down another ally, and where they barely avoid his car, which looks like an orange and black jeep with a skull on the hood.

“This guy’s nuts.” Twilight said as Fire’ goes elemental.

“I’ll go after him, you guys call the others.” Fire’ said as he flies after Corvo, who’s driving down main street, and sees Fire’ in the rearview mirror. He shoots at Fire’ a few times, but the shots either miss or go through him. Corvo then notices where he’s going, and barley hits a bus, and somehow does a U-turn. Realizing that Corvo will run over Twilight, Cadence and Shining Armor, he blast one of the tire, melting the rubber, leaving the wheel bare, which causes Corvo to crash into a lamppost near the three. Corvo then tries to fly away, but Shining Armor uses his magic to pull him down, and conjures some rope to tie him up.

Fire’ then turns back to normal and skids to a halt as Twilight takes Corvo’s phone. “What is your deal?!” Corvo nearly yelled. “I wasn't doing anything!”

“Except shooting at two princesses from Equestria, who have diplomatic immunity here.” Shining said as Twilight shows Fire’ the phone.

“Defiantly Wakandan tech, modified with Stark tech.” Fire’ said as he incinerates the phone. “Who gave you this stuff?”

“Ha! Even if I did tell you, you guys wouldn't stand a second with my boss.” Corvo said. Suddenly they hear some pounding from Corvo’s car.

“That doesn't sound like a normal engine.” Twilight said as she and the other three walk up to it.

“Maybe it’s some kind of hybrid?” Fire’ said as Shining unlocks the hood.

“There’s nothing in there, I swear!” Corvo claimed, but they ignore him as they open the hood, and see a yellow glowing battery. As some crakes appear, it explodes as a bolt of electricity jumps out and lands in between the foursome and Corvo. As the smoke clears, a small humanoid creature, around a third of a meter tall, black with a yellow stomach, and yellow eyes, with a metallic plat on it’s head, making it look like a living battery, which causes Fire’ to gasp in surprise as the little creature gets up into the air and heads for Corvo, who tries his best to run, but gets zap as the little creature heads for his backpack, opens it, and another little creature comes out.

“What are those things?” Twilight asked as the two creature fly around in the air, laughing that their free.

“They're Megawhatts. I haven’t seen any in years.” Fire’ answered.

“You know about those things?” A surprised Cadence said.

“Yeah. They’re native to Abysus, and they’re considered the first lightningbenders.” Fire’ said as the Megawhatts land. “They were also a pretty big nuisance since they like to cause mischief.”

“Really? How?” Twilight asked, only to get the answer when the two Megawhatts angrily growl at Corvo, who smiles sheepishly. They then run up to him, pin him to the ground, and begin to zap him.

“Ow! Ow! Stop -- ow -- that!” Corvo begged in between zaps.

“We need to stop them before they eat all the electricity in Brooklyn and multiply a hundred fold.” Fire’ said.

“Any advice against these things?” Shining asked. Just then, one of the Megawhatts turns into it’s electric form and shocks Shining, while the other zaps him a few times.

“Try not to let them zap you.” Fire’ said as the Megawhatts stop.

“Thanks, I got it.” Shining Armor sarcastically said as the two Megawhatts get onto some power lines. They then both chatter in some high-pitch language and take off along the lines. “Get back here, you little miscreants!” Armor yelled out as he, Fire,’ Twilight and Cadence run after them, while leaving Corvo behind, who hops away.

Further down the street, the two Megawhatts destroy some traffic lights, causing some accidents. It wasn't until after the accidents that the foursome arrive. “Your right, Fire.’ They do love to cause mischief.” Twilight said as she surveys the damage.

“Where did they go?” Cadence asked.

“Up there!” Fire’ said as he points to the second story of one of the buildings, where the Megawhatts are shouting at them, one even mooning them, before they take off south toward New Jersey. “Me and Shining will keep after them.” Fire’ said as he and a somewhat reluctant Shining Armor run down the street. “You two give us some eyes in the sky.” Fire’ said to Twilight and Cadence.

At this, both Twilight and Candace fly up into the sky, and see that the Megawhatts are now heading for the docks. Twilight then gets out he phone and calls her brother. “Guys, the Megawhatts are heading for the docks.”

==================================================================

“Why would they head for the docks? There aren't any power plants there.” Fire’ said as he and Shining follow the Megawhatts, with Fire’ in his elemental form, flying, while Shining Armor is running along the ground. After a few minutes chase, Shining Armor nearly collapse at a lamppost, which Fire’ notices as he looks back. He then turns back and lands next to Shining Armor. “You okay?”

“I will be. But we lost them.” Armor said as he catches his breath.

“Your right.” Fire’ said as he looks in the direction the Megawhatts went. “They’re too far ahe-- Wait, what?” Fire’ said as the two Megawhatts comeback.

“Na, na, na-na, na!” They both said as they take a turn toward some storage facilities.

“Come on.” Fire’ said as he and Shining Armor follow the Megawhatts, this time both on the ground. The two stop when they reach some stairs that lead to the storage building, where the Megawhatts are waiting. Twilight and Cadence then join them, with Cadence checking on her husband.

“Are you okay, Shiny?” Cadence asked.

“Just, give me a sec, so I don’t hurl.” Shining Armor said as he takes some deep breaths.

“Amazing you two didn't loss them.” Twilight said.

“That’s the thing, Twi.” Fire’ said. “I think they wanted us to follow them.” Fire’ said, getting a surprised look from Twilight, her brother and her sister-in-law as he heads toward the storage building. He opens the door and they head in and hide behind some crates. That's when they see a disturbing sight.

They see a large generator, with small, yellow glowing tubes, all of them having a Megawhatt, with the first two trying desperately to break the glass. “I see it, but I don’t believe it. The Megawhatts need out help.” A surprised Fire’ said.

“Someone built a factory that uses them as a power source.” Twilight said.

“Quiet, guard's coming.” Cadence quietly said as a Unicorn guard in a Stark Exosuit walks down the catwalk, when he sees the escaped Megawhatts.

“Hey, two of the batteries got out!” He yelled out as he jumps down to the ground floor. The two Megawhatts make a break for it, but the guard charges up the suit, and captures the Megawhatts, trapping them in two glass tubes.

“Talk about cold.” Twilight said to her brother, sister-in-law, and Fire,’ all of them oblivious that another Unicorn guard in a Stark Exosuit, is silently walking up to them from behind.

“Armor, you better do something soon, if you know what I mean.” Fire’ whispered to Armor, who turns his head slightly.

“I do.” Armor said as he knocks the Unicorn off-balanced as Fire’ kicks him to the wall. Unfortunately, the first guard captures the four in an energy bubble using his suit.

“This is bad.” Twilight said as the second guard gets up and smiles. Just then, the storage buildings doors open, showing Corvo and his boss, a blue, muscular Minotaur with an orange mohawk with black and white paint around his face, making it look like a skull. He also has a black sleeveless shirt with a skull on it, along with purple tattoos all over his body. He also wears arm and leg braces, black wrist bands, knee pads with orange pants, and silver shoes with black spikes on them.

“You four better be worth interrupting my workout for.” The Minotaur said as he head toward a red punching bag.

“Looks like spies, Fistrick.” One of the guards said, oblivious that Fire’ is whispering something into Twilight's ear.

“We got spies in my house of business?” Fistrick said as he punches the bag, breaking it slightly.

“There’s no sing out front.” Shining Armor said.

“Yeah. It looks like you don’t want people to know about your business.” Fire’ said as Fistrick nearly breaks the bag in two, white sand falling out.

“Well, Wakandan tech and Stark weapons like this just don’t fall of a truck.” Fistrick said as he continues to punch the bag.

“I’m sure whoever you took it from isn’t too happy about it going missing.” Fire’ said as Fistrick does one last punch, snapping the chains and sending the punching bag crashing to the ground.

“He don’t care anymore ... bro.” Fistrick said with a slight evil laugh.

“So, you steel Wakandan tech, upgrade it with stolen Stark weapons, and use the Megawhatts to charge it.” Fire’ aid as Twilight charges up a spell.

“Two different people make it. Another species powers it. I mass-produce it and sell it to the highest bidder. It’s just good business, bro.” Fistrick said, then he notices Twilight charging her spell. “What are you doing?”

“Knocking out your guards.” Twilight said as she cast the spell, which causes the energy bubble to explode, knocking out the guard. Fire’ then sends a blast of fire toward the other guard, sending him across the room, knocking him out.

“Nice one, Fire.’” Twilight said.

“Oh, you just made a big mistake, bro.” Fistrick said as the four face him and Corvo.

“I made a lot of mistakes. Shutting you down isn't one.” Fire’ said. At this, Fistrick runs to the other end of the factory, followed by a sacred Corvo. Shining Armor then conjures a bola, and uses it to tie up Corvo as he, Fire,’ Cadence and Twilight follow Fistrick.

A trap door opens as Fistrick jumps in, and as the foursome are about to do the same, there's a rumble as a large suit of some kind rises from the hole, with Fistrick piloting it. The suit is about 2 and a half meters tall, orange, has four mechanical fingers, and has a mohawk. “You never asked why we need so many of th,se Megawhatts,” Fistrick said as the suit closes as six Megawhatts on the suits back scream in pain. “Let’s take this baby for a test-drive,” he said as the suit moves forward. “Looks like I’m getting my workout after all.”

“Okay, I give up. What is that?” Fire’ asked.

“It must be something he made.” Twilight said as she, Fire,’ Shining Armor, and Cadence back up in fear. “Any chance that the others are on their way?”

“I hope so.” Cadence said as they all look at each other in worry. They then see red dots appearing all over their bodies, and realize that it’s the suits targeting system, which beeps as it fire four missile their way. They run, but the explosion from the missiles sends them flying a few meters.

“Whoa! I love it!” Fistrick said as he advances toward them. Thinking quickly, Shining Armor takes a Stark Industries gun and open fires on the mecha-suit, causing Fistrick to stop.

“Stop shooting! You might hit the Megawhatts!” Fire’ pointed out as he takes the gun and throws it away.

“How are we supposed to fight back, then?” Cadence asked.

“Oh, we can fight.” Fire’ said to the confused Equestrians. “We just have to take him down without hurting them.”

“That wont be easy.” Twilight pointed out.

“Has it ever been easy.” Fire’ said as the mecha-suit emerges from the smoke, without even taking a scratch.

“I sure hope you know what you're doing.” Shining said as Fire’ takes out his sword and goes elemental.

“I hope so, too.”

“You can presto-chango all you want. I’m still gonna squash you like a bug.” Fistrick said as he charges at Fire’ and punches him, sending him flying out of the building. Outside, a slightly dazed Fire’ gets up as Fistrick charges toward him, ready for the finishing move.

Angry, Fire’ instinctively does some kind of spell, which causes his horn to flash gold for a moment as he casts the spell. Fire’ does a punching motion as a white energy glows around his hoofs, and it somehow sends Fistrick flying, but he’s just hovering in the air, as if gravity stopped working for him. Twilight, Shining Armor, and Cadence are completely shocked at this, along with Fire.’ “A gravity spell?! Wow!” An impressed Fire’ said as Fistrick tries to move.

At this, Fire’ moves his hoof down, causing the mecha-suit to crash into the ground. Fistrick tries to get up, but can’t as Twilight gets onto the suit, trying her best to remove the pods, but can’t. “Keep trying, Twilight.” Fire’ said, accidentally lifting the suit, along with Twilight, into the air.

“Focus the gravitational field lower!” Twilight said.

“Sorry.” Fire’ said as Shining and Cadence help him lower the filed with his arm, crashing the suit back onto the ground.

The force of the crash is enough for one of the Megawhatts tubes to fall off of the suite, which Twilight notices. Unfortunately, a small repulsor extends from the suits left shoulder and aims towered Twilight. “Uh, oh.” Twilight said as the repulsor charges, then fires, sending Twilight back a few meters, landing on a cargo container, leaving a big dent.

“TWILIGHT!” Fire,’ Cadence and Shining Armor all scream as they run to Twilight. “Twilight please, stay with us.” Fire’ said as he turns back to normal and holds her hoof, only for him, Shining Armor, and Cadence to be dragged away by Fistrick, who throws them to the other end of the docks, with Shining Armor and Cadence falling into the water.

“Fire,’ you okay?” Shining Armor said when he and Cadence reach the surface.

“I’m fine.” A slightly dazed Fire’ said.

“You won’t be for long. Look out!” Cadence cried as Fistrick first steps on Fire,’ then proceeds to punch him into the ground.

“You...want...some...more...bro?!” Fistrick said in between punches.

“Not ... really!” Fire’ said with a grunt as he coughs out some blood, and fells that his leg is now broken.

“Too bad about your girlfriend there.” Fistrick taunted. “Too bad for you that she got off easy.” Fistrick said as he prepares to finish Fire,’ but the hook of a crane hits him, sending him flying back into the factory.

Fire,’ Shining Armor, and Cadence are surprised by this and see that the crane operator is ... “Twilight!” They all said as Shining and Cadence get out of the water and help Fire’ get onto his hoofs.

Unfortunately, the little reunion is cut short as Fistrick jumps out of the factory, with his suit slightly damaged. “Weak!” He said.

“Guys,” Twilight called to her friend, brother and sister-in-law, “I think I know how to get the Megawhatts away from the suit, but you need to get the suit to stop moving.”

“Yeah. We’ll get right on that, Twiley.” Fire’ said as Fistrick charges at them again.

“Can you do that gravity spell again?” Cadence asked.

“I think I can. I know I can.” Fire’ said as his horn and eyes flash gold for a moment as he cast the spell again. He takes the mecha-suit and crashes it down against the docks.

Fistrick tries to get up, but can’t. “Got anything else, hero, or are you just a one-trick pony?” Fistrick asked Fire.’

“Hey, it’s my first time using a spell like this,” Fire’ defended. “Now, you might be able to withstand 40 G’s,” Fire’ said, which causes Fistrick to look at the dock, and see that it’s breaking. “But I don’t think the docks can. What do you think?” Fire’ said as he intensifies the gravity, which causes Fistrick to fall into the water with most of the dock, only to come back up, and down, up, down a few times.

“It’s like one of those dunk tanks!” Cadence said as Fire’ takes Fistrick and the suit out of the water for the last time.

“Are you having as much fun as we are?” Shining asked, getting a few groans from Fistrick.

“We got it to stop moving.” Fire’ said to Twilight, who charges a laser spell. She fires, but instead of destroying the suit, it causes the pods the Megawhatts are in to fall off and break, freeing them. “Nice shot.” Fire’ said as he lets the suit and Fistrick to fall.

Fistrick then falls out of the suit, completely exhausted. “Bro.” Fistrick moaned as Twilight hugs Fire,’ who groans in pain.

“Watch it Twi.” Fire’ said to the lavender Alicorn.

“Oh, sorry.”

==================================================================

A few minuets later, Twilight’s friends, Agua, Terra, the police and some people from Stark Industries arrive. “Are you sure your okay, Twilight?” Applejack asked.

“Other than some back pain, I’m fine AJ.” Twilight said as a Unicorn nurse does some healing magic on her and Fire,’ who looks over toward Fistrick as he’s lead into a Ballistic Armored Tactical Transport, along with his lackeys.

“Nice job, you four.” The Diamond Dog police chief said to Fire,’ Twilight, Shining Armor, and Cadence. “And I thought I should tell you, that there’s a colony of Megawhatts that helps power the S.H.I.E.L.D. Helicarrier.”

“Since when?” Fire’ asked.

“Since now.” The chief said as he points toward a large container, where all the Megawhatts are happily cheering.

==================================================================

Back at the hotel, the group are in the lobby, talking about what happened. “You were lucky that Fistrick broke just your leg, Fire.’” Terra said as she has a sandwich.

“She’ right.” Pinkie said. “You were just lucky that--” just then, Pinkie gets an eye flutter, pinchy knee, and a twitch tail, which causes her to smile and run outside.

Outside, just coming back from the Lowlands, Rainbow, Scootaloo and Blitz arrive. “Let’s head i-” But before Rainbow could finish, Pinkie rushes out and gives Rainbow a death hug.

“Yourback!Yourback!Yourback!” An ecstatic Pinkie said as the others join her, which include Shining Armor and Princess Cadence.

“You got Blitz, huh?” Applejack said as Pinkie let's go of Rainbow, who gasps for air.

“Did you have a good time?” Fluttershy asked.

“Yeah, we kinda did.” Scootaloo said, when she notices that Fire’ now has a broken leg. “What happen to you?”

Chapter 10, I've Got a Spell on Blue

The Elements of Nature, Book 2

Chapter 10, I've Got a Spell on Blue

A week later, Fire’s leg is now healed as they walk toward the laboratory of Canterlot castle. “This is Canterlot, huh?” Blitz said as they walk by some stain glass windows, showing Twilight and her friends defeating Nightmare Moon, Discord, Shining Armor and Cadence defeating the changelings, and the return of the Crystal Empire. “How colorful.” Blitz said as he sees the stain glass of Twilight’s coronation ceremony.

“Your telling me?” Rainbow asked as the enter the lab.

“Hello, Bastion Yorsets.” Celestia said, completely surprising the blue Unicorn.

“Ah! H-hello, Princess Celestia.” He said after he takes some deep breaths.

“Hows the translation of the scroll coming along?” Celestia asked Bastion.

“Oh, uh, it’s almost done, Princess.” Bastion Yorsets said to her. “It appears that it only tells the location of where the Avatars will be reveled, not where they are.”

“Oh really.” Blitz said to him.

“According to the scroll, the Avatar of Air will be reveled in the Himalayas.”

“Himalayas!? That's on the other side of the world!” Twilight said. “We have to go across all of Geo Firma before we can get there!”

“I know, Twilight. But we can use that to our advantage. The Geo Firma City of Ba Sing Se is on the route to the Himalayas. If their King becomes an ally, then we might have a chance against the Fire Nation.” Celestia said to her former student.

“Assuming the US continues to stay neutral.” Luna quietly said to Twilight under the hearing of her sister.

==================================================================

On their way to Geo Firma, the main 6, Shining Armor, Cadence, Firebrand, Agua, Terra, and Blitz stop at the Crystal Empire to rest and to do some training. Shining Armor and Firebrand are doing a small practice duel in the courtyard of the Crystal Castle. They use the nonlethal sides of their blades so they wont hurt each other. “Both of them sure are good with a sword, huh Twilight?” Cadence asked he sister-in-law as Fire’ and Armor both block and deflect the attacks of the other.

“They sure are, Cadence.” Twilight said.

“Let me guess, you dad took you to some fencing classes?” Shining Armor said as his and Fire’s swords hold each other off.

“Yes, actually.” Fire’ said as he stops the standstill and does a few slashes at Shining Armor.

“I hate to see what would happen if they had to fight for real.” Rainbow said as Spike brings some towels and water for the two dueling Unicorns for when they're done.

“Come on, Rainbow. Thar fine friends, thet will nevah happened. Ah mean, sho'nuff they haf a slight rivalry, but nothin' will cuzs them t'fight etch other.” Just then, Fire’ wins by hitting Shining Armor on the side.

“Ow! Okay, time for round two!” Armor said as he drinks about a gallon of water, along with Fire.’

“If you say so.” Fire’ said as he takes on a good stance.

==================================================================

At the hive of the changelings in Sub-Sahara Africa, Queen Chrysalis is talking to Deker. “What are you doing here, Deker?” Chrysalis asked the white changeling. “Are you expecting a reward for saving Hexe. Is that it?”

“I didn't need saving.” Hexe defended.

“This isn’t about her.” Deker began to say. “I want to go after the Fire Avatar. But I’m not looking to interfere in any of you plans.”

“Do what you will. Now leave, you're giving me a headache.” Chrysalis said as she drinks some of her medicine.

“I see that your still suffering from when you last encountered the Elements of Harmony.” Deker said as Chrysalis sits down on her throne. “So, your still only interested in draining Twilight Sparkle’s magic, and nothing else.”

“Yes, nothing else. Now leave.” Chrysalis ordered.

“Very well. Rest well, Queen Chrysalis. And I shall continue my quest without worry.” Deker said as he leaves.

“Why does he want to know if were going after the Fire Avatar?” Medizinisch said out load to himself. “I have to do research.” Just then, right before Deker leaves, another changeling appears. Unlike others, he has a navy blue face and spikes on his body. He also carries a shield that looks like an eye.

“Out of my way Deker! I’m the star around here!” The new changeling said as he walks in, while Deker leaves.

“Oh, go away Madimot! Your nothing but talk.” Medizinisch said to Madimot.

“Don’t talk like that to me. I’m the baddest of the bad.” The changeling known as Madimot said.

“Why are you here?” Hexe said with annoyance in her voice.

“I’m here to tell you how to get our revenge on the Equestrians.” Madimot said to Chrysalis.

“I’m listening.” Chrysalis said to him.

==================================================================

At a bay in Geo Firma, a ferry departs, with Zuko and Iroh are on board. “Who would have thought after all these years, I'd return to the scene of my greatest military disgrace...” Iroh then turns away for a second, then turns back with a floral hat on his head. “As a tourist!”

“Look around. We're not tourists, we're refugees.” He then sips some food they were given, but he then spits it out. “Uggh! I'm sick of eating rotten food. It's like eating dirt. I'm tired of living like this!”

“Aren't we all?” Zuko and Iroh then turn to where the voice came from. They see a Unicorn stallion with a brown mane and tail, no longer then Big Mac’s, while his coat is a lighter color. He also has two hook swords for a cutie mark. He's accompanied by two other ponies, one a Pegasus mare while the other is an Earth Pony stallion. The Pegasus mare has a red coat with a yellow mane and a bee for a cutie mark, while the Earth Pony colt has a white coat with a gray mane and tail and wears a rice hat. “My name's Jet and these are my Freedom Fighters, Smellerbee and Longshot.” Smellerbee is the mare while Longshot is the Earth Pony stallion.

“Hey.” Smellerbee said to them as Longshot nods.

“Hello.” Zuko said back.

“Here's the deal. I hear the captain's eating like a king while the refugees have to feed off his scraps. Doesn't seem fair, does it?” Jet said to them.

“What sort of king is he eating like?” Iroh asked Jet.

“The fat, happy kind.” At this, Iroh's mouth hangs open as he starts to drool. “You want to help us ‘liberate’ some food?”

Zuko then tosses the bowl of rotten food into the water. “I'm in.” Jet smirks at the remark.

==================================================================

In the Crystal Forest, just outside of the Crystal Empire, a group of Crystal Ponies is taking a hike. Two of them are kind of off in a sense. The lager one, whose name is Maximinus, is teaching his nephew, Valens, the smaller one, how to be a samurai. Maximinus has a very short mane and tail, to the point where he doesn't look like he has them, a tan coat, and a dumbbell for a cutie mark. Valens has a red mane and a light blue coat, and an upside down horseshoe for a cutie mark. Valens is also kinda jumpy and is holding a can of dragon spray. “Valens, being a samurai is more than just fighting evil, he also needs to face his fears. Nature is our friend” Maximinus said as he pushes a tree branch out of his way, but when he let's go, it hits Valens. He quickly recovers and is even more jumpy now.

“But I’m scared of dragons, uncle Maximinus.”

“Valens, I don’t think dragons live in this neck of the woods. So loss the dragon spray already. What you should have brought was this.” He then pulls out a can of ... “Mosquito Repellent.” He then sprays some, but the wind pushes it back into their faces, temporally blinding them. They then hear the other hikers screaming and running. “Terrified hikers can mean only one thing: Mosquitoes!”

“Dragon!” They then try to run, but they hit each other instead. Bulk then grabs Spike when he realizes something.

“Valens,” Maximinus quietly said, “never run from a dragon this close. Play dead, like a possum.” They do so, but instead of a dragon or mosquitoes, Madimot walks up to them.

“Hah. You can't fool me. Not even possums are that ugly. Lucky for you I have more important business.” Madimot then leaves the two. When they get up and see what just passed them, they're excited.

“Our first real live battle, Valens. And we survived! Now we are officially samurai warriors!”

"We are?!" Spike excitedly said.

"Shush! Yes, we are." Maximinus said as they quietly leave.

==================================================================

Back on the ferry, Zuko, Jet, and Smellerbee sneak up to the food storage area. Zuko then breaks the door open with his swords and he and Jet take some food. “Guard's coming!” Smellerbee said as Longshot fires an arrow with a rope attached to it, allowing the three to slide down it. Longshot manages to pull it away before the guard notices.

==================================================================

At the Crystal Forest, Madimot continues to terrorize the hikers until ... “Hold it right there, Changeling! We’re gonna whip you into shape!” Rainbow called out as the team, accompanied by Shining Armor and Cadence, arrive.

“Ha, do you really wan’t to tangle with me? I’m Madimot, the baddest of the bad from the Sahara. I'm a bad, bad bug!”

“Let’s see if you can back up all that talk.” Blitz said to the ugly bug.

“Hmm, having back up is a good idea.” He then pulls out a whip and smacks it into the ground. A large white tiger than appears behind him.

“What the?” Rainbow said.

“Is that a white tiger?” Twilight nervously said.

“Yep. I found it and he become my pet kitty, or should I say my pet Tiggy.”

“That’s not right!” Fluttershy said to the changeling.

“Tiggy, get them!” The tiger than charges at them, roaring loudly while it attacks the group, separating them. Madimot sees that Twilight is alone. “Oh, time to give the queen her great prize.” Madimot said as he fires a green flame of magic at Twilight, but Shining Armor sees this and pushes his sister out-of-the-way. As a result, Shining gets hit and is now under Madimot’s control, his eyes glowing green.

“Shining Armor!” Twilight screamed as Madimot laughs.

“Oh boy. I have a new pet. I’ll call him Blue.” Madimot said as both Twilight and Cadence stare in disbelief, shock and horror. “Now, sic ‘em!” Shining than conjures up a blade and attacks his sister.

Twilight manages to dodge the attack and tries to snap Shining out of it, but no matter what she says or does, nothing works. Fire’ charges at Madimot with his blade drawn out, but Madimot sees him coming. “Good, two new pets for the price of one” he said as he charges his spell. “Your mine now, Red.” He fires, but almost on instinct, Firebrand cast a spell that blocks the mind control one. He then does a few slashes at Madimot.

“That won’t work on me, Changeling.” Fire’ said.

“No, it wont. Tiggy, take care of him!” The tiger than charges at Firebrand, who head toward the others, now in a group, with both the tiger and Shining Armor about to pounce. Fire’ then wraps himself and the others in a ball of flames. When the flames completely dissipates, they are nowhere to be seen.

“Huh, cowards, but good timing. I’m starting to get hungry. Blue, wait here with Tiggy.” Madimot said to Shining Armor, who dissipates the sword he conjured up.

“As you wish, master.”

==================================================================

Back on the ferry where Zuko and Iroh are on, Jet passes out food to other travelers. The other Freedom Fighters, Zuko and Iroh are siting together. “So, Smellerbee, that's an unusual name for a young stallion.”

“Maybe it's because I'm not a stallion ... I'm a mare!” She then walks away.

“Oh, now I see.” Iroh said when he realizes his mistake. “It's a beautiful name for a lovely mare!” He called out.

Longshot then approaches Smellerbee and gestures at her. “I know, you're right. As long as I'm confident with who I am, it doesn't matter what other ponies think. Thanks Longshot.” Jet then approaches Zuko and Iroh.

“From what I heard, ponies eat like this every night in Ba Sing Se. I can't wait to set my eyes on that giant wall.” Jet said to the two, oblivious that there from the Fire Nation.

“It is a magnificent sight.” Iroh said.

“So you've been there before?” Jet asked.

“Once. When I was a ... different colt.” Iroh answered.

“I've done some things in my past that I'm not proud of, but that's why I'm going to Ba Sing Se: for a new beginning. A second chance.” Jet said, remembering when he used to live in Equestria, before the Fire Nation killed his family and moved to Geo Firma.

“That's very noble of you.” Iroh said to him. “I believe ponies can change their lives if they want to. I believe in second chances.”

==================================================================

At the Crystal Castle, Cadence and Twilight are crying. “How could Shining Armor fall under a changelings spell again?” A heartbroken Cadence said.

“I don’t know, Cadence. But we have to find a way to get him back.” Twilight said as she wipes away a tear.

“Say,” Rainbow said as she turned to Firebrand, who wasn't under Madimot’s control, “how did you resist that changelings spell?”

“I don’t know. All I know is that I can use the same spell to free Shining, if I can.” Fire’ said as he walks away for a moment.

“What did he mean by, ‘if I can?'” Rainbow asked.

“Please, don’t say that in front of Twilight and Cadence, Rainbow.” Rarity said to her as Celestia and Luna arrive.

“We heard about what happen.” Luna said. “We wan’t to help.”

==================================================================

On the ferry Zuko and Iroh are on, Zuko and Jet are at the bow. “You know, as soon as I saw your scar, I knew exactly who you were. You're an outcast, like me. And us outcasts have to stick together. We have to watch each other's backs. Because no one else will.”

“I've realized lately that being on your own isn't always the best path.” Zuko said as they see that the ferry is getting close to the giant walls of Ba Sing Se.

==================================================================

“Impressive.” Queen Chrysalis said to Madimot as he drinks some green water. “Hypnotizing both a deadly predator and the caption of the Canterlot Royal Guard.”

“Like I said, I’m the baddest of the bad. If I hadn't dried out, those Avatars and their friends would have been dead. Now, Shining Armor will do whatever I tell him to do.” Madimot boasted.

“Then why don’t you make Shining Armor turn his sword on himself?” Hexe asked. “That should cause both Twilight and Cadence plenty of grief.”

“Thats not fun. Hexe, when was the last time you had some fun? Three centuries ago?” Madimot asked.

“Well, actually I-”

“Uh, forget I asked.” Madimot began to say. “It’s much more fun playing puppet master and making people doing things they never would. Like, making Shining Armor capture his sister for you, my queen.”

“So go then, have Armor get the Element of Magic” Medizinisch said as Madimot leaves. “I have to get back to my research. I’m more concerned about that rogue warrior, Deker, and the Fire Avatar. So much about the Fire Avatar’s family, and so many big words to. Ooh-ah-ooh, I feel like tearing my tentacles off!”

"I’ll help with some.” Hexe said to him. “But why are you so interested in Deker and the Fire Avatar?" Hexe asked him.

“Yeah, why so worried?” A changeling knight asked the medic.

"I think there’s something about the Fire Avatar that Deker doesn't want us to know about." Medizinisch said as he looks through some more books and texts.

==================================================================

Deep in the Everfree Forest, Deker is walking through, talking to himself “So, Queen Chrysalis doesn't know the truth about the Fire Avatars legacy, or the sealing spell. Good. That means she’ll stay out of my way” Deker said as he pulls out his ... “Uramasa, my trusty sword, if I can't find me a worthy opponent and bring him to his knees, then whats the point of being immortal?”

He then puts Uramasa back in its sheath and continues to walk, but as he does so, his entire body is engulfed in purple flames. When the flames disperse, he becomes a Unicorn stallion with a blood-red mane and tail that are like Shining Armor’s, a gray coat, tortoise green eyes, and a katana for a cutie mark. He is also now wearing a white cloak and black boats, while the sheath that holds Uramasa is now covered in cloth with a black diamond pattern.

==================================================================

At a construction site near Manehattan, Madimot and his two puppets are terrorizing the workers. “Thats right boys, run! Run away from my two pets” the Changeling said as the tiger mauls a Unicorn while Shining Armor destroys a bulldozer.

==================================================================

At the castle, the group get wind of the attack. “Madimot is in Manehattan now!” Applejack asked, worried about her Aunt and Uncle.

“Where's Fire’?” Twilight asked a royal guard.

“He already gone ahead.” The guard answered, surprising the group.

“We need to help him!” Twilight said as she, her five friends, Spitfire, Misty Fly, Rapidfire, Agua, Terra, Blitz, Celestia and Luna leave.

==================================================================

“It’s about time” Madimot said as he hears hoofsteps behind him, but instead of Twilight like he was inspecting, its “Fire Avatar! Why are you here?”

“I’m here to get my friend back.” Fire’ answered.

“All right then, I guess we’ll just have fun with you first.” Madimot said as he smiles in a twisted and evil way. “Make this fight count, or els I’ll have Blue turn his sword on himself.” Just then, the others arrive at a nearby hill.

“Fire,’ we’re here to help!” Twilight said to the Fire Avatar as she flies down.

“No!” Fire’ firmly said in an intimidating way, stopping even Rainbow and Applejack in their tracks. “I won’t put anyone else at risk.”

“But...”

“You wan’t a show? I’ll give you the show of your life, changeling.” Fire’ said as he draws out his sword.

“Oh, I wish I had some popcorn.” Madimot said as he takes a seat on a nearby crane. “Blue, attack!” Madimot yelled out, causing Shining Armor the conjure another sword as he and Fire’ take on some fighting stances.

“There’s no way that Fire’ would hurt my brother.” Twilight said.

“Ah hope yer right, Twilight.” Applejack said.

“I cant believe that this is happening.” Rainbow said. After a few tense moments, the two Unicorns charge at each other, each slashing at he other, each attempt failed by the other.

“WHAT ARE YOU THINKING?!?!?! THAT'S MY BROTHER!!!!” Twilight yelled out, unable to see this.

“Shut your mouth!” Madimot yelled at them when he heard enough. He then fires a laser at them. It doesn't do much but knock them off their hoofs. “No talking during the show!”

“I hate changelings.” Celestia said as she gets up, surprising her sister, who was the only other one who heard.

“I’m pretty sure that's the first time I heard you say the word ‘hate,’ Tia.” Luna said as the other recover too.

Just then, a Unicorn stallion that has a red mane and tail that are like Shining’s, a white coat and a katana for a cutie mark walk up to them. Its Deker. “Looks like we have a winner.” He said.

“Who are you?” Luna demanded.

“It doesn't matter who I am. What matters is that the one who's winning isn't the stallion with the blue mane.”

“What?!” Cadence said. “How can you tell?”

“Because the red one is fighting as if he's trying to win a training point than a real duel” Fire’ and Shining are on top of a crane arm, still slashing at each other. Fire’ than jumps off and lands on a hill made of gravel. “It’s a lot different from fighting for survival” Shining then follows and they two continue. They then roll down the hill. “You fight with instinct. You have to watch your target like a hawk” Fire’ then leads Shining to an open area and they continue without causing too much damage. “It’s easy to get tired in a long battle when there's no one to say stop” Fire’ lets Shining cut a chain that was holding some rods and it falls in between them.

After a few more slashes, Fire’ kicks Shining in the stomach and sends him a few feet back. He quickly gets up, but doesn't recover as fast. Fire’ places his sword on his shoulder while Shining holds his out. “I’m not sure I can watch this for long.” Fluttershy said to the others.

“Don’t worry, because the fight will be over soon.” Deker said.

“Really?” Twilight said in disbelief.

“Indeed. The red warrior has a good stance, it reduces fatigue, he’ll stay strong. See that glow on his horn, he is enchanting a spell on his sword as we speak. And when the white and blue one goes for the point, the red will take the opening and he’ll strike. He’s looking for a decisive blow. That’s the difference between these two.”

Shining then charges at Fire.’ “Come back to us, Shining Armor.” Fire’ said as he blocks the attack and cast his spell, causing his sword to catch fire, while he releases the block. “This should break the spell!” He said as he hits Shining Armor. The group, except for Deker, hold their breath as orange bolts of magic come from Shining Armor as a ball of green fire floats up from him and disappears.

“What have you done!? BLUE! MY PUPPET!” Madimot yelled out as Shining Armor falls to the ground.

“Shining Armor!” Both Twilight and Cadence yelled as they, along with the others leave Deker and head for Shining Armor.

“I was right.” Deker said to himself as he looks at Firebrand. “The Fire Avatar is the perfect opponent for my Uramasa.” He said with a smile as he leaves.

“Ugh. What happened?” Shining Armor asked when he sees his sister, wife, and friends around him.

“You were under a changelings control again, Shining Armor.” Twilight said to her older brother.

“Oh. Is that all, Twiley” Armor said as he weakly gets up with some help.

“Fire Avatar! You had this planned all along!” Madimot suddenly yelled out.

“Yeah” Fire’ began to say. “When we fought in the forest, I instinctively used a spell that protected my mind from your control. I realized I can do the same for Shining Armor, which is why I had to fight him.”

“Wait. We were fighting?” Shining Armor asked.

“Yeah. Because your such a good fighter, it took me a lot longer to charge up the spell.”

“Thanks. Now, lets fight something that isn't our friend.” Shining Armor said, to which Fire’ nodes in agreement as he and Agua, Blitz, and Terra become their elemental forms.

“Don’t be so sure.” Madimot said as he hit his whip against the ground. “Tiggy, get them!” The white tiger gets up and charges them.

“I’ll take care of the tiger. You gays take care of the changeling.”

“You got it, Fire.'” Shining said to him. Fire’ then heads for the tiger. He stalls it by moving from place to place. He then charges his magic and cast the same spell on his sword that he used to free Shining. When he hits, green flames leave the tiger and disappears. When Fire’ turns back to normal, the tiger walks up to him and begins to lick him. “OK. OK. Settle down boy.”

After getting hit by a few attack, Madimot sees what just happened. “What? No! Now Tiggy’s against me too!”

“Shows over, changeling!” Shining said to him. Just then, the white tiger lunges at Madimot, who runs for the forest. The group are horrified as screams and a roar are heard.

“Never make a tiger mad.” Fire’ said, getting some slight chuckles from the others.

==================================================================

Later that night, back at Canterlot Castle, Firebrand, Blitz, Agua, Terra, Twilight and her friends, Spike, Spitfire, Misty Fly, and Rapidfire are ready to head for Ba Sing Se, with Celestia, Luna, the Wonderbolts, Apple Bloom and Big Mac, Sweetie Belle, Scootaloo, Shining Armor and Princess Cadence saying their goodbyes. “Take good care of my sister, mister.” Shining Armor said to Fire.’ “And thanks, for saving me from that Changeling.”

“You’re welcome.” Fire’ said to the white Unicorn. “I’ll take good care of her till we get back.” Fire’ said, not knowing that Twilight and Cadence are right behind her.

“I hope you do.” Twilight said, surprising Fire,’ making Shining Armor laugh.

“Don’t do that!” Fire’ said.

“Hey, it was Cadence’s idea, Fire.’” Twilight defended as she and the others get onto the chariot and take off.

“Say, who do you think that white Unicorn from earlier is?” Cadence asked after the group left.

“Don’t know, but I have a feeling that we’ll find out.” Celestia said as she stares at a small light coming from the nearby mountains.

==================================================================

On the mountain in question, Deker is siting in front of a fire in his Unicorn form. He then takes his sword with his purple magic and partially pulls it out. “Patience, Uramasa. At last we have found him” Deker said as he remembers how Fire’ was able to free Shining Armor from Madimot's spell. “All that remains now is to find the right place and time. And then the most epic duel in history will commence.”

Chapter 11, The Drill

The Elements of Nature, Book 2

Chapter 11, The Drill

The group finally make it to the outer limits of Ba Sing Se on their chariot, and they're excited. “We're getting closer!” Twilight excitedly said.

Rainbow Dash then said, “I can hardly wait!”

“I'm so excited, I...I feel like shouting! Woo hoo!” Fluttershy said, though she shouted in her usually quiet way.

“Whooowee! Ba Sing Se, here we come!” Applejack yelled.

“Oh, I do hope I look festive enough!” Rarity said as she has a giant Chinese like hat on that's decorated with green gems.

Pinkie then pops out of it. “There it is! Ba Sing Se!

“Oooh...” They all said as they see the outer wall that is 100 meters tall. But Fire’ isn't enjoying the sight of the wall.

Twilight is the first to notice. “Whats wrong Fire’?”

“That. That's whats wrong.” He then points to a giant cigar shape object a few miles away. It's a giant drill at least a mile or two in length.

“That thing is huge!”

“What is that thin’?” Applejack asked.

“It looks like a giant drill.” Twilight said.

“That thing can go throw the wall in no time I bet.” Blitz said.

“We need to get to the city fast.” Shining said to the pegasi who are flying the chariot they are in.

==================================================================

The drill in question is moving across the ground by several sections of the drill extend forward, releasing steam as spikes are driven into the ground. Inside the drill, Princess Azula, her friends, Mai and Ty Lee, are in the control room with War Minister Qin, who has a dark red coat and a light gray mane and his cutie mark is a pistol, are with several operators of the drill. “This drill is a feat of scientific ingenuity and raw destructive power. Once it tunnels through the wall, our troops will storm their city. Geo Firma will finally fall and you can claim Ba Sing Se in the name of your father. Nothing can stop us” Qin said to the Princess and her friends.

“Hmmm, what about those muscle-y guys down there?” Ty Lee said as she aims an external camera over a monitor at several Geo Firman troops using magic to create large trenches, with Fire Nation forces following them in hot pursuit.

“Please. The drill's metal shell is impervious to any attack.” Qin said, not at all worried.

“Oh, I'm sure it is, War Minister Qin, but just to be on the safe side ... Mai and Ty Lee, take the enemy Unicorns out!” Azula sharply said.

“Finally, something to do.” Mai said, sitting in a chair and swinging a knife around her hoof. She then gets up and heads out with Ty Lee.

==================================================================

The group land on the wall, but are stopped by a guard. “What are you ponies doing here? Civilians aren't allowed on the wall!” The guard said.

“I'm the Avatar of Fire. My friends here are the Avatars of Water, Earth, and Lighting. Take us to whoever is in charge.” Fire’ said to the guard, who hastily complies as he leads them to another portion of the Outer Wall where a roof rises overhead, supported by tall arches, while the Geo Firman general sits behind a desk. He’s an Earth Pony with a yellow coat, green mane, and a green circle with a square in the middle for a cutie mark.

“It is an honor to welcome you to the Outer Wall, young Avatars, but your help is not needed.” The general simply said.

“Not needed?” Blitz said in disbelief.

“Not needed. I have the situation under control” The general calmly said as he gets up. “I assure you the Fire Nation cannot penetrate this wall. Many have tried to break through it, but none have succeeded.”

“What about the Dragon of the West? He got in.” Terra pointed out.

Slightly taken aback, the general said, “Well ... uh, technically yes, but he was quickly expunged. Nevertheless, that is why the city is named Ba Sing Se. It's the ‘impenetrable city.’ They don't call it Na Sing Se. Ha-ha-ha. That means ‘penetrable city.’”

“Yeah, thanks for the tour, but we still got the drill problem.” Rainbow said to him.

“Not for long. To stop it, I've sent an elite platoon of Unicorns called the Magic Squad.” The general said.

“That's a good group name. Very catchy.” Pinkie said.

==================================================================

Down below, the Magic Squad is launching their assault on the Fire Nation drill. They manage to overthrow one tank and get closer to the drill. “Ready ... attack!” The team leader yelled out as he and the others wedge large, metal spikes into the metal shell of the drill to halt it. However, the drill's segments separate, reducing the spikes to dust. The Magic Squad narrowly manages to conjure up shields to defend themselves against an assault of flying daggers hurled by Mai as she and Ty Lee slide down the shell of the drill. Ty Lee lands gracefully onto the ground and effortlessly manages to defeat the Unicorns through an acrobatic display, using chi-blocking.

==================================================================

“We're doomed!” The general said as he began to flail his front legs in panic.

At this, Rainbow slaps the general.“Get a hold of yourself, man!” She said to the unstable Earth Pony.

“You're right. I'm sorry.” The general said as he regains his composure.

“Maybe you would like the 4 Avatar's help now?” Twilight said to him.

“Yes, please.” The general said as he gets down on the ground and actual begs Fire’ and the others, who are looking at the drill.

“The question is, how are we going to stop that thing?” Twilight said as she and the others turn to Fire.’

“Why are you all looking at me?” Fire’ asked

“Whenever we get into a really bad situation, you alway have a plan.” Rarity said to him.

“So ... I'm the only one who can ever come up with a plan? That's a lot of pressure.” Fire’ said.

==================================================================

At the entrance to Ba Sing Se from where the ferries take the refugees, a ticket mare is inspecting Zuko and Iroh’s tickets. “So, Mr. Lee and Mr. ummm ... Mushy, is it?” She said.

“It's pronounced Mushi.” Iroh corrected.

“You telling me how to do my job?” the annoyed ticket mare said.

“Uh, no, no, no. But may I say you're like a flower in bloom. Your beauty is intoxicating.” Iroh said to the mare.

“You're pretty easy on the eyes yourself, handsome. Raorr!” The mare flirtatiously said as she stamps the two tickets. “Welcome to Ba Sing Se.”

Iroh grabs the tickets and gives Zuko his, who’s disgusted by what he just saw. “I'm going to forget I saw that.” Zuko said as he grabs his ticket and leaves along with his uncle. All the while, Zuko is being watched by Jet.

“I think Lee would make a good Freedom Fighter. He's just trying to find his way in the world, like us.” Jet said to Smellerbee and Longshot.

“You don't know anything about him, Jet.” Smellerbee said.

“I know he didn't get that scar from a Pegasus.” Jet pointed out.

“Besides, I thought we were going straight now.” Smellerbee said.

“We are ... and the new Freedom Fighters could use a guy like Lee. What do think, Longshot?” Longshot only looks over at him silently, with a meaningful look on his face. “I can respect that.”

==================================================================

Meanwhile, back at the Outer Wall, Agua attempts to heal a member of the Magic Squad. “Uh, how is yo' doin' thet?” Applejack asked Agua.

“I look at some more scrolls and I found out that waterbending can also be used for healing.” Agua answered.

“Cool.” Pinkie said.

“What's wrong with him? He doesn't look injured.” The general asked.

“His chi's blocked.” Agua said as she stops healing for the moment. “Who did this to you?”

“Two mares ambushed us. One of them hit me with a bunch of quick jabs and suddenly I couldn't use my magic anymore and I could barely move. Then she cartwheeled away.” He answered.

Twilights eyes then widen in realization. “Ty Lee. She doesn't look dangerous, but she knows the pony body and its weak points. It's like she takes you down from the inside.”

“Thats it!” Fire’ said excitedly.

“Whats it?” Twilight asked.

“What you just said!” Fire’ began to say. “That's how we're going to take down the drill! The same way Ty Lee took down all those big Unicorns!”

“By hitting its pressure points!” Terra said.

Fire’ then looks out over the wall with a determined look at the drill. “We'll take it down from the inside out.”

==================================================================

On the ground in front of the Fire Nation drill, Terra, Agua, Firebrand, and Blitz are waiting in a trench. “Once I whip up some cover, you're not going to be able to see so stay close to me.” Terra said to them. She steps outside the trench and with a powerful stomp of her foot, sends a mass of flying debris clouding toward the drill. “Run!” Terra yelled as the group race into the dust cloud behind Terra.

==================================================================

At the command module where Ty Lee is peering at the cloud through the cameras. “Hey, look at that dust cloud. It's so ... poofy. Poof.”

“Don't worry, Princess. I'm sure it's nothing.” War Minister Qin said to the princess, who casts him a doubtful look at him.

==================================================================

Back outside, the group is standing in the midst of the dust beside the drill. Terra earthbends a hole in the ground. “Everyone into the hole!” They then jump into the hole.

“It's so dark down here, I can't see a thing.” Blitz said.

“Oh no, what a nightmare!” Terra sarcastically said.

“Sorry.” Blitz sheepishly said as they make their way to the surface underneath the drill.

“There!” Fire’ said as he spots an opening.

Agua then flies up to the a bar hanging from the opening and, dangling upside-down from her legs. She then hoists Fire’ while Blitz flies into the drill. They realizes Terra is not following them. Blitz then sticks his head out of the drill. “Terra, come on!” Blitz said to the blind Earth Pony.

“No way am I going in that metal monster. I can't bend in that thing.” Terra pointed out. “I'll try to slow it down out here.”

“Okay, good luck!” Fire’ said as they disappear, while Terra earthbends a wedge of rock into the drill, however, it is proving to be a difficult task. Inside the drill, where Fire’ is leading the others through a tunnel of valves and pipes. “Were gonna need a plan of this machine. Some schematics that show what the inside looks like. Then we can find its weak points.”

“Where are we going to get something like that?” Blitz asked, only to see Fire’ unexpectedly cut off a steam valve with his sword. “What are you doing? Someone's going to hear us!”

“That's the point.” Fire’ said to the confused Pegasus. “I figure a machine this big needs engineers to run it. And when something breaks...”

“They come to fix it!” Agua finished. Moments later, an engineer wearing a mask walks down the misty hallway to the site of the damage. He’s about to de some repairs, when Blitz appears behind him.

“Hi there.” Blitz said as he places his hoof on the engineers chest, and electrocutes him, knocking him unconscious. Fire’ then runs up and opens the engineers saddlebag and finds the schematics.

“This'll work. Thanks!” Fire’ said as the trio run off, but not before they tie the engineer upside down and gag his mouth shut.

==================================================================

On the wall, Twilight is starting to get worried. A million thoughts have gone though her head about why Firebrand and the others are taking so long. Are they all right? Is he all right? Did they get captured? Are they dead? NO! Calm down, Twilight. I’m sure Firebrand is fine ... uh I mean they're all fine, I mean.

==================================================================

Back in the drill, Firebrand, Agua, and Blitz are studying the schematics they stole. “It looks like the drill is made up of two main structures. There's the inner mechanism where we are now and the outer shell. The inner part and the outer part are connected by these braces. If we cut through them, the entire thing will collapse.” Fire’ said to Agua and Blitz, who nod in agreement.

==================================================================

At the train station, Zuko, Iroh and the three Freedom Fighters are waiting for their train. Zuko and Iroh who sit in the waiting area. Jet approaches and sits next to Zuko. “So, you guys got plans once you're inside the city?” He asked, but before either could answer, a Unicorn pulling a cart comes up, selling tea.

“Get your hot tea here! Finest tea in Ba Sing Se!” The Unicorn said.

“Ooh! Jasmine please” Iroh said as he waves a hoof. The tea seller pours tea into a cup for Iroh, who sips the tea, but soon grimaces at both its repulsive taste and, “Blaugh! Ugh, coldest tea in Ba Sing Se is more like it! What a disgrace!”

“Hey, can I talk to you for a second, Lee.” Jet asked as he motions for Zuko to follow him. Zuko sighs and reluctantly gets up as the two walk several meters away from Iroh. “You and I have a better chance of making it in the city if we stick together. You want to join the Freedom Fighters?” Jet asked the banished prince.

“Thanks, but I don't think you want me in your gang.” Zuko said.

“Come on, we made a great team looting that captain's food. Think of all the good we could do for these refugees.” Jet tempted Zuko.

Zuko then walks away. “I said no.”

“Have it your way.” Jet said, but he then catches sight of Iroh sipping hot tea, causing his eyes to widen in shock and realization. As Zuko approaches Iroh, he glances over his shoulder at Jet, who narrows his eyes and walks away.

Angrily, Zuko knocks the teacup out of Iroh's hoof. “Hey!” Iroh cried.

“What are you doing firebending your tea?” Zuko asked. “For a wise, old stallion that's a pretty stupid move!”

“I know you're not supposed to cry over spilled tea, but ...” Iroh began to say with a sniff, “It's just so sad!”

==================================================================

Inside the drill, Fire’ is leading the others through a door onto a massive steel beam. “Wow, it looks a lot thicker in real life than it does in the plans.” Fire’ said as they see the huge scale of the beam.

“We're going to have to work pretty hard to cut through that.” Blitz said.

“What's this ‘we’ stuff? I have to do all the work.” Agua said.

“Look, Agua. Out of all of us, you're the only one who can control water. All you have to do is cut through this beam while me and Blitz keep any curious Fire Nation ponies from seeing what were doing.” Fire’ said to the Pegasus princess.

“He’s right, and together, we're Team Avatar!” Blitz said, getting some glares from the other two before giving in. She then begins to use her waterbending to slice through the metal sharply. When the brace is sliced halfway through, she nearly collapses from exhaustion.

“Come on Agua. You’re almost there.” Blitz encouraged.

“If it help, I’l heat the brace up.” Fire’ said as he begins to superheat the metal that hasn't been cut as Agua resumes her work slicing the brace. With every lash of her water whip and his superheating, they cut through the brace, which enlarges as Blitz grows increasingly eager. At last, a cut is made clean through the brace, however, to their disappointment, the brace budges mere centimeters from its position.

Agua then begins to pant due to exhaustion. “At this rate, we won't do enough damage before the drill reaches the wall.” Agua said as she takes some of her own water. “I don't know how many more of those I have in me.” Suddenly, the drill begins to creak.

“Do you hear that?” Blitz said. “We took it down! We better get out of here fast!” Blitz said as he makes a run for the door. But he halts when an announcement begins on the speakers.

“Congratulations, crew. The drill has reached the wall of Ba Sing Se.”

==================================================================

“Start the countdown to victory!” Qin said in the command module. Cheers erupt from the crew. Azula has a threatening look of determination on her face.

==================================================================

Firebrand, Agua and Blitz all look at each other in shock and dismay as the drill begins hammering through the wall, sending loose boulders in every direction. One of the streams of a saturated rock and water solution travel through tubes and makes its way through the back entrance of the drill in the room the group is in, where Blitz begins to desperately attempt to move the brace. “C'mon brace ... budge!”

“This is bad, really bad.” Fire’ said.

“I’ve been putting everything I've got into busting these braces, but it's taking too long!” Agua said.

“Maybe we don't need to cut all the way through. Terra told me that you shouldn't give one hundred percent of your energy into any one strike. Blitz, take a fighting stance” Fire’ asked the Pegasus, who takes on a fighting position. “You've got to be quick and accurate. Hit a series of points and break your opponent's stance” Fire’ said as he demonstrated by striking Blitz several times, “and when he's reeling back, you deliver the final blow” Fire’ said as he hits Blitz softly on the head, causing the Pegasus to fall over. “His own weight becomes his downfall, literally.”

“So we just need to weaken the braces, instead of cutting all the way through.” Agua said.

“Then I'll go to the top of this thing to deliver the final blow.” Fire’ added.

“And boom! It all comes crashing down!” Blitz finished.

==================================================================

Meanwhile under the drill, Terra is putting all her strength into keeping a rock column stable as she is slowly pushed back by the force of the drill. “C'mon guys, hurry up!” Terra said.

==================================================================

Inside, Agua and Fire’ are making rapid progress, slicing through several braces halfway to weaken them, this time with Fire’ heating his sword so he can cut the steel with ease. “That's enough! We need to get to the next one!” Blitz said to the two.

==================================================================

Outside on the wall, guards are sending boulders down at the drill from the wall. “They sure are taking their time.” Twilight said.

“Don’t worry, Twilight. I’m sure Agua, Blitz, Terra, and your boyfriend can stop that thing.” Rainbow teased the purple Alicorn.

“Rainbow! Firebrand is not my boyfriend!” Twilight said to the multicolored mare.

“Not yet.” Rainbow whispered to Applejack.

==================================================================

At the command module of the drill, the war minister is just happily staring at he wall as it’s drilled through, when ... “War Minister, an engineer was ambushed! His schematics were stolen!” An engineer cried over the intercom, shocking the...

“War Minister, a brace on the starboard side has been cut clean through! It's sabotage, sir!” Another engineer said.

“Let's go, ladies!” Azula sharply said to Mai and Ty Lee.

==================================================================

The trio continue to slice through the braces. “Good work, Team Avatar!” Blitz said. “Now we just need to...” Blitz began to say as he glances up, when he sees something that horrifies him, “...duck!” Blitz screamed as he and the other two duck just in time to evade some fire blasts sent by Azula, who runs out and stands on another brace followed by her friends.

“Wow, Azula, you were right! It is the Avatars!” Ty Lee said as she smiles flirtatiously at Blitz “...and friends.”

At this, Blitz smiles, waves and says, “Hey” a clearly annoyed Agua then grabs Blitz and drags him away while Ty Lee swings herself forward toward Fire’ who quickly turns into fire and she passes throw him. The trio escape and race through the drill's hallways. They soon come to an intersection.

“Guys, get out of here. I know what I need to do.” Fire’ said to the pegasi as they spit up, with Azula and her team arriving at the intersection.

“You go after the Water Avatar and the American! The Fire Avatar's mine!” Azula ordered, which Mai and Ty Lee obey as the chase Agua and Blitz while Azula chases after Firebrand. Meanwhile, the Avatars of Water and Lighting arrive at the end of the hallway and find a closed hatch. Blitz tries to open the hatch, while Agua reads a nearby sign.

“Slurry pipeline? What does that mean?” Agua asked as Blitz opens the hatch.

“It's rock and water mixed together. It means our way out!” Blitz said as he descends into the canal of channeling slurry. He’s followed by a somewhat reluctant Agua, when Mai and Ty Lee arrive. She manages to escape into the canal just as a flurry of daggers is sent their way. Mai and Ty Lee then run over and peer into the pipeline, which disgusts Mai. “Ugh, disgusting!” She said as she tries to hold her lunch.

“C'mon! You heard Azula, Mai. We have to follow them!” Ty Lee said as she climbs down the ladder.

“She can shoot all the lightning she wants at me. I'm not going in that wall sludge juice.” Mai said as Ty Lee drops into the pipeline and in the slurry. Mai shudders as she closes the hatch.

==================================================================

At the rear end of the drill, a flood of slurry is continually being released out of the pipeline, along with Agua and Blitz slide through the slurry onto the ground with Ty Lee following them in hot pursuit. Agua then quickly uses her waterbending to stop the flow of slurry and plug up the back entrance of the drill, thus trapping Ty Lee. “Why don't you try blocking my chi now, circus freak?” Agua taunted the pinky Fire Nation pony.

“Agua, keep that up. The pressure will build up in the drill. Then when Fire’ delivers the final blow, it'll be ready to pop!” Blitz said.

==================================================================

On top of the drill, Firebrand finally makes it to the top and finds ... “This looks like a good spot as any” Fire’ said as he looks up, only to see boulders being hurtled down the wall, nearly crushing him. “General Sung, tell your soldiers to stop shooting rocks down here!” Fire’ yelled to the paranoid general.

“Soldiers, whatever you do, don't stop shooting rocks down there!” General Sung frantically ordered. The soldiers nod and fire another round of rocks toward the drill. Fire’ leaps out-of-the-way of the oncoming boulders and begins slicing at the hull of the metal using his sword.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, Agua continues to hold Ty Lee captive in the slurry. “Good technique, sister! Keep it up! Don't forget to breathe!” Blitz said, not at all helping.

“You know, I'm just about sick and tired of you telling me what to do all day, Blitz! You're like a chattering monkey!” Agua nearly yelled.

“Just bend the slurry, mare!” Blitz yelled, only to get a frustrated Agua to bend a wave of slurry onto Blitz, knocking him down.

Just then, Terra shows up. “You guys need some help?” She asked.

“Yeah” Agua said to the earthbender. “Terra, help me plug up this drain” The two cooperate with each other to bend the slurry, sending Ty Lee farther into the drill and causing the pipes to begin to expand under the pressure.

==================================================================

Back at where Fire’ is at, he continues to slice the metal of the drill. “What I'd give to be a metalbender” Fire’ began to say, only to hear a gun clank and jumps out-of-the-way just in time as a lightning bolt passes by. Fire’ turns around and sees the source of the lightning: Azula. Fire’ quickly assumes a fighting stance as a battle ensues between the two, with Azula shooting blue fire blasts at Fire,’ who manages to block them using firebending. She continues the fire attacks only to have each one of her strikes deterred by fire whips.

The two narrowly dodge the several boulders that are hurtled toward them at that moment. Fire’ turns into his elemental form and fires blue fire balls at Azula who manages to avoid them all. Azula sends a karate assault that slams Fire’ into the Outer Wall, leaving him unconscious. On the other side of the Outer Wall, the front of the drill has completely bored its way through. Azula walks over to Fire’ and prepares to deal a deadly final strike, but Fire’ awakens and sends her skidding back using magic. A flood of slurry is released as the drill bores deeper into the wall, coating the two.

Azula slides toward a helpless Firebrand, attempting to halt herself by making a magic bubble, only to collide with Azula. The force of the collision sends both sliding off the opposite sides of the drill. Azula is able to stop her descent by grinding her hoofs into the drill's side while Rainbow shows up and drags Fire’ up to the top. “Thanks, Rainbow. I owe you one.”

“Hey, I never leave my friends hangin.’” Rainbow said as they run over to the wedge Fire’ sliced in the drill. “Anything else you need.”

“Yeah, two things. First I need...” Just then, a large boulder lands in front of them. “Actually, that is what I need for once. Second, I need...” He then whispers something in Rainbow’s ear.

“Firebrand, your insane. But I like it” Rainbow said as she flies up. “I can see why Twilight likes him” She said to herself when she was out of earshot of both Firebrand and Twilight. When Rainbow reaches a good hight, she drops down and drops right toward the wedge. Azula catches sight of her and fires, but she misses by mere seconds and is sent back forcefully as Rainbow slams down on the wedge, creating a Sonic Rainboom, but Fire’ manages to stay put due to him creating a bubble around him right when Rainbow hit the wedge. The impact of the blow causes the sliced braces inside the drill to collapse and the pipes to burst, releasing a torrent of slurry, which begins to seep from the drill.

At the back of the drill, Agua and Terra are still doing their bending stances when they hear the noise. “Here it comes!” Terra said as she earthbends Agua, Blitz and herself onto a rock pillar. Slurry gushes out from the rear of the drill, with Ty Lee slamming into the rock wall as she is forcefully pushed by the flood. The drill begins to release steam and its segments begin to collapse. On the other side of the wall, the drill stops in its tracks.

On the top of the destroyed drill, Fire’ is now covered in slurry. He wipes away some near his face, showing a huge smile across his face, while Rainbow pops out. “I really need a shower now.”

==================================================================

Inside, War Minister Qin stares at the slurry from inside the command module, completely shocked.

==================================================================

General Sung and the others on top of the Outer Wall, are also covered in the muck. “Ah. My hair!” Rarity cried.

“Not the time, Rarity” Applejack said to her.

==================================================================

On one side of the drill, Ty Lee attempts to clear away the mess. Azula is skidding down the drill, also covered in slurry. She lands by Ty Lee, getting more slurry on her pink friend. Azula then hears a hatch opening, and sees Mai, completely clean. “We lost,” Mai dryly said.

==================================================================

At a train station, a conductor yells, “Last call for Ba Sing Se!” In the crowd, Jet is talking to his two companions, as he glares at Zuko and Iroh as they board a train.

“Jet, relax. So the old guy had some hot tea. Big deal.” Smellerbee said.

“He heated it himself! Those guys are Fire Nation!” Jet nearly yelled.

“How do you know? Maybe he got new tea.” Smellerbee pointed out.

“I know what I saw!” Jet yelled. “Theres no way he got a new tea because the tea pony already left. He had to used a small heater or a mini-flamethrower. Those guys are Fire Nation”

“Calm down Jet.”

“I am calm! Look, all I'm saying is that the only ways I can possibly think of that he heated that teacup is by a mini-flamethrower or a small heater. How many ponies do you know have either of those who are not from the Fire Nation?” Jet asked.

“Now I know why that mare left you when you lived in Canterlot 5 years ago.” Smellerbee said as she and Longshot board their train.

“You promised never to mention that.” Jet said as he follows them.

Chapter 12, City Walls and Secrets

The Elements of Nature, Book 2

Chapter 12, City Walls and Secrets

As an award for protecting Ba Sing Se, from the Fire Nation attack, the mane six, Spitfire, Misty Fly, Rapidfire and the Avatars are now allowed into the city. They are on a train heading for the city. “Look, the Inner Wall! Twilight excitedly said. “I can't believe we finally made it to Ba Sing Se in one piece.”

“Hey, don't jinx it!” Rainbow suddenly said. “We can still be attacked by some giant exploding Fire Nation spoon. Or find out the city's been submerged in an ocean full of killer shrimp!”

“Have you been using drugs or something?” Terra asked Rainbow.

"Rainbow Dash, on drugs? That will never happen." Rarity said.

“I'm just sayin,' weird stuff happens to us.” Rainbow pointed out, right when a mare that looks a lot like Derpy, sucking a corn plant in her mouth, takes a seat between Terra and Rainbow, startling them.

“Ah see whut yo' mean, Rainbow.” Applejack said to her as he monorail enters the Inner Wall. The entire group, except Terra, is seeing the giant city through the windows. The 12 notice that Ba Sing Se stretches almost as far as their eyes can see, and it has many roads and buildings. Their train enters the monorail station, stopping there, and they disembark.

“Back in the city. Great.” Terra sighed.

“What's the problem? It's amazing!” Twilight asked the blind Earth pony.

“It's just a bunch of walls and rules, Twilight. You wait, you'll get sick of it in a couple of days.” Terra said as the monorail departs the station. On the other side of the tracks, there is a mare with long dark mane that billows in the wind and a yellow coat. She is wearing a dress so the group can’t see her cutie mark ... if she has one. She approaches them with a strange smile on her face, freaking Fluttershy and Spike out to the point that Fluttershy hides behind Rapidfire, making him blush while Spike hides behind Rarity.

“Hello, my name is Jo Dee! I've been given the great honor of showing the Avatars around Ba Sing Se. And you must be Princess Twilight Sparkle, Applejack, Rainbow Dash, Rarity, Fluttershy, Pinkie Pie, Spike, Spitfire, Misty Fly and Rapidfire! Welcome to our wonderful city. Shall we get started?”

“Yes. Princess Celestia sent us here to see the King of Geo Firma. So if you wouldn't mind, would you take us there immediately,” Twilight said to her, referring to Sozin’s Comet.

“Great! Let's begin our tour. And then I'll show you to your new home here. I think you'll like it!” Jo Dee said, completely oblivious to what Twilight just said.

“Ugh! Maybe you missed what my friend said.” A clearly annoyed Rainbow said as she walked up to Jo Dee. “We need to talk to the king about the Fire Nation War, it's important.”

“You're in Ba Sing Se now. Everypony is safe here,” Jo Dee simply said, giving Team Avatar confused looks on their faces about her strange statement. Later the group is in the area of the city near the wall. An Earth pony is pulling a carriage containing Jo Dee and Team Avatar through the streets. “This is the Lower Ring,” Jo Dee said to them, still smiling while they pass by many shops while refugees line the streets.

“What's that wall for?” Spitfire asked as she pointed to the wall in question.

“Oh, Ba Sing Se has many walls! There are the ones outside protecting us, and the one's inside, that help keep order. This is where our newest arrivals live, as well as our craft workers and artisans, ponies that work with their hoofs. It's so quaint and lively!” Je Dee said as they pass by two Pegasus stallions conversing in an alley, one of holding a large sword that glistens in the light. Both of them are glaring at the carriage as it passes by. “You do want to watch your step, though,” Jo Dee nervously said.

“Why do they have all these poor ponies blocked off in one part of the city?” Twilight said with a nervous look on her face as they pass by some Unicorn muggers.

“This is why I never came here before,” Fire’ began to say, “I've heard it was so different from the way ponies were taught to live in Abysus.”

“Ya don’t say.” Spike said.

==================================================================

In another part of the Lower Ring, Zuko is walking down the street. Iroh catches up to him from behind, holding a large vase with several orange flowers placed in it. Zuko just stares coldly at the flora and at Iroh. “I just want our place to look nice,” Iroh said as he gives Zuko a nudge with the elbow. “In case somepony brings home a mare friend!”

“This city is a prison. I don't want to make a life here.” Zuko bleakly said.

“Life happens wherever you are, whether you make it or not. Now come on, I found us some new jobs, and we start this afternoon!” Iroh said.

Behind the two, staying out of sight, Jet is staring at the two firebenders, accompanied by Smellerbee and Longshot, with Jet thinking they are like all other Fire Nation ponies he meet. “Just look at them, Fire Nation living right under everyone's nose.”

“Jet, you saw an old Earth pony stallion with a hot cup of tea,” Smellerbee began to say, “it doesn't prove he's Fire Nation. And what if he is, are we supposed to attack them? I thought we were starting over here, changing our ways.”

“We are, when I get the evidence I need, I'll report them to the police and let them handle it. Okay?” Smellerbee and Longshot just exchange glances of worry at this.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, Jo Dee is continuing the tour, with them now in the Middle Ring. “This is the Middle Ring, home to the financial district, shops and restaurants, and the university.” Jo Dee said.

“Yeah, I meet up with a professor fro Ba Sing Se University." Blitz lied. "He told me about some information about the Fire Nation War that is absolutely crucial for the Geo Firman King to HEAR!” Blitz yelled at her.

“Isn't history fascinating? Look, here's one of the oldest buildings in the Middle Ring, Town Hall!” Jo Dee excitedly said while smiling while the carriage stops. Jo Dee exits the carriage to show Team Avatar the Town Hall, but they don’t follow.

“Is that mare deaf? She only seems to hear every other word we say.” Blitz said when Jo Dee was out of ear shot.

“It's called 'being handled.’ Get used to it.” Terra said to him.

==================================================================

In a small tea shop in the Lower Ring, Jet is leaning against the shop's wall. He turns around and peeks inside the window, spotting Zuko and Iroh speaking with the shop's owner. “Well, you certainly look like official tea servers. How do you feel?”

“Ridiculous.” Zuko said, annoyed. Both he and Iroh are wearing aprons.

Iroh desperately attempts to tie the string behind his back, but his effort are in vain. “Uh, does this possibly come in a larger size?” Iroh asked.

“I have some extra string in the back. Have some tea while you wait.” The shop owner then pours some tea in two cups, hands it to his new employees, and heads to the shop. Iroh takes a sip from his cup, but his face contorts in disgust.

“Blech! This tea is nothing more than hot leaf juice!” A slightly disgusted Iroh said.

“Uncle, that's what all tea is.” Zuko pointed out.

“How could a member of my own family say something so horrible?! We'll have to make some major changes around here.” Iroh said as he takes the teapot and heads over to the window, where Jet is spying them through. Jet gasps and moves away just in time as Iroh dumps the tea out the window. Jet then slowly stalks around the corner of the shop and leaves.

==================================================================

The carriage in which Team Avatar is touring in, has now entered the Upper Ring. “The Upper Ring is home to our most important citizens. Your house is not too far from here!” The carriage then passes by another wall with a tall gate. Behind it, the roof of an enormous building can be seen.

“What's inside that wall?” Twilight said as she and the others are being watched by three stallions standing in the gateway, wearing dark robes and wide-brimmed hats.

“And who're the mean looking guys in robes?” Rainbows said to Jo Dee, who is still smiling, still creepy.

“Inside is the Royal Palace. Those stallions are agents of the Dai Li, the cultural authority of Ba Sing Se. They are the guardians of all our traditions!” Jo Dee answered.

“Can we see the king now?” Spike said, both bored and annoyed.

“Oh, no, one doesn't just pop in at the Geo Firman King!” Jo Dee said as they arrive at a small house. “Here we are! Your new home,” she said as a messenger Pegasus comes and gives Jo Dee a scroll, which she opens and reads. “More good news! Your request for an audience with the Geo Firman is being processed, and should be put through in about month,” Jo Dee said, with the whole group now staring at her. “More quickly than usual!”

“A month?!” Both Twilight and Firebrand said in surprise and disbelief.

“Six to eight weeks, actually.” Jo Dee said as she leaves them. Fire’ then notices a Unicorn stallion in the house across from them is peeking through a window is staring at them, then gestures for the to come over.

“Come on.” Fire’ said as he crosses the street, followed by the others, most of the confused. Fire’ knocks on the front door of the house, making sure that no one is watching. The same Unicorn opens the door and smiles.

“You're the Avatars! I heard you were in town. I'm Ponzi.” The Unicorn said, smiling at them.

“Nice to meet you, Ponzi.” Pinkie said while giving Ponzi the hoof shake of his life.

“So, Ponzi, what's goin' on with this city? Why is everypony so scared here to talk about the Fire Nation War?” Firebrand asked the light green stallion.

“Fire Nation War? Scared? What do you mean?” He said as he shifted his eyes back and forth.

“I can feel you shaking.” Terra said to him.

“Look, I'm just a minor government official.” He said while looking to his left and right to confirm that no one is present except them. “I've waited three years to get this house. I don't want go get into trouble.”

“Get in trouble with who?” Fire’ asked.

“Shh, listen, you can't mention the Fire Nation War here. And whatever you do, stay away from the Dai Li.” He said as he abruptly closes the door.

==================================================================

At some apartments, Jet is still spying on Zuko and Iroh, from a balcony in the shadows, hiding behind a clothesline in the apartment across theirs. “Would you like a cup of tea?” Iroh asked.

“We've been working in a tea shop all day!” Zuko nearly yelled as he lays down in his bed. “I'm sick of tea, Uncle!”

“Sick of tea?! That's like being sick of breathing!” Iroh said as he rummages through the cupboard beneath the counter. “Have you seen the spark rocks to heat up the water?”

“They're not there.” Jet whispered as he pulls out some emerald colored rocks. “You'll have to use a heater or a flamethrower, you old fart.” Jet confidently said, only to see Iroh leave the apartment. “Where're you going?”

Iroh then comes back to the counter with some rock in a basket he’s carrying in his mouth. “I borrowed our neighbors'. Such kind people.” Iroh said after he spits out the basket. He than takes two of the rocks and strikes them near a pile of twigs below the teapot, and creates a flame.

==================================================================

The next morning, a blue jay is chirping, before coming down to Team Avatar's house. Fluttershy instantly makes friends with the bird when she wakes up as she’s coming out from the door. She takes a roll of papers on a mail slot attached to the wall, and reads it briefly, gasping with excitement, before running back inside to the others, who are all lounging around the upper part of the living room. “I got it! I know how we're going to see the king of Geo Firma!” Fluttershy said to them, surprising all of them by how bold she was just then.

“How do we do that? 'One doesn't just pop in on the Geo Firman King!'” Terra said, copying Jo Dee.

“The king is having a party tonight for his pet bear.” Fluttershy said as she sows the paper to Twilight. “The palace will be packed. We can sneak in with the crowd.”

“Won't work.” Terra said ass he lies down.

“Why not?” A slightly confused Twilight asked.

“No offense to you simple country folk, except for Rarity and you, Twilight, but a real society crowd will spot you a kilometer away.” Terra pointed out as she scratches her rump. “You've got no manners!” Terra finished as she takes a pastry from a nearby bowl and gobbles it down.

“Excuse me? We've got no manners?! Yer not exackly ‘mare fancy hoofs!’” Applejack said as she gets up.

“I learned proper society behavior and chose to leave it, AJ.” Terra said as she tosses the half eaten pastry aside. “You never learned anything. And frankly, it's a little too late.”

“Aha, but you, Twilight and Rarity learned it! You could teach us!” Pinkie excitedly said.

“Whoa there, Pinks. There’s no way I’m gonna be like that.” Rainbow said, completely against the idea of wearing a dress, especially near Blitz.

"We can all go." Fire' said.

"I'm sure I can prep the mares, but you colts will probably be lucky to get in a busboys." Terra said as she and the other mares head into the dressing room.

==================================================================

Later that night, Rainbow is sitting at a table in a fancy dress while both her eyes have eye shadow and her mane is now brushed and has all kinds of high-class hair pieces in it. “How did I let you talk me into this?” Rainbow asked. “It feels like there's a ton of makeup on me.”

==================================================================

In the main lobby, the three colts are playing a game of cards. “Do you have any ... twos?” Fire’ asked Blitz.

“Go fish.” Blitz said. Right then the girls come in, wearing makeup, exquisite Geo Firman dresses, and holding a fans. Twilight stares at the Fire’ calmly before giving in to a fit of giggles, with Fire’ blushing as he stares dreamily at the site of Twilight (again).

“Wow, you look beautiful.” A stunned Fire’ said to Twilight, who opens her mouth to reply to Fire’s compliment, but is stopped by Terra placing her fan in front of her mouth.

“Don't talk to the commoners, Twilight. First rule of society.” Terra said to her.

The girls then head for the door, but before she leaves, Twilight turns to the boys. “We'll get in the party, and then find a way to let you in through the side gate.” She said while winking at Fire,’ who’s entire face turns into a deeper shade of red.

“What did you mean when you said, ‘[Twilight] look beautiful’?” Rapidfire said when he was sure that the girls were out of ear shot.

“Ha-ha...  I have no idea what you're talking about.” Fire’ said, thought even Snips and Snails could tell he was lying.

“Because I saw you stare at Twilight when you said that. And when she left, she winked at you.” With that, Fire’ blushes so much that you can clearly see it, despite his flame red coat.

==================================================================

Outside the tea shop where Iroh and Zuko are working, Jet is still spying on the shop from an alley, when Smellerbee and Longshot walk up behind him. “Jet, we need to talk.” Smellerbee said.

“What?!” A surprised Jet said as he takes his hook swords and take on a fighting stance, only to lighten up when he sees it’s Smellerbee and Longshot. “Oh great, it's you guys. Where have you been? I could use some help with surveillance here.”

“We've been talking, and we think you're becoming obsessed with this. It's not healthy.” Smellerbee said.

“Oh, really? You both think this?” Jet asked, getting his answer when Longshot then places his hoof on Smellerbee's shoulder in agreement with her statement.

“We both came here to make a fresh start. But you won't let this go. Even though there is no real proof!” Smellerbee said to the clearly paranoid Jet.

“Maybe if you help me!” Jet nearly yelled.

“Jet, you gotta stop this.” Smellerbee begged.

“Maybe you've forgotten why we need to start over,” Jet said as he stares back at the tea shop. “Maybe you've forgotten about how the Fire Nation left us all homeless. How they wiped out all the people we loved. If you don't want to help me, I'll get the evidence on my own.” Jet said as he goes toward the tea shop.

Inside, Iroh is pouring tea to a customer, who happily drinks it. “This is the best tea in the city!” He said after about 4 seconds.

“The secret ingredient, is love.” Iroh said as he pours another cup then waves a hoof through the steam coming from the teapot. Iroh walks over to the back of the shop where the owner is, while Zuko gives him a disgusted look.

“I think you're due for a raise.” The owner said, only for the doors to be slammed open by Jet as he goes inside.

“I'm tired of waiting!” Jet said as he points an accusing hoof at Iroh and Zuko. “These two stallions are Fire Nation!” Jet said as he unsheathes his hook swords and prepares to fight. Iroh and Zuko quickly exchange a look, not knowing what to do. “I know they're Fire Nation, I saw the older one heating his tea!”

“He works in a tea shop.” A customer bleakly said.

“He's Fire Nation! I'm telling you!” Jet yelled.

The customer then raises up along with a mare that's with him. “Drop your swords, boy. Nice and easy.” He said.

Jet then turns to Zuko. “You'll have to defend yourself. Then everyone will know. Go ahead, show them what you can do.” Jet slowly walks toward Zuko and Iroh with his swords. Just as one of the customers is about to draw his swords, Zuko steps in front grabs them instead.

“You want a show?! I'll give you a show!” Zuko takes the officer's broadswords and enters a fighting stance. He then pulls a table in front of him with his foot and kicks it at Jet, who slices the table with his swords and jumps over it. As he lands, he swings both hook swords at the Fire Nation prince, who deflects the attack and jumps backward on to another table, which is sliced in half by Jet, swinging one sword through the middle of the table. Zuko steps onto one half of the table and balances on one foot.

Jet continues his attack by cutting the legs on the half of the table Zuko is standing on. Zuko quickly jumps up, and as he lands, he swings both broadswords at Jet's feet, and Jet somersaults away and lands in a crouching position before charging forward at Zuko again. Zuko swings both of his swords at Jet.

==================================================================

At the Ba Sing Se Palace, several high-class citizens are lined up and being admitted inside by a guard, who is checking the invitation of one group before letting them pass. Terra, the mane six, Agua, Spitfire and Misty Fly are next in line and approach him. “Invitation please.” The guard asked.

“I think this will do.” Terra formally said as she shows the guard her family seal, a golden seal with a flying boar.

“No entry without an invitation. Step out of line, please.” The guard said.

“Look, the Pangs and the Yum Soon Hans are waiting in there for us! I'm going to have to tell them who didn't let me in.” An irritated Terra said.

“Step out of line please,” the unyielding guard said as he points his hoof to the side, the group move out disappointed, when Rarity notices a carriage, from which a green Unicorn with a black mane and an arrow for a cutie mark comes out, where two Dai Li agents bow to him. Rarity gets an idea from this as she, along with the others, go to the high-ranking Dai Li agent.

“Sir, I'm sorry to bother you, but my cousin lost out invitations,” Rarity said as she points to Terra. “She's blind,” Rarity whispered as she turns to the Dai Li again. “Do you think you could help us? The rest of our very large family is inside and I'm sure they're very worried.”

“I am honored, please come with me,” the Dai Li said as he walks toward the guard at the entrance with the group following him. The guard bows to him and they are allowed to go into the palace. As they are walking in, Terra, Rainbow and Applejack stick their tongues out at the guard while his back is turned. At the other side of the room they are in, at one end of the table is the bear, Bosco, is eating a steak, his drool dripping of his chin. Seated to either side of him are two guests.

“He's taking all the good stuff!” The oldest of the guests said.

“Quiet! You don't know what I had to do to get seats this near the bear!” The younger said as Bosco slightly hits the younger guest before pouncing onto the table and eating a large plate of meat in front of him.

The girls see this, with Rarity nearly vomiting. “It's beautiful, isn't it?” the Dai Li said as he turns to the mares. “By the way, I'm Long Feng. I'm a cultural minister to the king. Now where is your family? I'd love to meet them.”

“Uh ... I don't see them right now, but I'm sure we'll find them soon.” Rainbow said with a cheep smile.

“Thanks for all your help,” Rarity said as she and the other mares walk away, only for Long Feng to appear in front of them.

“Don't worry, as your escort it would be dishonorable to abandon you ladies without finding your families first. We'll keep looking.” He said as he turns around and leads the mares, making all of the mares glance at each other nervously.

==================================================================

Outside the palace, Fire’ is peeking around the pedestal of a lion statue. “Where are they?!” Fire’ said, both worried and nervous, as he ducks behind the pedestal, where Rapidfire and Blitz are at. Spike isn't there because no one under 16 is allowed in.

“Look, I came up with a back up plan.” Blitz said to his two friends, making them stare at him. “We dress me like a ghost, okay? I fly by the guards, creating a distraction. Then, we blast a hole in the wall.” Fire’ then stands up and looks over the pedestal, and points to some busboys, as Rapidfire and Blitz stand up.

“Or we could go in as these guys. Terra said we might pass as busboys!” Fire’ said as the busboys unload some supplies from a carriage and take them inside

“Good idea, Fire.’” Rapidfire said as he sneaks up and steals some of the busboys spare uniforms.

“Okay...” Blitz said as he rolls his eyes. “But remember that me as a ghost plan. I think it's a winner.”

==================================================================

At the tea shop, Zuko bursts out through the door and tumbles onto the street. Jet runs after him and strikes at Zuko with both swords. Zuko defends the strike and both combatants lock swords. “You must be getting tired of using those swords. Why don't you go ahead and use you mini-flamethrower at me?” Jet said with a sinister grin.

“Please, son, you're confused! You don't know what you're doing!” Iroh said as he comes out the door of the tea shop, followed by some customers.

Jet and Zuko are still fighting. Zuko swings at Jet, but Jet stops Zuko's broadsword with the ends of his hook swords, spins around and deflects it to the side. Zuko spins with his swords and tries to counterattack, but Jet hooks the ends of his swords together and begins to swing them at Zuko in large circular motions. Zuko retreats back a few steps to defend himself. “Bet you wish he'd help you out with a little fire blast now.”

As Jet swings at Zuko's feet, Zuko stabs one of his broad swords through the hilt, pinning it to the ground. Jet looks at it with annoyance before focusing back on Zuko. “You're the one who needs help.” Zuko said to the crazy Unicorn.

Both the combatants lose a sword, and continue fighting with only one. Jet turns in a circle and tries to swipe at Zuko, but Zuko quickly advances and swings his sword at Jet, who pulls his attack just in time to bend backward and avoid Zuko’s blade, cutting the straw sticking out of Jet's mouth in half. Jet regains his balance and jumps backward on to the edge of a well. “You see that?! The Fire Nation is trying to silence me, but it'll never happen.” Jet then begins to attack again, hooking his sword to the top of the well and sending a flying kick toward Zuko.

==================================================================

At the palace, Fire,’ Rapidfire and Blitz are standing back to back, fully dressed as busboys, serving refreshments to the guests of the party. Fire’ begins pouring a drink while Blitz is serving food to people who pass by. “Where are the others?” Fire’ said, a little worried.

“Forget them! Just keep an eye out for the king.” Blitz said.

“We don’t even know what he looks like, Blitz.” Rapidfire said to him.

“You know, royal, flowing robe, fancy jewelry.” Blitz said, only for them to realize that all the party guests fit Blitz's description. They are all adorned in fancy, flowing robes and headpieces, chatting and eating food.

“Well, that narrows it down to pretty much everyone!” Fire’ said as Terra walks up to the trio.

“Another crab puff, please,” she said, trying to speak in a fancy voice. Fire’ levitates his tray to give her a puff, unaware it’s her, until he turns to face her.

“You found us!” Fire’ said in surprise.

“I'd know your hoof steps anywhere, Flame Head.” Terra said as she eats her puff as the other mares soon catch up, making Fire’ blush when he sees Twilight.

“Thanks for letting us in!” Blitz sarcastically said.

“Sorry, but the guy who escorted us in won't let us out of his sight!” Agua defended.

“What guy?” Fire’ said when he sees that nopony is following them. Jo Dee then shows up and approaches the group, and is anxious to see them.

“What are you doing here? You have to leave immediately, or we will be in terrible trouble!” Jo Dee said as she tries to push Blitz, but he blocks her with his tray.

“Not until we see the Geo Firman King.” Blitz said to the strange tour guide.

“You don't understand. You must go.” Jo Dee said as she shoves Blitz on Firebrand, causing him to spill the water inside the pitcher he was carrying on a unicorn mare guest.

“Aarrrh! Oh!” The mare said, completely annoyed.

“Sorry. No, don't shout.” Fire’ said as firebends at the guest, evaporating the water without hurting her, but also turns her hair, clothes and makeup into a mess, leading Fire’ to smile sheepishly, while the others stare in worry.

The guest is briefly shocked, but smiles in amazement. “The Avatar of Fire! I didn't know one of the Avatars would be here.” She said, making the guests' attention is focus on Firebrand. Jo Dee's large, happy smile quickly turns sour and is replaced by a frown and a look of dread as Fire’ looks around at the guests. Fire’ blushes and waves at the crowd, laughing nervously, as Blitz leans in toward Fire.’

“You keep their attention while I look for the king.” Blitz whispered as Twilight leans in on Fire’s other side.

“Remember your days as a stage show performer?” She asked, making Fire’ smile as he takes the uniform off.

“Watch this, everypony!” Fire’ said as he jumps on to one of the long dining tables as Blitz walk off into the crowd. Fire’ swings his arms over the guests' food, making them sizzle while he firebends the flames off the candles. He jumps onto a pitcher, using his sword to balance on top of it, while continuing to firebend. Fire’ brings the fire above his head and creates a swirling ball of white and orange, making the crowd cheer and clap at the spectacle. Even Bosco growls with delight at Fire's antics.

==================================================================

Back at the tea shop, Zuko and Jet are still fighting. Zuko growls as he swings his sword at Jet, who dodges the attack and moves on to Zuko's side, and they end up back-to-back. Zuko and Jet attempt to strike the opponent behind them, but neither can get past the other's defense. That's when two Dai Li agents run toward the fight. “Drop your weapons.” One of the Dai Le said.

Zuko and Jet step away and face each other. Zuko lowers his sword, but Jet points at Zuko and Iroh. “Arrest them, they're Fire Nation!” Jet yelled.

“This poor colt's confused, we're just simple refugees.” Iroh calmly said to the Dai Le.

“This young stallion wrecked my tea shop, and assaulted my employees!” Iroh and Zuko’s boss yelled.

“It's true sir, we saw the whole thing. This crazy colt attacked the finest tea maker in the city.” A customer yelled as Zuko gives him his swords back.

“Oh, ho, ho. That's very sweet.” Iroh said while blushing.

The two Dai Li agents walk up to Jet, who looks at them angrily. “Come with us, son.”

Jet swings his hook sword at the Unicorn agent, but he catches the sword with his magic. The guard then disarms Jet, and both guards pull the colt’s arms behind his back, binding his ankles together using their magic and drag Jet away toward a wagon designed for holding captured criminals. “You don't understand! They're Fire Nation! You have to believe me!” Jet yelled as the crowd begins to disperse.

On his knees, Jet looks up as the doors are shut. The ponies left in the street watch the wagon go away, among them Longshot and Smellerbee, hidden within the crowd, who look on before they silently walk out of sight.

==================================================================

The two Dai Li that arrested Jet are now dragging in into a dark room, making him sit on a stone chair. They bind his front legs down using steel rope. “You have to believe me, they're Fire Nation! They won’t stop until they win the War.”

One of the Dai Li agents (who's a unicorn) uses magic to clamp down on Jet’s skull, holding it in place. “Calm down, you're safe now.” The agent said as he stands in front of Jet, surrounded by a metal track. From behind him appears a small orange lantern attached to the track, holding Jet down says. “There's no war in Ba Sing Se.”

“What're you talking about? Where do you think all the refugees come from? You can't hide it!” Jet said as he watches as the lamp continue passing by his face, only to get gaged by the Pegasus Dai Li.

The lamp passes by Jet’s eyes again, with the Dai Li agent standing within the circular track as the lamp revolves and begins saying the same thing to Jet repeatedly. “There is no war within the walls. Here we're safe. Here, we are free,” Jet's eyes then begin to widen as his protests become silent, and the brainwashing begins to affect him.

==================================================================

Back at the palace, two lines of guards walk into the hall. Eight of them are carrying a curtained palanquin, with the King of Geo Firma sitting on the platform. The crowd as they marvels in the King's presence. Blitz and Shining sneak through the crowd and they attempt to get a better view of the king. The guards then place the palanquin down and face the guests. Blitz looks over at the others and points at the king. “Firebrand! The King of Geo Firma!”

Fire,’ who is entertaining Bosco, runs over to the king on the table he was on. “Greetings, your majesty.” Three guests pull their food and drinks off the table before Fire’ runs over them. Back at the procession of guards and the King of Geo Firma. The platform is carried off while a line of guards walk up to the long dining table. Shining and Blitz exit the crowd and try to follow the king, but two Dai Li agents grab them and begin leading him away, pulling their arms behind their back.

“Hey, let us go!” Shining Armor barked at them. A Dai Li agent stepping out from a pillar in the hall throws his hoofs out, causing his steel gloves to fly forward.

Meanwhile, the girls are looking away, the gloves of the agent grab Terra and pull her backward, covering her mouth to keep her silent. A second later, another pair of gloves grab Twilight and pulls her back the same way as Terra, followed by Rainbow, Scootaloo, Sweetie, AB, AJ, Rarity, Cadence, Pinkie, Agua, and Fluttershy. Fire’ has reached the other end of the dining table, knocking over several dishes. Long Feng then walks up to Fire’ from behind the line of guards. “Avatar of Fire, it is a great honor to meet you.” He then bows before Firebrand.

“Who the hay are you?”

“I am Long Feng, Grand Secretariat of Ba Sing Se and head of the Dai Li. I'd like to talk to you. Your friends will be waiting for us in the library.” Long Feng then gestures for Fire’ to follow him, as he goes into the library. Fire’ hesitates for a moment before hopping off the table and following. At the library's large double doors shutting, Fire’ and the others are facing Long Feng, who is sitting in front of a hearth that illuminates the area with a green flame.

“Why won't you let us talk to the king!? We were sent here by Princess Celestia about defeating the Fire Nation before a magical comet returns and gives them ultimate power!” Agua yelled at him.

“The King of Geo Firma has no time to get involved with political squabbles and the day-to-day minutia of military activities.” Long Feng simply said.

“This could be the most important thing he's ever heard.” Twilight said to him.

“What's most important to his royal majesty is maintaining the cultural heritage of Ba Sing Se. All his duties relate to issuing decrees on such matters. It's my job to oversea the rest of the city's resources, including the military.” Long Feng argued.

“So the king is just a figurehead.” Rainbow said to him.

“He's your puppet!” Terra angrily yelled at him.

“Oh, no, no. His majesty is an icon, a God to his people. He can't sully his hoofs with the hourly change of an endless war.” Long Feng said.

“But Celestia...” Twilight began, but is cut off by Long Feng.

“Enough, I don't want to hear your ridiculous plan. It is the strict policy of Ba Sing Se that any war not to be mentioned within the walls. Constant news of an escalating war will throw the citizens of Ba Sing Se into a state of panic. Our economy would be ruined. Our peaceful way of life, our traditions would disappear. In silencing talk of conflict, Ba Sing Se remains a peaceful, orderly utopia, one of the last ones on Earth,” Long Feng said, making Fire’ and his friends stare at him with a mix of shock and horror at this revelation.

“You can't keep the truth from all these people. They have to know.” Twilight said to Long Feng.

Fire,’ Agua, Terra and Blitz then stand up, with Fire’ pointing at Long Feng. “We’ll tell them!” Fire’ said.

“We'll make sure everypony knows!” Agua finished.

“Until now, you've been treated as our honored guest. But from now on, you will be watched every moment by Dai Li agents. If you mention the war to anypony, you will be expelled from the city.” He then makes his leave. Now Jo Dee will show you to your home.”

Long Feng sits down at the front of the library, as Jo Dee opens the doors and walks toward the group. The group looks at her with surprises this time she's a unicorn instead of an Earth pony. “Come with me, please.” Jo Dee said.

“What happened to Jo Dee?” Applejack asked.

“I am Jo Dee.” She then bows her head to them. “I'll be your host as long as you're in our wonderful city.” She then smiles cheerfully at the group in the same artificial way.

Chapter 13, Tales of Ba Sing Se

The Elements of Nature, Book 2

Chapter 13, Tales of Ba Sing Se

The Tale of 11 Mares

At Team Avatar's house, the group are getting ready for the day, with Fire,’ Rapidfire, and Blitz shaving a little, and the mares (except for Twilight and Terra) are combing their manes or brushing their teeth (as in Spikes and Rainbows case).

Outside, Twilight is sitting on the porch, waiting. She then sees a carriage drive up and stop in front of the house. The carriage’s driver quickly opens the door, and “Shining Armor, Cadence!” step out as Twilight runs up to her brother and sister-in-law.

“Twiley!” Both Shining Armor and Princess Cadence said as the two do a quick hug before ... “Sunshine, sunshine, ladybugs awake. Clap your hooves and do a little shake!” The two said with a little laugh as the rest of the team head out, except for Terra.

A minute later, the mares go to check on Terra, who is still asleep. They open her door and that Terra is still asleep on her bed, her blanket sloppily lying over her and her mane is a mess. “Terra! Aren't you gonna get ready for the day?” Agua asked her sprite sister.

Terra does gets up, but it causes her messy mare fly around. She spits on a nearby vessel which spins upon impact. The mares are shocked to see Terra’s bad morning manners as Terra gets to her hoofs and brushes a large amount of dust off her sleeping dress. “I'm ready,” Terra said.

“You're not gonna wash up, dear?” Rarity asked, slightly digested. “You've got a little dirt on your ... everywhere, actually.”

“You call it dirt, I call it a healthy coating of earth!” Terra responded.

“Hmm...” Twilight said while thinking. “You know what we need? A girl's day out!”

“Oh, that sounds wonderful!” Rarity and Agua said at the same time.

“I wouldn't mind.” Fluttershy said.

“Of course you wouldn't mind, Fluttershy.” Pinkie said to the shy Pegasus. “Count me in.”

“Me too.” Cadence said.

“Same here.” Applejack said as they all look at both Rainbow and Terra.

“Do we have to?!” Terra whined.

“It'll be fun!” Rarity said. “I know where we can go!”

==================================================================

Later, outside of a large building, Agua, Terra, Cadence, Twilight, Applejack, Rainbow Dash, Rarity, Fluttershy, Pinkie Pie, Misty Fly and Spitfire are standing near the entrance of “The Fancy Mare Day Spa?” Rainbow asked, now regretting coming.

“Sounds like my kinda place.” Terra sarcastically said.

“Are you all ready for some serious pampering?” Rarity asked the group.

She got mostly ‘OK’s from them, except from Rainbow and Terra. “I’m not so sure.” Rainbow said.

“Sure, Rarity, whatever you say. As long as they don't touch my hoofs.” Terra said as they walk in.

==================================================================

Inside the building, most of the mares are siting while smiling, having their hoofs scrubbed. But Terra’s dirt-covered hoofs are being hold down as the attendants try to scrape the massive amounts of dirt off her hoofs, getting and angry face from Terra. Suddenly an explosion erupts from one of the doorways, due to which, the frame becomes crumpled. An attendant flies out and hits the opposite wall, Terra having earthbent out of annoyance.

==================================================================

Later, the mares are now taking mud baths. A Unicorn attendant with a large pile of fresh towels walks over to Terra, who inhales air, and then exhales, earthbending the mud on her face, creating a scary appearance, which scares the attendant, who runs away. The group of mares and fillies laugh as the mud around Terra's mouth forms a large smile.

==================================================================

Later in a sauna, Terra kicks the ground, bending another rock from another pile, making it fly onto the pile of hot rocks. Agua, using waterbending, splashes the hot rocks with some water creating steam. All of them sigh in relief.

==================================================================

Later, outside the spa, Terra has a lot of make-up on her face while walking through the streets of Ba Sing Se, along with the other mares and fillies. “Well, that wasn't so bad. I'm not usually into that stuff but I actually feel ... girly.” Terra said.

“Me too.” Rainbow said.

“I'm glad. It's about time we did something fun together” Sweetie said as they’re crossing a bridge over a creek. As they do, they pass three mares going the other direction. “Wow, great make-up.” Are mare holding an umbrella said to Terra.

“Thanks.” Terra said.

“For a clown!” The mare finished, causing her and her two friends to laugh. Terra's smile is replaced by a frown as they stop walking. Agua then puts her leg over Terra's shoulder, attempting to console her.

“Don't listen to them, let's just keep walking.” Agua said.

“I think she looks cute. Like that time we put a sweater on your pet poodle.” One of the mares said.

“Good one, Star.” The third mare said.

“Let’s go, guys.” Twilight angrily said.

“No, no, that was a good one. Like your poodle.” Terra sarcastically said with a laugh. “You know what else is a good one?“ Terra asked the mares as she earthbends the bridge, removing a circular part below which the three girls are standing, causing the girls to fall into the creek below.

“Now that was funny.” Agua said as she waterbends a wave that sweeps the girls away as they scream. Terra then walks away as the others run up to her.

“Those girls don't know what they're talking about.” Rarity said, clearly offended.

“It's okay.” Terra said to the group. “One of the good things about being blind, is I don't have to waste my time worrying about appearance. I don't care what I look like. I'm not looking for anyone's approval. I know who I am.” Terra then stops walking and cries a little bit.

“That's what I really admire about you, Terra.” Agua said to her spirit sister. “You're so strong, and confident, and self-assured. And I know it doesn't matter, but ... You're really pretty.”

“I am?” Terra asked with a smile.

“Yeah, you are.” Rainbow said when she lands.

“Yuper do!” Pinkie said.

“I'd return the compliments, but I've no idea how you guys look like.” Terra said, causing the group to laugh. “Thank you, Agua.” Terra then punches Agua, showing the group her version of affection, getting an, 'Ow!'

The Tale of Iroh

At the Lower Ring marketplace, Iroh is in a shop that sells baskets, and examines a basket kept. “If this is for a romantic picnic, may I suggest this lavender one?” The shop owner said as he points to the basket in question.

“No, it's not a romantic picnic, but it is a special occasion.” Iroh said as he buys the basket. Iroh then begins to leave when he notices a vase that has a moon flower. He slides the vase into the shade, which causes the flowers to bloom instantly. “The moon flower likes partial shade.”

==================================================================

Later, Iroh is at another shop in the market, one that sells musical instruments. The sound of a crying foal then catches the three stallions attentions and they turn around and see a Pegasus colt sobbing in the middle of the street and his mother trying to console him. “Shhh. It's okay. Shhh.” She said.

Iroh then takes an instrument from the shop, and starts singing, walking toward the colt. Iroh gets down on one knee near the boy as he begins to sing. “Leaves from the vine, falling so slow. Like fragile, tiny shells, drifting in the foam. Little soldier colt, come marching home. Brave soldier colt, comes marching home.” The colt's frown instantly turns to a smile as he reaches up and pulls Iroh's long beard, causing Iroh to groan while the boy laughs. Iroh then smiles and pats his beard. The colt's mother then takes her son by the hoof and leads him away as Iroh stands and looks at them with a smiling look on his face.

==================================================================

Later at a courtyard, Iroh sees four colts are in the courtyard, playing soccer. One of the colts hits kicks the ball. But the ball, instead of hitting the gaol, it heads into the direction Iroh is standing. He dodges the ball just in time, but the ball breaks through the window directly behind where he was. A crash and a loud voice can be heard from inside. “Hey!”

“It is usually best to admit mistakes when they occur, and seek to restore honor.” Iroh said to the colts, when a loud noise is heard and all 5 of them look up, startled. At the window, a very large body and head become visible through the hole.

“When I'm through with you foals, the window won't be the only thing that's broken.” The big pony angrily said.

“But not this time.” Iroh said to the foals. “Run!” Iroh and the foals run away in all directions. Iroh is running down the marketplace street quickly. He hides in an alley, places the basket down, and he looks around the corner to see if he is being chased.

“Give me all your money!” Iroh looks down the ally and see a stallion with a knife, who has a very poor stance.

“What are you doing?” Iroh asked in disbelief.

“I'm mugging you!” The stallion said.

“With that stance?” Iroh said, causing the stallion to look at his stance.

“Huh? What're you taking about? Just give me your money, old colt!” The stallion said.

Iroh just shakes his head. “With a poor stance, you are unbalanced, and you can be easily knocked over,” Iroh said as he quickly grabs the leg of the mugger and disarms him, while pushing his attacker and knocking him to the ground. He smiles, while twirling the dagger in his hoof, and then helps the stallion, whose name is Tyco, to his hoofs. “With a solid stance, you are a much more serious threat,” Iroh demonstrates a proper stance, which Tyco attempts to imitate, but is still not assuming the correct form. Iroh walks over to him and holds his head still while he adjusts Tyco's stance.

“Much better! But to tell you the truth, you do not look like the criminal type.” Iroh pointed out as they sit down

“Yeah.” Fire’ remarked.

“I know. I'm...” Tyco than sighs. “I'm just confused.”

==================================================================

Later, the two are drinking some tea, discussing what Tyco should do. “So you really think I could be a good masseur?” Tyco asked Iroh.

“Of course!” Iroh said as he pours some more tea.

“This is so great. No one has ever believed in me.” Tyco said to him.

“While it is always best to believe in one's self, a little help from others can be a great blessing.” Iroh said while smiling.

==================================================================

Later, Iroh is walking to a tree on a hill within the city as the sun’s setting. Leaves fall from the tree as Iroh approaches it, who places the basket he had bought earlier down and removes his hat. He then rests on his knees and piles some rocks at the tree's base.  “Happy birthday, my son,” Iroh said with great sadness as he pulls out a sheet of paper and looks at it for a few seconds, closing his eyes, before placing it down as well. Finally he pulls two incense sticks, and lights them with his hoofs by firebending.

Iroh has made a small memorial for his deceased son, Lu Ten. “If only I could have helped you,” Iroh then begins to sing, but in a voice that cracks due to him crying. “Leaves from the vine, falling so slow. Like fragile, tiny shells, drifting in the foam. Little soldier colt, come marching home. Brave soldier colt, comes marching home.”

The Tale of Firebrand, Shining Armor, Rapidfire, and Spike

At the Upper Ring market, Shining Armor, Firebrand, Rapidfire, and Spike are looking for dinner with some empty saddle bags and some gold and silver Geo Firman coins. “I hope there’s a stand that sells gems here!” Spike said as he looks for one, to no avail.

“Calm down, Spike.” Shining Armor said to the little dragon. “I’m sure there's one around here somewhere.”

==================================================================

In the palaces dinning room, it’s empty, no one anywhere inside, except for one Earth Pony, but he’s different from other ponies. He has a black suit covering his upper body with a red stripe in the middle and grey pants, along with grey boots and a grey saddle bag, black boots with grey souls. He also has bones over his clothes, acting like ornaments, the broken up skeletal remains of a dragon. There's a ribcage on his chest, a tail bone on his right shoulder and the skull his left shoulder, ribs covering the back of his black suit and boots, and the claws on his shoes. The only part of his body that is exposed is his face, which is turquoise with a large lower jaw, and what look like gills behind his cheeks. He also has dark red sunken eyes.

He’s has a flash light in his hoof, looking for something. “Where are you, friend?” He suddenly asked as he does a whistle, but it’s his ‘gills’ that flap when he does it. Suddenly, a Doberman pinscher hunting dog appears and sits next to him, growling softly, wearing a red dog collar with spikes and an apparatus of some sort on it. “There’s a boy,” the bone covered pony said as he pats the dog, when he notices a hoofprint in the dime light. He walks over to it and instantly sees that it belongs to a Unicorn stallion, early 20’s, around 272 kilograms, and was performing a show of some kind.

“Hmm ... Interesting,” he said as he looks out of one of the windows and sees the Middle Ring market, and sees a red Unicorn in the distance, while his dog sniffs the print, and gets the scent. “Hunt him up,” he commanded the dog, which, by some impossibility, transforms into a giant white lizard that has a black head, dons a white patch on each side of the head, four red eyes, two on each side. It now also has sharp teeth and the gums protrude in lower jaw and it has a row of red spikes running down its back, which also has a black stripe. Each of it’s four legs has black feet, each ending in 3 red claws and a red marked tail tip. It still has the red dog collar.

The bug/lizard thing then runs for the nearest marehole cover, and heads into the sewers as it heads for the Middle Ring.

==================================================================

In the market, Fire’ and Shining Armor have bought about 5 apples, 6 bananas, 7 oranges, 8 turnips, 9 cabbages, and 10 packets of strawberries. “I think we’ve got enough, and I’m not saying that just to be lazy,” Fire’ said.

“But I haven't gotten any gems yet!” Spike whined, waving his empty bag in the air.

“He’s not gonna stop till we find something.” Shining Armor said to Fire.’

“Okay, I need to get something else anyway.” Fire’ said as they head further into the market.

==================================================================

In the sewers, the buglizard has picked up Fire’s scent, and heads right for him.

==================================================================

In the market, “So, Fire,’ have you been keeping my sister out of trouble?” Shining Armor asked.

“I try, but trouble always finds us, specifically me.” Fire’ answered. He then spots a stand that sells jewelry, and runs towered it.

“Hey, where are you going!” Rapidfire nearly yelled as Fire’ arrives at the stand.

“Excuse me, but I need a custom necklace.” Fire’ said to the Unicorn vendor.

“Certainly. Any particular colored gems you looking for?” The vendor asked.

“I guess he found your gems, Spike.” Shining Armor said to the baby dragon, but before Spike could even react, they hear a roar a few blocks behind them, and see an explosion. It’s loud enough to get even Fire’s attention as he places the necklace in a purple and gold box, along with some gems in a paper bag. They see that's it's the buglizard, a frightening sight that scares everypony away as it runs down the street, right toward Firebrand.

“What the heck!?” Fire’ said as Shining Armor grabs Spike and Rapidfire and ducks in between some stands as the buglizard passes by. The buglizard then jumps onto the stands, destroying some, until it lands on a stand right in front of Fire,’ jumps down, and crawls up to Fire’ till it’s mouth is right in front of Fire’s face. “Do I know you?” Fire’ asked the monster, right before it lunges at him.

Fire’ manages to get out-of-the-way as the buglizard destroys the stand, but it uses it’s tail to hit Fire,’ sending him flying into another stand. “Firebrand!” Shining Armor yelled.

“It’s okay.” Fire’ said as he leaves the rubble. “I’m fine.”

“He won’t be for long,” Spike quietly said, with fear in his voice. “LOOK OUT!!!!” Spike screamed, but it's too late, the buglizard is already charging at Fire,’ who only has time to get up as the giant, four-eyed lizard tackles him, the two rolling along the ground till the buglizard is on top. Everyone watching is either shocked or terrified by the fight going on. The only one not at all fazed is the dogs owner, who’s quietly watching from the shadows.

“Get off me!” Fire’ said as he uses his back legs to create the thrust needed to send the buglizard into the air and land a few meters away. Fire’ quickly gets up as the others run to his aid, but the buglizard tackles Fire’ again. “Why are you guys just standing there?” Fire’ asked the others, “Hurry up and help!” Fire’ managed to say before the buglizard pins him down to the ground.

Shining Armor sees a stand selling weapons, and takes a bola from it, and, right when the buglizard was about to bite Fire’s head off, throws the bola and traps the lizards mouth. Fire’ takes this and throws the giant lizard off him, right by the other three, who barely get out-of-the-way. “You okay, Fire’?” Spike asked the red Unicorn as he gets up.

“A few bruises, but I’m fine. Nice shot, by the way,” Fire’ said to Shining Armor.

“Hey!” The weapons vender yelled at Armor. “Your gonna have to pay for that bola, especially since I wasn't done fixing it yet!”

“Say what?” Both Spike and Rapidfire said as they see the buglizard get up and, with much effort, rips the bola apart, freeing it’s jaws.

“Aw, man!” Fire’ said as the buglizard jumps into the air, and does a crash landing on a stand behind them, partially destroying it. Fire’ jumps in one direction while Armor, Rapidfire and Spike jump in the opposite direction, with the buglizard right behind them. Rapidfire, thinking quickly, takes an unwilling Spike and uses him like a gun and fires a couple of shots, but the lizard uses it’s prehensile tail to deflect the shots as it lunges at them, teeth ready to tear flesh, but Firebrand grabs the giant lizards tail before it could do anything to his friends, who get up and surround the buglizard.

“Hmm, three against one,” the dog’s/lizard’s owner said when he sees this, not counting Spike at all. “Well, the odds are becoming a bit unsporting,” with that, he whistles.

“Anyone else hear that whistle.” Shining Armor said. Suddenly, the lizard swings its tail around and throws Fire’ several meters away. It then sprays out a yellow fog from it’s mouth. “Ah, I can’t see!” Shining Armor cried as Fire’ enters the fog, and...

“I can’t see either.” Fire’ said as the fog dissipates, with Rapidfire and Spike being the only other beings in it.

“Where that giant, bug-lizard-thing go to?” Spike asked.

“Not sure.” Fire’ said as he begins to regain his sight, along with Shining Armor. “But I have a feeling that we’ll be seeing it again, sooner or later.”

In the shadows, the mutant Earth pony and his dog, back to normal, are watching the four, with the Doberman pinscher growling at them. “No, no old friend. You did well. And we leaned that the stories are true -- that Firebrand is worthy prey.” He said as they leave, disappearing in the shadows.

==================================================================

Later at the teams house, the four are unpacking when the mares walk in. “Hey guys.” Twilight said as they head in. “How was the market today?”

“Uh, the usual.” Fire’ simply said with a sly smile.

The Tale of Blitz

Blitz is walking down a candlelit street at night. Bored, he pulls his nun-chucks out, throws it into the sky, and catches it as it comes back down. He walks past a building and into the alley beside it, some colts who are having trouble keeping a lion in line, and by the windows of the building, but he then hears voices from inside. Intrigued, he turns and sticks his head inside the window. “What's this?” He asked when he sees the room is the 5-7-5 Society's classroom. There is a mare on the stage reciting her haiku to the rest of the them.

“Through all the long night, winter moon glows with bright love, sleet her silver tears.” The mare on the stage said.

“Aah, poetry.” Blitz said as the lion, who is still struggling with his handlers, kicks backward and hits Blitz in his flank, sending him through the window, and inside the room. The mares look at him and shriek, startled. “I am so sorry. Something struck me in the rear. I just ... wound up ... here.” Blitz said while collecting himself and removing the window frame.

The mares laugh, and clap at Blitz's unintended haiku. He first looks surprised, but then grins widely as their teacher, Macmu-Ling, gets up. “Five, seven, then five, syllables mark a haiku.” She then bows to Blitz. “Remarkable oaf.”

Blitz than thinks for a moment. “They call me Blitzle, that is in the USA. I am not an oaf.” The mares then laugh at his haiku.

“Chittering monkey, in the spring he climbs treetops, and thinks himself tall.” Macmu-Ling said while she narrows her eyes.

“Oooooh!”

“You think you're so smart, with your fancy little words, this is not so hard.” Blitz haiku.

“Oooooh!”

“Whole seasons are spent, mastering the form, the style, none calls it easy.” Macmu-Ling said as she walks up to the stage.

“Oooooh!”

“I calls it easy. Like I paddle a canoe, I'll paddle yours too!” Blitz said while imitating paddling a canoe as the ladies laugh.

“There's nuts and there's fruits.” Macmu-Ling said as she takes a plum from her sleeve, drops it to the ground, and squashes it. “In fall the clinging plum drops, always to be squashed.”

“Squish, squash, sling that slang. I'm always right back at ya, like a boomerang!” Blitz said, causing an annoyed Macmu-Ling to walk off the stage and back to her seat as Blitz turns to the class again and raises his leg up to silence the laughter. “That’s right, I’m the Blitz. With a B-L-I-T-Z, young ladies, I rocked ya!” This time, however, his ‘haiku’ is not cheered at, and is met with silence. Blitz stares as the class, as the annoyed and angry class does the vice versa. Blitz then counts the number of syllables his haiku had, and realizes that he had 6 syllables in the last line instead of 5.

A large security guard catches him by the collar, and throws him out through the door. “Uh, that's one too many syllables there, bub.” The gaud said as he closes the door.

Outside the room, Blitz falls to the ground with a loud noise. He then sits up. “Poetry...”

The Tale of Zuko

At the Pao Family Tea House, Zuko walks down the shop with a tray of cups, and looks behind at a mare. He walks up behind his uncle who is on a ladder, stacking things on a shelf behind the counter. “Uncle, we have a problem.” Zuko said as Iroh descends from the ladder. “One of the customers is on to us. Don't look now but there is a mare over there at the corner table. She knows we're Fire Nation.” Iroh looks at the mare, but is quickly pulled back by Zuko. “Didn't I say don't look?”

“You're right, Zuko. I've seen that girl in here quite a lot. Seems to me she has quite a little crush on you.” Iroh teased.

“What?!” A bewildered Zuko said.

The mare in question then gives the two some coins. “Thank you for the tea. What's your name?” The mare asked Zuko, causing Iroh to slightly smile.

“My name's Lee.” Zuko said when he turns around. “My uncle and I just moved here.”

“Hi Lee, my name's Jin.” The light green Earth Pony mare said to him. “Thank you and ... well, I was wondering if you would like to go out sometime.” Jin said with a blush.

Before a clearly stunned Zuko can respond, Iroh answers that question. “He'd love to!”

“Great. I'll meet you in front of the shop at sundown.” Jn said as she walks away, as Iroh throws his arms on a bewildered Zuko's shoulders, with a large smile.

==================================================================

Later, Zuko comes out of the tea shop at the evening, with his mane combed. He walks out into the middle of the street and looks around as Jin emerges from an alley beside the shop and walks up to him. “Hey. Well, look at you.” Jin said as she messes up Zuko’s mane. “You look so cute.”

Zuko then stops Jin from messing up his mane anymore. “It took my uncle ten minutes to do my hair.” Jin then grabs Zuko by the leg and goes with him as he glances once back at the teashop.

==================================================================

Later at a town square, several ponies stand around doing various activities, with Zuko and Jin eating at a restaurant, Jin is sipping tea while Zuko pokes at his last meatball with his fork, not looking at Jin. “So, how do you like the city so far?” Jin asked.

“It's okay.” Zuko answered.

“What do you like to do for fun?” Jin asked while sipping some tea.

“Nothing.”

“Excuse me, sir.” A waiter addressed Zuko. “Would you and your girlfriend care for dessert?”

“She is not my girlfriend.” Zuko hissed. The waiter then walks away and Zuko laces his hoofs and looks at Jin, who is eating noodles from a bowl at fast speed. Zuko just stares at the sight for a moment. “You have ... quite an appetite for a filly.”

“Umm ... thanks? So, Lee, where were you and your uncle living before you came here?” Jin asked.

“Umm ... well, we've been traveling around for a long time.”

“Oh. Why were you traveling so much?”

“We were ... uh, part of this traveling circus.” Zuko nervously said, trying his best to make a good excuse.

“Really? What did you do? Wait, lemme guess.” Jin then thinks and comes up with an answer. “You juggled!”

“Yes, I juggled.” Zuko said while folding his legs.

“I've always wanted to learn how to juggle.” Jin said as she holds out some things for Zuko to juggle. “Can you show me something?”

Zuko takes the objects in his hoofs, and throws them one by one in the air, but is unable to catch them, and one of the objects, a small vase, falls on his head, breaking into many pieces. “I haven't practiced for a while.” Zuko said as he wipes away the broken vase from his mane.

“It's all right.” Jin sadly said. But her frown then turns upside down when she remembers something. “Hey, I want to show you one of my favorite places in the city.”

==================================================================

Later in a street in the city, Jin is leading Zuko to a small fountain. “I'm so excited for you to see the firelight fountain. The lamps make the water sparkle and reflect in the pool in the most beautiful way.” She leads Zuko into an open area with a large fountain and several posts with candles on top surrounding it in a circle. However, the candles are not lit. “I can't believe it! They aren't lit.”

Zuko then looks at Jin and sees that she’s about to cry. “Close your eyes, and don't peek.” Zuko said to her. Jin then closes her eyes as Zuko walks out, holds his front hoofs together, and closes his eyes as he prepares. Zuko then opens his eyes, and he begins firebending. Using the very tips of his hoofs, he shoots small bursts of flame in all directions at the candles to light them. Once finished, he stands straight and looks at Jin, still with her hoof covering her eyes. “Okay, now you can look.”

Jin then removes her hoof and opens her eyes. “Oh, wow.” She said when she sees that the candles are now lit. Jin looks at Zuko, amazed. She walks up to him, looking at the candles. “What happened? How did they light? What did you?” She then looks at a smiling Zuko.

They both turn to look at the fountain. As Zuko looks at them, Jin brushes her hoof through her mane and smiles at him, and then holds his hoof. Zuko turns to look at Jin smiling at him. They both turn to be face to face and as Jin begins to lean in for a kiss, but Zuko quickly draws a piece of paper which he holds between their lips. “I've brought you something.” He said to a surprised Jin. “It's a coupon for a free cup of tea.”

“Lee, thats so sweet”

“Don't thank me, it was my uncle's idea.” Zuko said a she takes a few steps back. “He thinks you're our most valuable customer.”

“Your uncle is a good teacher.” Jin said as she walks close to him and turns his head toward her. “I have something for you too. Now it's your turn to close your eyes.” As Zuko closes his eyes, Jin goes closer to him and kisses him, and then pulls back slightly. Zuko returns the kiss, but immediately jumps back away from her. He stands for a second, looking at her, then turns his back and begins to walk away. “What's wrong?”

“It's complicated. I have to go.” Zuko said to a disappointed Jin.

==================================================================

Later at the tea house, Iroh is looking out from the windows at the street, waiting for Zuko. The door then opens, as Zuko walks inside, being silent. “How was your night, Prince Zuko?” Iroh asked. Zuko just walks into a room and slams the doors shut behind him without replying to Iroh.

Iroh looks after him for a second with a confused look before turning back to the window to continue his work. But Iroh turns back when he hears Zuko opening the doors. “It was nice.” Zuko said as he closes the door again, making Iroh smile.

Chapter 14, Lake Laogai

The Elements of Nature, Book 2

Chapter 14, Lake Laogai

At the tea shop where Zuko and Iroh are working, Iroh serves tea to two customers, who really enjoy it. “So, you're the genius behind this incredible brew. The whole city is buzzing about you! I hope Pao pays you well,” One of the customers said to him.

“Good tea is its own reward.” Iroh simply said.

“But it doesn't have to be the only reward. How would you like to have your own tea shop?” The customer offered.

“My own tea shop? This is a dream come true!” Iroh said with excitement, getting Pao’s, the tea shop owner, attention.

“What's going on here?” Pao said to the customer Iroh is serving. “Are you trying to purge my tea-maker, Quon?”

“Sorry Pao, but that's business for you, right?” Quon said.

“Mushi, if you stay, I'll make you assistant manager. Wait, senior assistant manager!” Pao offered.

“I'll provide you with a new apartment in the Upper Ring. The tea shop is yours to do with whatever you want. Complete creative freedom.” Quon tempted.

“I even get to name the shop?” Iroh asked.

“Of course!” Quon answered.

“Senior executive assistant manager?” Pao offered, knowing he's losing this fight.

Iroh just simply hands over to Pao the pot of tea and bows to Quon, agreeing to the terms as Zuko walks by. “Did you hear, nephew? This stallion wants to give us our own tea shop in the Upper Ring of the city!”

“That's right young stallion, your life is about to change for the better!” Quon said to Zuko.

“I'll try to contain my joy,” Zuko sarcastically said as he walks outside.

“Don’t mind my nephew,” Iroh said to Quon. “He’s been through much recently.”

Outside the tea shop, Zuko hears chatter about the party the king held for his pet bear and the unexpected arrival. “Pardon me,” Zuko said to the three mares, “but, who is this unexpected party crasher?” Zuko asked, wanting news about something else besides tea for a change.

“Oh, it was just this incredibly handsome red Unicorn stallion who's the Avatar of Fire.” One of the mares said in a think valley girl accent. Upon hearing that, Zuko eyes widen when he realizes that if one of the Avatars is here, that means there are more as well.

==================================================================

At the house that Team Avatar is at, Shining and Fire’ are playing a game of chess, with Blitz as the referee while the girls are out shopping. “Check mate.” Fire’ said after his queen captured Shining Armor’s king.

“Uh. Best 26 out of 50.” Armor said after losing to Fire’ 15 times.

“You don’t like losing?” Blitz said to him, when they hear a knock at the door.

“I’ll get it.” Shining Armor said, tired of losing at chess and needing something else to do. He opens the door with his magic, and they see someone familiar. “Jo Dee?” The trio said in unison.

“Hello, Firebrand and Shining Armor and Blitz.” Jo Dee said, ever smiling creepily.

“What happened to you? Did the Dai Li throw you in jail?” Blitz asked the strange mare.

“What? Jail? Of course not. The Dai Li are the protectors of our cultural heritage.” Jo Dee defended.

“But you disappeared at the King of Geo Firma's party.” Shining Armor pointed out.

“Oh, I simply took a short vacation to Lake Laogai, out in the country. It was quite relaxing.”

“But then they replaced you with some other mare who also said her name was Jo Dee.” Fire’ said to her.

“I'm Jo Dee.” A surprised Jo Dee said.

“Why are you here?” Blitz said to the strange mare.

“Shopping out the stores isn't permitted without proper clearance.” Jo Dee said, shocking the three colts at this stupid law.

“We can't wait around to get permission for everything!” Shining Armor yelled at Jo Dee.

“You are absolutely forbidden by the rules of the city to continue emptying out the stores.” She simply said.

“We don't care about the rules and we're not asking permission!!! We are going to find a way to get an audience with the king on our own and you should just stay out of our way!” Fire’ yelled as he slammed the door shut with his magic.

“That might come back to bite us in the end.” Shining Armor said.

“I don't care! From now on we do whatever it takes to get an audience with the king!” Fire’ said, sick and tired of waiting.

“Yeah, let's break some rules!” Blitz said to his spirit brother.

“Lets find the others first.” Shining Armor said to the two Avatars.

“Good point. Knowing Rarity, she's the one emptying out all the stores.” Blitz said.

“And we have to watch out for those Dai Li agents Long Feng said will be watching us.” Shining Armor finished.

“Well, if there watching us, I have a message for them. Tell Long Feng that nothing will stop us from getting to the Geo Firman King!” Fire’ said as he made his way to the door.

Blitz and Shining Armor stare at both him and each other for a moment. “Firebrand on a war path. Never thought I see the day,” Blitz said as they followed Fire’ out of the door. As they all exit the house, two Dai Li agents have watch and overheard them from a house roof across the street.

==================================================================

At the Royal Palace, Long Feng meets with one particular Jo Dee. “I'm very disappointed in your work with the Avatars and their friends, Jo Dee. I hoped that you would be able to control this situation.” Long Feng said to the Earth pony mare.

“I am so sorry but they don't trust me anymore.” Jo Dee said as she starts getting upset. “I don't think I can keep working like this!” She said as she sobs.

“Jo Dee, the Geo Firman King has invited you to Lake Laogai.” Long Feng suddenly said, causing Jo Dee’s iris to dilate.

“I am honored to accept his invitation.” A hypnotized Jo Dee said.

“Good. Now go wait for the orders.” Long Feng ordered, making Jo Dee to leave for Lake Laogai. “If the Avatars keep searching for a way to see the king, it could upset the delicate balance we've worked so hard to achieve in this city. It could even cost us control of the king.” Long Feng said to one of his subordinates.

“Should we take care of them?” The Dai Li agent asked.

“No. It's much too dangerous for us to face them directly.” Long Feng pointed out. “Let's see if we can still handle this quietly.”

==================================================================

At Iroh and Zuko's place of stay, which is about to change, Zuko enters Iroh's room as he is packing. “So, I was thinking about names for my new tea shop. How about ‘The Jasmine Dragon’? It's dramatic, poetic, and has a nice ring to it.” Iroh said to his nephew, who shows them a picture of Bosco’s party, showing Firebrand.

“The Avatars are here in Ba Sing Se, uncle.” Zuko said as Iroh grabs the picture and burns it.

“We have a chance for a new life here.” Iroh said to Zuko, whose looking out a window toward the Middle Ring. “If you start stirring up trouble, we could lose all the good things that are happening for us.”

“Good things that are happening for you!” Zuko yelled as he turns to his uncle. “Have you ever thought that I want more from life than a nice apartment and a job serving tea?”

“There is nothing wrong with a life of peace and prosperity. I suggest you think about what it is that you want from your life and why.”

“I want my destiny.”

“What that means is up to you.” Iroh said as Zuko walks away. “The Tea Weevil! No, that's stupid.”

==================================================================

At the hive of the changelings in Sub-Sahara Africa, Queen Chrysalis is ... “WHAT DO YOU MEAN I’M WEAK!?!?!” yelling at Medizinisch.

“Calm down before you strangle me,” Medizinisch begged. “Look, all I’m saying is that the Avatar of Fire is powerful with magic.” Just then, small creatures hanging from yellow strings pop down.

“Magic. Magic. Magic.” They all said in unison.

“Uh!” Medizinisch said out of annoyance. “I thought we got ride of you furry warts! You little balls of fuzz make terrible pets! All you do is dangle there and repeat yourselves! Ooh-ah-ooh!” An annoyed Medizinisch cried out.

“Ooh-ah-ooh. Ooh-ah-ooh. Ooh-ah-ooh.” The furry warts copied Medizinisch while laughing.

“Now,” Chrysalis said after the furry warts calmed down, “how do you know that the Fire Avatar is that powerful?”

“I did researched after Deker asked you if you were going after the Fire Avatar,” Medizinisch began to say. “I discovered that this ‘Firebrand,’ despite being from Abysus, is a direct descendent of Star Swirl the Bearded!” He said with panic in his voice, not knowing how Chrysalis will react.

“WHAT! HE’S A DESCENDENT OF THE ONE WHO SEALED AWAY MY FATHER! KING MANTISES!” She yelled, screaming so hard that the entire castle shakes.

“Right. And if he’s a descendent, that would explain why Madimot’s mind control was block when he cast that spell, and how he freed Shining Armor from his control, all on instinct.” Medizinisch said, still not knowing what Chrysalis will do.

“Ah! This gives me an even bigger headache! I need to get rid of him, NOW!” Chrysalis strangled her vocal-cords, until she, eventual, calms down a little. “Bring me the most powerful changeling warrior you can find!” She ordered.

“I know just the one. Some of the other warrior changelings are even afraid of him, I know I am,” Chrysalis’ right-hand bug, Beetle, said as he headed to the tunnel that connects to the bed chambers of the warrior classes. “Oh Robtish! Are you there?” He called out.

“Right here!” A voice called back in a thick Scottish accent as Robtish walks in the main chamber. He has dark red armor instead of black, and is far more muscular than the average Changeling. He also is carrying a large sword. As he walks in, he knocks a furry wart down and steps on it, turning it to dust. “What do you need?”

“Theres an annoying red unicorn we need to get rid of.” Beetle said to him.

“He’s also the Avatar of Fire. So, would you like to get rid of him?” Chrysalis asked the warrior, who grabs a furry wart and crushes it to dust.

“Like to? I love to.” Robtish said, with a big evil grin on his face

==================================================================

At the Ba Sing Se shopping mall, the girls and Spike are having some fun until a Unicorn Jo Dee shows up and tells them that they are not allowed to shop out the stores without proper clearance. They then stare at Rarity, who out of all of them, had the most bags full of things like dresses, hats, shoes, boots, scarfs, etc. After a few returns, the girls decide to head back to the house. On their way, Twilight hears a familiar voice behind them. “Twilight?” Twilight gasp when she hers the colts voice and turns around, and gets angry when she sees the source of the voice, a young Unicorn stallion with a brown mane and tail, no longer then Big Mac’s, while his coat is a lighter color, and two hook swords for a cutie mark.

It’s ... “Jet! What are you doing here!” Twilight yelled, startling the others. Cadence also recognizes Jet right away.

“Uh oh.” Cadence said when she also remembers what Jet did.

“Twilight, Cadence, who is thet?” Applejack asked.

“Thats Twilight’s old boyfriend, Jet.” Cadence began. “She left him when his obsession over defeating the Fire Nation became unbearable.”

“Why is he obsessing over defeating the Fire Nation?” Spitfire asked.

“Thats a good question, Spitfire. The reason is because they killed his family, and his obsessive behavior got too much for Twilight.” Cadence said as Twilight charges up her horn.

“Twilight, I've changed!” Jet said, remembering that bad things happen when Twilight uses her magic when she's angry.

“I’ll believe that when I see it!” Twilight yelled as she uses telekinesis on Jet and throws him against a wall, while Twilight begins to move to him until Cadence stops her.

“Twilight. This isn't that time for this.” Cadence said as the other boys then approach them.

“Twilight, whats going on?” Shining Armor asked his little sister.

“It’s Jet.” Cadence said to her husband.

“We can't trust anything Jet says!” Twilight yelled.

“What the hay is goin’ on here?” Applejack said while Twilight is still glaring at Jet.

“Lets talk about this, okay” Jet said as he's being strangled.

“No way!” Twilight snapped.

“We don't even know why he's here, Twiley!” Shining Armor said.

“I don't care why he's here, whatever the reason is, it can't be good!” Twilight yelled at her brother.

“I swear, I've changed! I was a troubled pony and I let my anger get out of control, but I don't even have the gang now! I've put all that behind me!” Jet said as he is still being strangled.

“You're lying!” Twilight yelled.

Terra then walks up to the wall Jet is on and places her hoof on it. “He's not lying, Twilight.”

“How can you tell?” Twilight asked.

“I can feel his breathing and heartbeat.” Terra answered. “When ponies and other creatures lie, there's a physical reaction. He's telling the truth.”

“Twilight, calm down, or you’ll end up just like him.” Shining Armor said to her. With that, Twilight releases her grip and Jet falls to the ground.

“All right.” Twilight said as she points and looks angrily at Jet. “But I’m not letting you out of our sight.”

“I’ve change Twilight.” Jet said.

“Why are you here?” Cadence asked the vengeful Unicorn.

“I’m a refugee now, and when I heard that the Avatars wanted to meet with the Geo Firman king, I knew I had to help.” Jet answered the Princess of Love. “I heard that he’s on a royal vacation at Whale Tail Island.”

“We've got to get to Whale Tail Island, then!” Fire’ said, only to pause for a bit. “Where's Whale Tail Island?” He asked Applejack, who’s looking at a map of Geo Firma.

“Far, very far.” Applejack said as she places the map on the ground. “Here it is,” Applejack said as she points to an island that looks like ... well, a whale's tail. “It's near th' Southern Badlan's of Equestria.”

“Fire,’ it’ll take us days to get back to the edge of Geo Firma, and from there we’ll have to survive typhoon season out on the open ocean for two more days.” Twilight said.

“Do we have a choice?” Fire’ said. “And besides, there’s no way the Dai Li would be all the way there.”

“Good point.” Blitz said as Applejack puts the map away.

“All right, let's get moving.” Rainbow said as she and the other Pegasi head for the train station.

“I'll come with you.” Jet suddenly said.

“We don't need your help!” Twilight said to Jet as she leaves.

“I promise, you won’t even notice I’m even here.” Jet said as he begins to follow the group, all the while Fire’ is casting a stare at Jet’s way while he passes them.

“Whats the matter, Fire’?” Terra asked as she, Agua, Rainbow and Shining Armor stand next to him.

“I don’t trust this guy.” Fire’ said, with good reason.

“Why?” Agua said to Fire.’ “He seems real nice.”

“Until you mention the Fire Nation.” Shining Armor pointed out. “But, there's something else, isn't there.” Fire’ said nothing, he only blushed.

“Do you like Twilight?” Rainbow playfully said.

“What ... no!” Fire’ firmly said, making Terra smile.

“I can tell you're lying...” Terra said, making Fire’ walk away in anger.

==================================================================

Near the Ba Sing Se train station, the group, accompanied by Jet, are ready to leave. “Since we left the chariot at the Outer Wall, we can take the train out to the wall but then we can fly.” Twilight said, while glaring at Jet as Spike writes a letter to Celestia about what has just happened.

“We're finally leaving Ba Sing Se.” A relieved Terra happily said. “Worst ... city ... ever!” She said as they pass by Smellerbee and Longshot, who notice...

“Jet!” a surprised Smellerbee said when she sees Jet with Team Avatar.

“Uh, Twilight.” Spike said as he points toward two familiar ponies.

“I thought you said you didn't have your ‘gang’ anymore!” Twilight angrily said to Jet, who actually sees the anger in her eyes.

“I don't, Twilight!” Jet defended.

“We were so worried.” Smellerbee said to Jet. “How did you get away from the Dai Li?”

“The Dai Li?!” A shocked Twilight said.

“I don't know what she's talking about!” A frantic Jet said.

“He got arrested by the Dai Li a couple of weeks ago. We saw them drag him away!” Smellerbee said as Terra walks in between the two to feel the vibrations in the ground.

“Why would I be arrested? I've lived peacefully in the city!” Jet defended.

“This doesn't make any sense.” Terra said to them all.

“What doesn't it make sense?” Pinkie asked.

“They're both telling the truth. That's why, Nutty Pie.” Terra answer.

“That's impossible.” Twilight said.

“No, it's not!” Fire’ said when he realizes something. “Terra can't tell who's lying because they both think they're telling the truth. Jet's been brainwashed!”

“That's crazy! It can't be!” Jet said as the two groups surround him. “Stay away from me!”

==================================================================

Later that night, a Dai Li agent is walking on streets, when suddenly, Zuko, disguised as the Blue Spirit, runs by. “Out of my way, skinny!” Zuko yelled at him. The agent pursues and confronts what appears to be him. But when he fires his gun, he notices it is a stuffed figure.

“Huh?”

Zuko, still disguised, captures him and places one of his swords to the agent's neck. “If you don't want to end up like him, you'll do what I say.”

==================================================================

In one of Ba Sing Se’s manny storage buildings, Team Avatar, Longshot, and Smellerbee all surround a seated Jet. “The Dai Li must have sent Jet to mislead and spy on us!” Twilight said.

“I bet he can remember where he was.” Fire’ said as he got closer to Jet. “Jet, where did they take you?”

“Nowhere! I -- I don't know what you're talking about!” Jet nearly yelled.

“We need to find a way to jog his real memories.” Blitz said.

“Maybe Twilight can kiss him. That should bring something back!” Spike teased.

“Maybe you should kiss him, Spike!” Twilight angrily said.

“Hey, just an idea!” Spike defended.

“A bad one.” Fire’ said.

“Oooh, wait! I've got it!” Pinkie said as she sticks a blade of grass into Jet's mouth.

“I don't think it's working.” Jet said as he spits it out.

“Try to think of something from your past that triggers your emotions.” Terra said.

“The Fire Nation! Remember what they did to your family!” Smellerbee said.

“Close your eyes, Jet. Picture it.” Twilight said to him.

Jet does so, and remembers images of his hometown burning down and a Fire Nation soldier looking back at him.“No! It's too painful!” Jet cried while sweating.

“Maybe this will help.” Agua said as she takes some water and uses healing to clear his mind. Jet begins to see images of Long Feng, then an underground area. He also sees an image of a Dai Li agent shining a spinning light in his face.

“They took me to a headquarters under the water! Like a lake!” Jet said as he begins to remember.

“Wait!” Fire’ suddenly said. “Remember what Jo Dee said? She said she went on vacation to Lake Laogai!”

“That's it!” Jet suddenly said as he get up, remembering that the name is ... “Lake Laogai!”

==================================================================

Later, the Team, Jet, Longshot, and Smellerbee are now at Lake Laogai. “So where's this secret headquarters?” Shining Armor asked Jet.

“Under the water, I think.” Jet said.

“There's a tunnel right there by the shore,” Terra said as she uses her earthbending and brings up a slab of rock that only unicorns can lift. The rock was hiding an entrance that leads under the water. She moves the rock out the way with the same technique as they all make their way into the headquarters.

“It's all starting to come back to me.” Jet said as they passed a room full of mares and a Dai Li agent brainwashing them.

“Whoa.” Spike said as they see at least 20 different mares.

“I'm Jo Dee. Welcome to Ba Sing Se.” The Dai Li said to the mares, who...

“I'm Jo Dee. Welcome to Ba Sing Se.” The mares copied, all of them with the same expression.

“We're so lucky to have our walls to create order.”

“We're so lucky to have our walls to create order.”

“Do you think the Geo Firman King is here?” Fire’ asked as Jet opens another door, finding a dark room. The door closes suddenly on them.

“Uh! I hate being underground!” Rainbow nearly screamed. Suddenly, the lights turn on, revealing several Dai Li agents, along with... “Long Feng?”

“Uh, oh.” Spike said.

“You have made yourselves enemies of the state,” Long Feng said. “Take them into custody,” at this, two agents take out some cuffs and fire them, but Terra breaks them with some rocks. Jet breaks up two other cuffs fired by agents, and takes one out. A full battle ensues, with some Dai Li agents jumping off the ceiling and surround them. Two agents fire anti-magic hoof-cuffs, but Terra breaks them up and sends the two agents flying through the air with rock pillars. Jet runs toward the agents and breaks two other gloves fired by agents with his swords, and trips another. Fire’ and Shining Armor deal with a pair of Dai Li agents as Rainbow Dash and Applejack destroy two Dai Li gloves, but a second pair grabs them.

“Peeky-boo!” Pinkie Pie said as she saves Rainbow and AJ by using her Party Cannon, which send the Dai Li agent across the room, covered in streamers and party supplies. Fluttershy trips four Dai Li agents that attack her by cowering on the ground and letting them trip over her, but a Unicorn Dai Li captures her, but Jet swings by to free her. The agent fires a laser at him, but Longshot fires an anti-magi arrow which destroys the blast. Long Feng, seeing this as his chance, escapes.

“Long Feng is escaping!” Fire said as he, Jet, and Shining Armor begin chasing him. They head into another part of the HQ, but are sealed in by him using magic.

“All right, Avatar of Fire, you've caused me enough problems. This is your last chance. Leave now and never return.” Long Feng threatened.

“Not gonna happen until we talk to the king.” Fire’ said to the insane Unicorn.

“You're in no position to bargain.” Jet said to Long Feng.

“Am I not?” Long Feng said.

“You're definitely not!” Fire’ said as he and the other two Unicorns take on some fighting posses.

“Jet, the Geo Firman King has invited you to Lake Laogai.” Long Feng said, causing Jet’s irises to dilate.

“I am honored to accept his invitation.” Jet said under Long Feng’s control. He then attacks both Fire’ and Shining.

==================================================================

In another part of the HQ, Zuko, still disguise as the Blue Spirit, is looking for the Avatars. He then sees a shape that looks somewhat like Terra. “You're mine now.” However, instead of Terra, it's actually ... “Uncle?”

“So, the Blue Spirit. I wonder who could be behind that mask...” Iroh said.

Zuko lets out a sigh and removes his mask. “What are you doing here?” He asked his uncle.

“I was just about to ask you the same thing. What do you plan to do now that you've found the Dai Li's headquarters, or find one of the Avatars? Keep him or her locked in our new apartment? Should I go put on a pot of tea for him or her?” Iroh jokingly asked.

“First I have to find one of the Avatars.” Zuko stated as he heads for the cell block.

“And then what!? You never think these things through!” Iroh pointed out. “This is exactly what happened when you captured the Avatars of Fire and Water at the South Pole! You had both, and then you had nowhere to go!”

“I would have figured something out!”

“No!” Iroh yelled. “If the Fire Avatars friends hadn't found you, you would have frozen to death!”

“I know my destiny, Uncle!” Zuko yelled.

“Is it your own destiny, or is it a destiny somepony else has tried to force on you?” Iroh asked.

“Stop it, Uncle! I have to do this!”

“I'm begging you, Prince Zuko! It's time for you to look inward and begin asking yourself the big questions. Who are you, and what do you want?” Iroh said, making Zuko to scream loudly, throwing down his swords and the Blue Spirit mask.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, the brainwashed Jet continues swinging his hook swords at Fire’ and Shining. “Jet, it's me, Shining Armor! You don't have to do this!”

“I'm afraid he no longer has a choice.” Long Feng said as Jet continues to try to kill the two Unicorns.

“Jet, I'm your friend! Look inside your heart!” Shining said.

“Do your duty, Jet!” Long Feng said.

“He can't make you do this! You're a Freedom Fighter!” Fire’ said to Jet.

“Do it! Do it now!” Long Feng yelled at Jet, who fires one of his swords, but instead of aiming it at Shining Armor or Fire,’ he throws it at Long Feng instead, but it misses by a third of a meter. He counters with a laser which strikes the ceiling, causing a boulder to fall on Jet. Long Feng then heads to an elevator. “Foolish colt. You have chosen your own demise,” Long Feng simply said as the doors close.

“I'm sorry ... Shining Armor.” The dying Jet said.

“Don't be.” Shining Armor said as the rest of the group arrives, and are struck with sorrow and shock, with Agua using her healing.

“This isn't good.” Agua sad as she tries to heal Jet.

“You guys go find Long Feng. We'll take care of Jet.” Smellerbee said.

“We're not going to leave you three, Smellerbee.” Twilight said to her.

“There's no time. Just go. We'll take care of him. He's our leader.” Longshot said in a light voice.

“Don't worry, Twilight. I'll be fine.” Jet said with a little smile as team Avatar leaves.

“He's lying...” Terra whispered to Shining Armor as Smellerbee stands over Jet, crying, with Longshot standing guard, prepping an arrow just in case.

==================================================================

Outside, Robtish arrives and sees some Dai Li agents waiting, some of them talking about the Avatars. “This must be the place.” He said as Team Avatar comes out and finds all the Dai Li agents waiting for them.

“You think we can outrun them?” Rainbow asked.

“I don't think it's going to matter, Rainbow!” Fire’ said as a fight is about to start, when they have some company, ponies who were imprisoned by the Dai Li.

“Now is not the time. Dai Li, retreat!” Long Feng yelled as smoke grandees are thrown to the ground. After the smoke clears, the Dai Li are gone.

“Where did you guys come from?” Applejack asked the former prisoners.

“We were in the cells when this Blue Spirit appeared and knocked out the guards. He then let us go and showed us the way out.” A mare with a yellow coat and an orange mane said. Fire,’ recognizing the description, smiles at the thought that Zuko actually did something good.

==================================================================

On the other side of the lake, Zuko and Iroh emerge from another entrance to the Dai Li headquarters. “You did the right thing, nephew,” Iroh said as Zuko looks at his Blue Spirit mask. “Leave it behind,” Zuko then tosses the mask into the water. He watches the mask as it sinks to the bottom of the lake.

==================================================================

“Ha! We beaten the Dai Li, and made Long Feng runaway like a little filly.” Rainbow Dash said, being Rainbow Dash. “So ... whats next?” She asked, only to regret it when she sees Robtish on a nearby hill.

“You had to ask.” Twilight said.

“A changeling!” Shining Armor growled.

“Which one of you is the Fire Avatar?!” Robtish asked them, making Fire’ to step forward, sword in hoof. “Ha! I heard that Queen Chrysalis knows that you can do something that she doesn't want you to do, so she sen’t me to get ride of you. So sorry ... not!” Robtish said as he jumps down and prepares for a fight.

The Avatars soon prepare for battle while the mane six, Shining Armor, Cadence, the Wonderbolts take the freed prisoners to find some cover. A battle between the 4 Avatars and Robtish soon begins, and Robtish immediately pulls out his ace, metaphorically speaking, his ... “Sonic Shockwave!” He yelled as he used his magic to send a small sonic boom at Blitz and Agua, sending them flying. “Double Slash!” He yelled as he did two slashes at Terra and Fire.’

Fire’ manages to stay on his four hoofs, but Terra flies into a polder, knocking her out. “Oh! You're a strong one, aren't you?” Robtish said to Fire.’ “Now I’m convinced you're a direct descendent of Star Swirl the Bearded.”

Twilight, upon hearing this, is completely stunned. Firebrand is a descendent of Star Swirl the Bearded! She thought to herself.

“Say good by.” Robtish said as he ran for Fire.’ But when he goes for the attack, another blade appears between them, along with its holder, Deker.

“What are you doing here?” Fire’ asked.

“Thats what I was going to ask. Deker, why are you here?” Robtish asked the white changeling.

“I will not let you destroy the Fire Avatar, I must duel him.” Deker said.

“Fine by me. I’ll get ride of both of you.” Robtish said as Fire’ grabs one of the Dai Li’s many abandoned swords with his magic and pulls it over.

“I’ll take you both on!” Fire’ said to Deker and Robtish, who swing their blades at him, but Fire’ blocks them using his two blades. “You both need to stand aside!” Fire’ said as all three both attack and block one of the others. Deker easily blocks both Robtish and Fire’s attacks while doing slashes of his own, but Robtish blocks it.

“Thats it!” Robtish said to Firebrand and Deker. “Time to finish you two off!”

Fire’ then takes both of his blades as he turns into his elemental form, along with the blades. “Nope, it’s time to get fired up!” Fire’ said as he slashes at the two changelings. Each time one of the two blades of his hits either Deker’s or Robtish’s blades, it causes a small sonic boom.

Meanwhile, the mane six, Spike, Shining Armor, Cadence, Spitfire, Misty Fly and Rapidfire are helping get the other Avatars up. Agua sees Firebrands’s power and remarks that, “It’s amazing. Where is he finding the strength to hold both of them off?” Agua asked Twilight, arguably the smartest among them.

“That black changeling said that Fire’ is a descendent of Star Swirl the Bearded,” Twilight said to the group, shocking them.

“Thats why Fire’ did a spell that allowed him to control gravity, and the spell that protected him from the other changelings mind control and how he's able to hold them off.” Shining Armor said out of realization as the red Unicorn and the two changelings come to a stand still. One of Fire’s blades is at Deker’s chest while the other is holding Robtish’s sword. Deker's Uramasa is at Robtish’s neck also.

“Okay boys,” Fire’ said, breaking a few moments of silence. “Your move,” After a few moments of silence, with the only noise from the three is a growl from Robtish and a laugh from Deker and the heavy breathing of Firebrand.

Finally, Robtish backs down. “Your both in luck. I’m running out of fuel,” he said as he begins to loss his color, his fuel being the love from the little cat-creatures the changelings captured. “Queen Chrysalis won’t be happy about this,” He snarled at Deker as he disappears in a puff of smoke. Deker and Fire’ then back off as well, with Fire’ returning to his normal form.

“He’ll be back.” Fire’ said as he turns toward Deker. “Why did you help me?”

“My only desire is to find someone skilled enough to be my opponent,” Deker answered as he resumes his fighting stance. “Someone worthy to clash with my sword, Uramasa.” Fire’ then resumes his fighting stance as well, only to defend himself. The others stare at the two, with Twilight virtually petrified.

“Firebrand! Don’t fight him!" Twilight yelled as Fire’ and Deker move sideways. The two soon run to a boulder, clashing their blades at each other. Deker then hits Fire’ on his shoulder, making Fire’ drop his borrowed sword as he falls back to the border. “NO!” Twilight said as she runs up to him.

“Twilight! Get back here!” Shining Armor said to his little sister. But she just ignored him, too worried about Firebrand. She then reaches his side to see if Fire’ is okay. His shoulder is slightly bleeding but its nothing too serious.

“Hmm. That was too easy.” Deker said as Twilight uses a healing spell on Fire.’

“What do you mean?” Twilight asked the white changeling, worried that he’s going to do something far worse to Firebrand.

“This isn’t the battle I want,” Deker said as he approaches the couple. “Robtish’s Double Slash took too much out of you,” Deker said as he points Uramasa at Fire’s neck. “Uramasa and I wont be satisfied unless you're at your peak. Next time, you will taste this slash,” Twilight and Fire’ get out-of-the-way when Deker slices at boulder. They then see that it has been cut clear in half. “Now go.

You’ll need to be at full strength to even have a chance against me,” Deker said. He then flies up to the cliff and changes into his pony form. “Fire Avatar, you will satisfy my hunger. You will give me the battle I've desired for centuries. So for now I will leave you be, until you are again at your best. Then we will duel.”

The others soon arrive to see if Twilight and Fire’ are all right. Pinkie then takes a look at Deker and remembers seeing him before. “Wait,” Rainbow said as looks at Deker. “Is that the weird dude from when Shining Armor was under that other changeling's control?”

“Yes, it is him.” Pinkie said.

“Hey! What are you anyway? Are you a changeling?” Spitfire yelled at Deker, who simply turns his head to face her.

“I am Deker. Nothing more and nothing less.” He then leaves.

Chapter 15, The King

The Elements of Nature, Book 2

Chapter 15, The King

After the gang get all the prisoners back to their homes, they discuss what to do next. “Look,” Blitz began, “we escaped from the Dai Li. We got their prisoners home. I'm telling you, we should go to the King of Geo Firma now and tell him about Sozin’s Comet, which arrives in ... like what, a year. We're on a roll.”

“One fine hour af'er weeks of trouble ain't much of a roll.” Applejack said to the navy blue Pegasus.

“We can build on it.” Fire’ said. “If we want to stop the Fire Nation before Sozin’s Comet comes, we'll need the King of Geo Firma’s support.”

“What makes you think we'll even get near the palace?” Terra said. “I don't know if you two have noticed, but things don't usually go that smoothly for our little gang.”

“We know, but I've got a good feeling about this. This time will be different.” Fire’ said.

“Blitz, Fire,’” Agua began, “Long Feng is in control of the city. His conspiracy with the Dai Li is too powerful. I think we should just keep heading to the Himalayas and leave this horrible place behind us.”

“I'm with Water Girl, here.” Terra said. “I've seen enough of Ba Sing Se. And I can't even see!”

“Look, there's nothing stopping us from telling the Geo Firman King the truth. About the conspiracy and the War.” Twilight said.

“See? Both Firebrand and Twilight are with me.” Blitz said.

“And besides, getting help from Geo Firma’s king is the reason we came here in the first place. We have to at least try.” Fire’ said.

“Well,” Agua began, “I guess if the King knew the truth, things could change.

“I don't trust the new positive Blitz.” Terra said as she points her hoof at him. “Long Feng brainwashed you, didn't he!?”

Fire’ then notices a few ships in the lake. “That's probably the Dai Li searching for us. So ... Let's fly!” Fire’ said as he goes elemental and picks up Spike while the pegasi and Twilight pick up the ones who can’t fly.

They fly toward the Palace, with the others holding on for dear life. They soon get closer to the palace. “There it is! That whole thing is the palace! The King’s chamber should be in the center!” Twilight said to the others.

“We have to be careful.” Fire’ said. “Long Feng's probably warned the king that we're coming.”

“Why would you assume that?” Rainbow said to him. “If you ask me, I think we're just gonna sail right in and-Aahh!” Before she could finished, a missile almost hits them.

“What was that!?” a sacred Terra asked as she frantically holds onto Rapidfire, making him blush.

“Surface-to-Air Missiles! More incoming!” Blitz said as they dodge a few more rocks. One gets launched right at Agua, but she destroys it with some highly pressurized water. Another launches at them head on and Fire’ destroys it with his sword. He then launches himself and Twilight to the front of the palace and uses firebending to knock back the palace guards.  As they continue toward the King, more guards appear and launch grenades at the gang. Terra uses earthbending to block the attacks while Blitz uses lightningbending to subdue the guards.

Agua then water-whips two guards. “Sorry!” She then turns around and hits a few more guards. More guards come and Terra uses earthbending to flip the tiles they're walking over to trap the guards. They run past them.

“Sorry! We just need to get through to see the King!” Fluttershy said to the unconscious guards.

More guards appear on the opposite end of a bridge and launch two rockets at them. Terra create an earth igloo to block the rockets. Agua creates an ice ramp to jump to the other side of the bridge and water-whips the guards into the water. She then freezes them in the water as the rest all jump across. More surface-to-air missiles appear as guards are coming down a giant staircase. Terra uses earthbending to change the stairs into a ramp, causing them all to fall. She then uses earthbending to escalate themselves up the stairs.

“Seriously,” Applejack said to them, “we is acshully on yer guys' side! So'ry,” AJ said as more guards come, but Terra pushes them away with earthbending.

“In there!” Shining Armor pointed to a door said. The then make their way inside, only to find an area with 3 doors. More guards appear, but Terra easily defeats them all.

“Terra, which way to the King?” Blitz asked.

“How should I know, Blitz? I'm still voting we leave Ba Sing Se.” Terra said as she defeats more guards. Blitz then takes a chance and heads for door number three, only for him to stumble upon a mare's dressing room, which causes a mare inside to faint.

“Sorry. Wrong door.” Blitz said as he slams the door shut, blushing.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, Zuko and Iroh return from Lake Laogai, with the former very ill. “You did the right thing. Letting the Dai Li's prisoners go free.” Iroh said.

“I don't feel ... right.” Zuko said as he gets dizzy, then passes out.

“Zuko!” Iroh nearly screamed as he rushes over.

==================================================================

Back at the palace, the team arrives at a pile of rubble. Fire’ climbs on top of it and sees a gigantic door. “Now that's an impressive door. It's gotta go somewhere,” he said as he drops down from the rubble and attempts to kick the door open, but the door does not move even a centimeter. Fire’ then starts pushing it open, but to no avail, only for Terra to jump in from behind and bust the door down, knocking Fire’ forward in the process. “A little warning next time?!”

“Sorry, Flame Head,” Terra said as they arrive in the King's chamber with Kuei, a Unicorn stallion with a bright green coat, yellow-orange mane and a gold coin with a square in the middle for a cutie mark, sitting in his throne, while Long Feng and his Dai Li agents stand in their way. The team take on fighting stances against them.

“We need to talk to you.” Fire’ said to the king.

“They're here to overthrow you.” Long Feng said to the King Kuei.

“No, we're on your side. We're here to help.” Twilight said.

“You have to trust us.” Agua said.

“You invade my palace, lay waste to all my guards, break down my fancy door, and you expect me to trust you?” Kuei said as he stands up.

“He has a good point.” Terra said to them.

“If you are on my side, then drop your weapons and stand down!” The King Kuei said to them. They look at each other for a moment in hesitation, but Fire’ drops his sword, followed by Agua’s trident, Terra’s scythe, and Blitz’s nun-chucks.

“See? We're friends, your Kingliness.” Pinkie said to the king, who says nothing. Long Feng then signals the Dai Li to cuff their legs.

“Detain the assailants!” Long Feng said with a sinister smile as his Dai Li rush behind Team Avatar.

“But, they dropped there weapons. We're your allies.” Rainbow said to Kuei.

“Make sure the Avatars and their friends never see daylight again.” Long Feng said, only to realize his mistake as he looks at the king, who looks at him in shocked.

“The Avatars?” Kuei said as he points at Rainbow. “You're one of the Avatars?”

“Uh, no.” Rainbow said as she points to Firebrand, Agua, Terra, and Blitz. “Them.

Fire’ then melts his cuffs and raises one of his hoofs. “Over here.”

“What does it matter, your Highness?” Long Feng said. “They're enemies of the state.”

“Perhaps you're right.” The king said, only to see his bear, Bosco, sniff and lick Fire,’ who smiles at Long Feng. “Though Bosco seems to like him. I'll hear what they have to say.”

Fire’ then walks forward. “Well, sir, there's a war going on now. For the past 2000 years in fact. The Dai Li's kept it secret from you. It's a conspiracy to control the city, and to control you.”

“A secret war? That's crazy!” Kuei said.

“Completely!” Long Feng added.

“Long Feng didn't want anypony to tell you, so he in-prisoned innocent Geo Firman refugees and blackmailed them to keep quiet. And blackmail is the least of his crimes; he brainwashed our friend!” Fire’ said.

Long Feng quickly turns to face his king. “All lies.”

“Your claim is difficult to believe. Even from an Avatar.” The king said.

“These hooligans are part of an anarchist cell that my agents have been tracking for weeks.” Long Feng whispered into Kuei’s ear. “If you listen to them, you're playing right into your own destruction.”

“I have to trust my advisor. So, unless you can prove he’s lying, I won’t believe you.” King Kuei said to Fire,’ who thinks for a moment.

We won’t be able to get back to the Dai Li’s secret base, they probably already destroyed all the evidence, also we won’t be able to find the prisoners again, assuming the Dai Li hasn't recaptured them, Fire’ then remembers the drill at the outer wall. Thats it! Theres no way they can cover that up, Fire’ then turns to the king again. “If you come with us to the Outer Wall, we can prove to you that the secret war is real,” Fire’ said to King Kuei, who’s slightly surprised.

“No Geo Firman King has ever been to the Outer Wall. I don't have anymore time for this nonsense.” King Kuei firmly said.

“If you come with us,” Fire’ said as he points toward Rainbow, “you can ride on Rainbow Dash.”

“Say what?” Rainbow said while Kuei smiles at the thought of soaring above the clouds.

==================================================================

Back in Iroh and Zuko's apartment, Zuko is asleep, but he wakes up. “You're burning up.” Iroh said as he dips a cloth in water. “You have an intense fever.” He then places the cloth on Zuko's forehead. “This will help cool you down.”

“So thirsty.” Zuko said as he sits up, but Iroh makes him lay back down.

He then grabs a bucket with a spoon in it and takes out the spoon. “Here's some clean water to drink. Stay under the blankets and sweat this out.

Zuko grabs the spoon from Iroh and drinks the water. He tosses the spoon aside and grabs the bucket. He drinks from it, while spilling some out. He then tosses the bucket aside and lies back down. Iroh pulls the covers more over him.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, en route to the Outer Wall, the King is riding on Rainbow, holding on for dear life and screaming at the top of his lungs in fear. “First time flying?” Terra asked him as she and Rapidfire fly next to them.

“It's both thrilling and terrifying!” King Kuei exclaimed.

“Yeah. I hate it too.” Terra said.

“I got to admit, I never thought the Lower Ring would be like that.” Kuei said when he sees the dark and cramps apartments.

“So you've never been outside the Upper Ring before?” Twilight said from behind.

“I've never been outside the palace.” Kuei pointed out. “ But I have to be honest with all of you: part of me really hopes that what you're telling me about this war isn't true.” The king said as they slow down a little.

“I wish it wasn't.” Fire’ said to King Kuei as they approach the Outer Wall.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, Zuko is having a dream that he is the Fire Lord, with no scar on his eye. One red and one blue dragon appear and start circling around the pillars on each side of him. The blue dragon starts circling around Zuko. In Azula's voice, the blue dragon says that, “It's getting late. Are you planning to retire soon, my lord?”

“I'm not tired.” Zuko said to the blue dragon.

“Relax, Fire Lord Zuko. Just let go. Give in to it. Shut your eyes for a while.” The blue dragon said as Zuko starts to shut his eyes, but widely opens them upon hearing the other dragon, who has Iroh’s voice.

“Don't, Fire Lord Zuko! Do not listen to the blue dragon,” The red dragon said. “You should get out of here now. Go! Before its too late!

“Sleep now, Fire Lord Zuko.” The blue dragon said as they disappear, and the room they're in, as well as the guards watching Zuko, crumble to nothing. The blue dragon then reappears in front of him. “Sleep. Just like mother,” It then charges at Zuko and opens its mouth. Inside the dragon's mouth, Zuko sees his mother, Ursa.

“Zuko! Help me!” She cried as Zuko disappears through the floor.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, Team Avatar arrives at the Outer Wall with the king, who sees the drill. Fire’ then points to it. “It's still there!”

“What is that?” The king asked, shocked.

“It's a drill. A giant drill made by the Fire Nation to break through your walls.” Blitz said as Kuei looks on in horror.

“I can't believe I never knew.” Kuei said, still shocked.

Long Feng then appears on an elevator with two Dai Li agents. “I can explain this, your Majesty. This is nothing more than ... a construction project.” Long Feng said, but he knows there are flaws in his explanation, which Agua takes advantaged of.

“Really?” Agua began. “Then perhaps you could explain why there's a Fire Nation insignia on your ‘construction project’ down there.” Agua said as she and the otters land around 10 meters away from Long Feng and his Dai Li.

Long Feng then looks at the king, who is looking at him suspiciously. “Well, it's imported of course. You know you can't trust domestic machinery. Surely you don't believe these foals over your most loyal attendant?” Long Feng said, though Kuei can tell he’s lying.

King Kuei looks at Team Avatar and then at Long Feng, and makes his decision. “Dai Li! Arrest Long Feng! I want him to stand trial for crimes against Geo Firma!”

Long Feng and Team Avatar look shocked at the king. The two agents behind Long Feng share glances of shock at each other, before they shackle Long Feng and pull him away. “You can't arrest me! You all need me more than you know!” He yelled as he's taken away.

“Looks like Long Feng is Long Gone!” Fire’ happily said, getting stares from the others. “Yeah, I've been waiting to use that one.”

==================================================================

That night at the Palace, King Kuei is talking with Team Avatar. “I want to thank you, young heroes, for opening my eyes,” he began to say. “All this time, what I thought was a great metropolis was merely a city of fools. And that makes me the king fools. We're at war. With the Fire Nation.”

“That's why we came to Ba Sing Se, your Highness.” Twilight said to him. “Princess Celestia wants you to help us end the war.”

“Why?” Kuei asked.

“There’s a comet that will arrive in about a year and a half from now, and if we don’t stop the Fire Nation before it arrives, they will get power that will make them virtually unstoppable.” Fire’ said to Kuei, who’s completely shocked by what her just heard.

“I don't know,” A hesitant Kuei said. “That would require moving troops out of Ba Sing Se. We'd be completely vulnerable.”

“Yer already vulnerable,” Applejack pointed out. “Th' Fire Nation won't stop until Ba Sing Se falls. Yo' kin eifer set back an' wait fo' thet t'happen, o' take th' offensive an' give yo'seff a fightin' chance.”

The King then thinks for a moment. “Very well. You have my support.” Team Avatar then celebrates, with Pinkie suggesting a ‘We-Saved-the-King-of-Geo-Firma-and-now-he’s-going-to-help-us-party.’

Suddenly, Spike burps out a scroll from Celestia. “Wow, thats the first letter from the Princess in weeks.” Spike said as Twilight takes the letter.

“Thats odd.” Twilight said as she reads the letter. “She’s worried sick about us since she never got a reply after sending hundreds of letters to us. Why would she be so worried, and why didn't we get any of her letters?”

“I can answer that,” a Unicorn stallion with a light brown coat, a yellow mane and a silver coin with a square in the middle for a cutie mark said as he walks up to Team Avatar and bows to the king. “I apologize for the interruption.”

“Who are you?” Spitfire asked.

“This is General How. He's the leader of the Council of Five, my highest ranking generals.” King Kuei answered.

“We searched Long Feng's office. I think we found something that will interest everypony.” General How said.

==================================================================

Later in Long Feng's office, Team Avatar, General How and King Kuei are shown a box of papers on the desk. “There are secret files on every, single resident in Ba Sing Se. Including you guys.” General How said to Team Avatar.

“Secret files?” Fire’ asked with curiosity.

King Kuei then takes out a scroll and reads the side. “‘Terra Beifong.’” He then gives the scroll to General How, who gives it to Terra, who lets Twilight take it and read it.

“It's a letter from your brother.” Twilight said, making Terra's eyes widen with shock. “He wants to know how you’ve been doing.”

“Long Feng intercepted our letters from home?” Terra said as shakes her head. “That's just sad.” Another solider then arrives with a scroll and gives it to the Avatars. Fire’ uses his magic to open it and when he reads it, he is utterly shock.

“What is it, Fire’?” Twilight said to him.

“I can't believe it. There's a stallion living at the Eastern Air Temple. He says he's a guru.” Fire’ said.

“What's a guru? Some kind of poisonous blowfish?” Pinkie asked.

“No, Pinkie. A guru is a spiritual expert. He wants to help us take the next step in our Avatar journey. He says he can teach us to better to control the Avatar State. It even says that he’ll tell us where the remaining Elements of Nature are at!” Fire’ said, surprising Agua, Blitz and Terra.

==================================================================

Meanwhile at Iroh and Zuko’s apartment, Iroh is pouring some tea. “You should know that this is not a natural sickness, but that shouldn't stop you from enjoying tea.” Iroh said as he feeds Zuko the tea.

“What's happening?” Zuko manage to say.

“Your critical decision. What you did beneath that lake. It was in such conflict with your image of yourself that you are now at war within your own mind and body.” Iroh said as he feeds Zuko some more tea.

“What's that mean?” Zuko said with some coughs while lying down.

“You are going through a metamorphosis, my nephew. It will not be a pleasant experience, but when you come out of it, you will be the beautiful prince you were always meant to be.” Soon, Iroh and Zuko are asleep.

==================================================================

Zuko then wakes up and walks to the kitchen. He then washes his face with water. When he looks in the mirror, he sees himself with no scar, a flame red coat, and a mane that's like Soarin’s. Zuko now looks just like Firebrand. He’s horrified and screams himself awake...

==================================================================

...And breathes heavily. Zuko touches the scar on his face and closes his eyes.

==================================================================

In a prison, Long Feng is sitting in his cell. A Dai Li agent appears outside of the cell. The agent than slides a tray of food underneath the door. “Dinner,” the agent said as Long Feng grabs some food. “The Council of Five and the Military are loyal to the King, but the Dai Li remains loyal to you, Long Feng, sir.” The agent said while he walks away as Long Feng eats his food, smiling sinisterly.

==================================================================

Back at the palace, as Fire’ and the other Avatars prepare to leave for the Eastern Air Temple, while three Ice Knights of Pegasus City walk up to the king and bow. The Ice Knights have helmets in the shape of a wolf's head and have leg braces and greaves, their faces are painted, each one different but they still have the basic black and white color. The middle ‘knight’s’ helmet is black while the other two helmets are a light brown. The rest of the uniform is in a variety of blues and whites. “Who are those guys?” Rainbow asked.

“Looks like members of the Ice Knights of Pegasus City.” Agua answered. “There a special task force that went to fight in the Fire Nation War about a year before you guys showed up.” But before Agua could explain further, she’s takes by the tail be Terra.

“I hate to interrupt the political lesson, but we need to get to the Eastern Air Temple soon.” Terra said, clearly impatient.

“Awww, I wanted to ask them about Hielo.” Agua complained as she takes Terra and flies off toward the Eastern Air Temple, followed by Firebrand and Blitz.

“In our hour of need, it is with the highest honor that I welcome our esteemed allies, the Ice Knights of Pegasus City!” Kuei said as the ‘knights’ look up as him.

“We are the Geo Firman King’s humble servants.” The middle warrior said. She has gold eyes, meaning only one thing: its Azula with Mai and Ty Lee.

Chapter 16, The Guru

The Elements of Nature, Book 2

Chapter 16, The Guru

At Zuko and Iroh's new apartment, Iroh is preparing some food that looks like a white, boiled pudding, when Zuko walks in. “What's that smell?” Zuko asked, drawn to the breakfast Iroh is making.

“It's jook.” Iroh said as he adds some bamboo shoots to the jook. “I'm sure you wouldn't like it.”

“Actually, it smells delicious. I'd love a bowl, Uncle.” Zuko said as he takes a bowl.

Iroh is very surprised by his nephews different behavior. “Now that your fever is gone, you seem ... different somehow.” Iroh said as he pours some jook into Zuko’s bowl.

“It's a new day. We've got a new apartment, new furniture, and today's the grand opening of your new tea shop.” Zuko said as he moves to a table and sits down. “Things are looking up, Uncle.” At this, Iroh's shocked expression changes to a smile.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, Firebrand, Agua, Terra, and Blitz are flying, with Fire’ in his elemental form while Terra is riding on Blitz, to the Eastern Air Temple, which is several hundred miles away to the Southeast. “Are you guys nerves to meet this guru?” Terra said as Agua carries her while they go across the ocean.

“Not at all.” Agua said.

“I’m not afraid.” Blitz said while flying backwards.

“Me neither.” Fire’ finished. “We’re all ready to master the Avatar State. I'll do whatever it takes.”

==================================================================

Back at the Earth King's Royal Palace, the 'Ice Knights,' Azula, Mai, and Ty Lee in disguise, appear before King Kuei. “Look Bosco! The Ice Knights of Pegasus City are here to protect us! Aren't you excited?” Kuei said to his pet bear, who just yawns. “It's been a difficult week for me. My most trusted advisor, Long Feng, and his Dai Li agents tried to take control of Ba Sing Se from me.”

“It's terrible when you can't trust the ponies who are closest to you.” Azula said to the somewhat naive king.

“But there is good news,” Kuei said as he scratches his bear’s ears. “As we speak, the Council of Five is meeting to plan an invasion of the Fire Nation, before something called ‘Sozin’s Comet’ arrives next year,” For a spit second, Azula's eyes widen with shock and worry upon hearing that the knowledge of Sozin’s Comet is already in the hands of the enemy, but she quickly hides it.

“Really? Now that sounds like a fascinating and brilliant plan.” She said as she glances off while Mai and Ty Lee look at each other.

==================================================================

At the Council of Five meeting, Twilight and her friends, Shining Armor and Cadence are present. “General Fong's base will serve as the launching point for the attack. In exactly one year, the army and navy of both Geo Firma and Equestria will invade the Fire Nation when they least expect it. All we need now is King Kuei’s approval,” General How said as he levitates some scrolls over to Twilight.

“I'll get these scrolls to him right away. Thank you, General How.” Twilight said as she levitates the scrolls and heads for the throne room along with her friends.

“Uh, girls, I thought I go get some tea while we wait for Kuei’s approval. Anypony care to join me?” Rarity asked.

“Nada.”

“I’m fine.”

“Me too.”

“No thanks ... if that's okay.”

“I’m good.”

“Sure Rarity.” Rainbow, Applejack, Pinkie, Fluttershy, Cadence, and Twilight said. Twilight and Rarity then take a detour to the Middle Ring while the others get the scrolls to Kuei.

==================================================================

At the hive of the changelings, Queen Chrysalis is asleep while Hexe is playing her shamisen. “Ooh-ah-ooh. I hate to be you when the Queen wakes up and finds out that the Fire Avatar is still alive.” Medizinisch said to Robtish, who’s sucking the love out of one of the little cat-creatures.

“Ah, the Fire Avatar had help.” Robtish defended after he finished off the little creature.

“Had help?” Medizinisch asked Robtish.

“Some half pony half changeling.” Robtish said as he takes another cat.

“Deker?” Hexe asked. Just then, Chrysalis wakes up out of anger.

“What?! Deker is helping the wielders of the Elements of Harmony and Nature now?”

“Good mourning, Queen Chrysalis. I’ll be happy to finish them both off if you want to.” Robtish said as he grabs a bowl.

“Oh!” Chrysalis said as she grabs the bowl from Robtish. “Deker make me so angry,” she then drinks it, but realizes it's not what she thought it was. “Huh. This isn't my medicine!” She then smashes the bowl to the ground.

“Medicine. Medicine.” The furry warts said as they jumped down.

“Oh, you furry warts make terrible pets! All you do is dangle there and repeat yourselves! Ooh-ah-ooh!” Medizinisch cried.

“Ooh-ah-ooh. Ooh-ah-ooh. Ooh-ah-ooh.” The furry warts said while laughing.

==================================================================

In a forest not far from the Inner Wall of Ba Sing Se, Deker is walking through, when he senses something. “Hmm. Something’s coming,” suddenly, some changeling drones ambush him. “So, Queen Chrysalis has sent her changeling minions to challenge me,” He then draws out his blade. “Then meet my sword, Uramasa!” He then slashes at some changeling that charge at him, slicing them in half. Deker then spins around and a purple wave hits the remaining changelings, turning them into dust. Behind him in the river, Chrysalis appears with a sword, surprising the white changeling.

“I’ve lost my patience with you, Deker!” Chrysalis said as she charges at him. Deker manages to block the strike with his Uramasa. “How dare you to meddle in my affairs! Leave it to a half pony like you to side with them.”

“I know you wan’t the Fire Avatar destroyed, but he's tied to my destiny. I must duel him! You must let me do this!” Chrysalis then pushes Deker back into the river.

“What you want means nothing to me!”

Deker positions his Uramasa so the groves on it, the side he used to slice the boulder in half, are facing Chrysalis. “I have no interest in battling you!”

“Very wise of you, but it doesn't mean you can avoid my wrath.” Chrysalis then uses her magic to conjure up a magic rope around Deker, trapping him. More drones appear and hit Deker with their mandibles or some blades, causing Deker to bleed some.

“You will not stop me!” Deker said as he begins to glow bright blue, causing an explosion, destroying the changelings and the rope, turning Deker into his pony form. Deker then nearly collapses.

“Huh?”

“Say what you like about my half pony state. But it keeps me from becoming a true monster like you!” Deker said. He then dives into the river and disappears.

"This is far from over, Deker!" Chrysalis yelled out.

==================================================================

“Ooh-ah-ooh. He escaped.” Medizinisch said as he and Hexe were watching through the viewing glob, the same one Chrysalis used when she watched Twilight and her friends when she kidnaped Apple Bloom, Sweetie Belle, and Scootaloo. “You could tell that Queen Chrysalis had him good.”

“He’ll survive. No one should underestimate Deker.” Hexe said.

“And look at you siting on your rump!” Medizinisch accusingly said to Robtish. “Get a move on and eliminate the Fire Avatar!”

“Consider it done.”

==================================================================

At the Eastern Air Temple, Firebrand, Blitz, Agua, and Terra land and spot an elderly Unicorn stallion with a gray mane with a gray coat. He is also wearing a clock that hides his cutie mark. “Uhhh ... hello?” Agua said to him. “You're Guru Pathik, right? The pony who sent the note to us at Ba Sing Se?”

“Indeed.” Guru Pathik said.

“In your note, you said you could teach us how to gain control of the Avatar State. How?” Blitz asked the Guru as he and the others sit down.

“You must gain balance within yourself, before you can bring balance to the world. And the first step to gaining balance begins with this.” He levitates some drinks to them. “Drink up!”

Fire’ drinks some of his cup, but he spits it out. “Uggh! It tastes like onion and banana juice!”

“That's because it is! Yum yum!” Pathik said, making the four blink in disbelief.

After a few moments, Fire’ spoke up. “You also said you tell us where the other Elements of Nature are at. Where are they?” Fire’ asked.

“The Elements of Lightning and Air are located at the Grate Library in the Himalayas.” Guru Pathik answered. “The Element of Fire and the sixth one are a bit more tricky.”

“What do you mean?” Agua asked.

“What I mean, is that the only clue to those two Elements is prophecy.” Pathik said.

“What’s the prophecy?” Blitz asked.

“‘When the Being of Fire, awakens on the Island of Mystery, he shall discover the missing pieces to a much larger puzzle.’” Pathik said, confusing the group even more.

==================================================================

At the palace where Azula, Mai and Ty Lee are staying, they are talking about something. “We have been presented with an extraordinary opportunity, girls.” Azula said to her two friends.

“Mai finally gets to wear make-up that's not totally depressing?” Ty Lee said as Azula walks past her toward a window.

“Ha, ha,” Mai sarcastically said as black makeup drips down her eyes

“I'm talking about conquering Geo Firma,” Azula said as she looks out toward the city. “For the 2000 years, the Fire Nation has hammered away at Ba Sing Se from the outside. But now we're on the inside, and we can take it by ourselves.”

“Gosh, you're so confident. I really admire that about you.” Ty Lee said to Azula.

“From the inside, we're in perfect position to organize a coup and overthrow the King.” Azula said as she heads back in. “The key is the Dai Li. Whoever controls the Dai Li controls Ba Sing Se.”

==================================================================

Back at the Eastern Air Temple, the five are near a waterfall that leads to seven pools of water, etched connected to each other by a brook. “In order to master the Avatar State, you must open all the chakras. Tell me everything you know about chakras.” Pathik said to the four Avatars.

“What are chakras?” Agua asked.

“Oh, I see. I guess we'll start with the basics. The water flows through this creek, much like the energy flows through your body. As you see, there are several pools where the water swirls around before flowing on. These pools are like our chakras.” Pathik explained.

“So chakras are pools of swirling energy in our bodies?” Fire’ said to the Guru.

“Exactly. If nothing else were around, then this creek would flow pure and clear. However, life is messy, and things tend to fall in the creek.” And then what happens?”

“The creek can't flow?”

“Yes, Terra. But, if we open the ponds between the pools...” Pathik continued as he removes the moss blocking the exit for the water.

“The energy flows!” Blitz finished. Later, in another part of the temple.

==================================================================

Later in a vast cavern, “There are seven chakras that go up the body,” Pathik explained. “Each pool of energy has a purpose, and be can blocked by a specific kind of emotional muck. Be warned, opening the chakras is an intense experience, and once you begin the process, you cannot stop until all seven are open. Are you ready?”

“We'll do whatever it takes.” Fire’ said to him.

“First we will open the Earth Chakra, located at the base of the spine,” Pathik said. “It deals with survival, and is blocked by fear. Firebrand, what are you most afraid of? Let your fears become clear.”

“Fire’ here ain’t afraid of anything.” Agua said as Fire’ closes his eyes. Fire’ finds himself in some dark purple area and looks around, when he sees a dinosaur-like animal that has a cannon of some kind for a right hand, while his left hand was a sharp claw, in front on him. Fire’ recognizes the monster and screams at the top of his lungs.

“Avatar Firebrand,” Guru Pathik cried out after he got Blitz, Terra and Agua to stop screaming Fire’s name, “your vision is not real. You’re concerned for your survival, but you must surrender those fears. Let your fears flow down the creek.” With that, Fire’ takes a very deep breath and clears away the image of the monster/psychopath. “You've opened your earth chakra, Firebrand! Your turn, Blitz.”

==================================================================

Later, near a waterfall. “Next is the...”

“Water Chakra?” Agua interrupted Guru Pathik.

“Brilliant! Maybe one day you will be a guru too! The Water Chakra is located in the, um, how should I put this...” Pathik began to say.

“Crotch?” Blitz said.

“Thats it.” Pathik said, getting some laughs from the Avatars. “This chakra deals with pleasure and is blocked by guilt. You’l take turns this time. Terra, why don’t you start?” After a few sessions with Terra, Agua, and Blitz, it’s Fire’s turn. “Your turn Fire.’ Now, look at all the guilt with burdens you so. What do you blame yourself for?”

Fire’ closes his eyes and sees the image of him leaving home. “I ran away.” He then sees images of him when he returned. “I let all those ponies die.”

“Accept the reality that these things happen, but do not let them cloud and poison your energy. If you are to be a positive influence on the world, you need to forgive yourself.” The Guru said to Fire.’

==================================================================

Back in Ba Sing Se, Zuko and Iroh are ready to open the Jasmine Dragon. “Who thought when we came to this city as refugees, that I'd end up owning my own tea shop? Follow your passion, Zuko, and life will reward you.” Iroh said to his nephew.

“Congratulations, Uncle.” Zuko said.

“I am very thankful.”

“You deserve it. The Jasmine Dragon will be the best tea shop in the city.” Zuko said

“No. I'm thankful because you decided to share this special day with me. It means more than you know.” With that, the two share a quick hug before Zuko heads to the back of the shop.

“Now let's make these ponies some tea!”

“Yes, let's make some tea!” Iroh said as he opens the shop for business.

==================================================================

Back to the Eastern Air Temple, Guru Pathik is teaching the 4 Avatars about the ... “Third is the Fire Chakra, located in the stomach.” Pathik said.

“My fire chakra would like to eat something other than onion-banana juice.” Blitz said.

Pathik chuckles a little. “Good one! Moving on. This chakra deals with willpower, and is blocked by shame. What are you ashamed of? What are your biggest disappointments in yourself, Firebrand?”

Fire’ closes his eyes, and sees a 13-year-old filly turning to dust before his eyes. “I let my sister die.” Fire’ said, shocking Agua, Blitz and Terra.

“You will never find balance if you deny this part of your life.” Pathik simply said to a clearly sad Fire.’ “You are one of the Avatar and therefore, things like that happen,” Pathik said as Fire’ takes a deep breath. “Hmmm ... that chakra opened less like a flowing creek, and more like a ... burping dragon.”

Fire’ then burps very loudly, breathing fire at the same time. “Tastes like onions and bananas, but strangely something else. Pickles?” Fire’ asked Pathik, who just shrugs.

==================================================================

Back at the palace, two Dai Li agents hide behind some pillars, spying on a conversation between Mai and Ty Lee. Mai is sitting on the stairs and Ty Lee is practicing chi blocking and acrobatics. “I'm tired of wearing this brightly colored disguise. I don't know how anyone could fight in this.” Mai said with a sigh.

“Maybe that's why it was so easy to beat the Ice Knights and take their clothes.” Ty Lee said.

“How much longer do we have to serve the Geo Firman King? If I have to clean up one more pile of bear poop, I'm going to throw up.” Mai dryly said.

“Princess Azula promised we would go back to the Fire Nation whenever we capture the Avatars. We just have to be patient.” Ty Lee said.

“Shut up!” Mai said as she gets up. “Do you want the whole palace to know we're Fire Nation?”

“Sorry!” Ty Lee said as the agents smile and leave. Azula, who was hiding behind another pillar, walks up to them.

“Good work, girls. I'm sure the Dai Li will deliver the message.” Azula said to her friends.

==================================================================

Back at the Air Temple, the Guru is teaching the group about ... “The Air Chakra is located in the heart. It deals with love and is blocked by grief. Lay all your grief out in front of you, Firebrand.” Fire’ closes his eyes and sees images of many ponies from Abysus, including his father. He smiles upon seeing them, but becomes saddened as they start to vanish into smoke.

He's lifted into the air and sees the Abysus ponies floating in the smoke. “You have indeed felt a great loss. But love is a form of energy, and it swirls all around us. The Abysus ponies love for you has not left this world,” Pathik said. “It is still inside of your heart, and is reborn in the form of new love.” The smoke forms a face and shows the pony Fire’ knows very well: Twilight.

Back in the real world, Fire’ is starting to cry tears of joy. “Let the pain flow away.” Fire’ then wipes away his tears. “Very good.” Pathik finished.

“Can I have some onion and banana juice, please?” Fire’ said after he calmed down some.

==================================================================

Later, inside another part of the temple, Pathik is telling the Avatars about ... “The fifth chakra in the chain is the Sound Chakra, located in the throat. It deals with truth and is blocked by lies. The ones we tell ourselves, to be exact.”

Fire’ begins to remember a lie he said long ago, something he never admitted, till now. “I’m not really brave.” He said in the real world. The other Avatars are confused by what he just said.

“You cannot lie about your own nature. You must accept that you are not a perfect hero.” Pathik said as Fire’ inhales and exhales, and accepts his nature. “Very good, Firebrand. You have opened the chakra of truth. Your turn, Agua.”

==================================================================

Later, outside the temple interior. “The sixth pool of energy is the Light Chakra, located in the center of the forehead,” Pathik lectured. “It deals with insight and is blocked by illusion. The greatest illusion of this world is the illusion of separation. Things you think are separate and different are actually one in the same.”

“Like the nations of the world.” Terra said.

“Yes. We are all one people, but we live as if divided.” Pathik said.

“We're all connected. Everything is connected.” Fire’ said to Pathik, remembering when he was in the swamp.

“That's right! Even the separation of the 6 Elements of Nature and Harmony is an illusion. If you open your mind, you will see that all the elements are one, 12 parts of the same mold. Even metal is just a part of earth that has been re-purified and refined.” Pathik said, making Terra think.

I wonder if I can metalbend? Terra thought to herself.

==================================================================

Back in Ba Sing Se, Rarity and Twilight arrive at the Jasmine Dragon. “‘The Jasmine Dragon,’ sounds majestic.” Rarity said.

“Definitely sounds good.” Twilight said as they head in. “Table for two, please.” Twilight said to the waiter up front. But before they get one, the duo hear two familiar voices.

“Uncle! I need two jasmine, one green and, one leechi!” Zuko said to his uncle, who’s in the kitchen.

“I'm brewing as fast as I can!” Iroh said to his nephew. Both Twilight and Rarity are stunned that both Zuko and Iroh are in Ba Sing Se. They run away from the shop.

==================================================================

Back at the temple. “This is the last chakra, isn't it?” Agua asked.

“Yes. Once you open this chakra, you will be able to go in and out of the Avatar State at will and when you are in the Avatar State, you will have complete control and awareness of all your actions.” Pathik said.

“Let's do this.” Fire’ said as he and the others ready themselves.

“The Thought Chakra is located at the crown of the head. It deals with pure cosmic energy, and is blocked by earthly attachment. Firebrand, meditate on what attaches you to this world.” Guru Pathik said to Fire,’ who does so and images of Twilight appear before him. “Now, let all of those attachments go. Let them flow down the river, forgotten.”

“What? Why would I let go of Twilight?” Fire’ said as he leaves his meditation.

“Learn to let her go, or you can't let the pure cosmic energy flow in from the universe.” Pathik said.

“Why would I choose cosmic energy over Twilight? How could it be a bad thing that I feel an attachment to her? Three chakras ago that was a good thing!” an annoyed Fire’ said.

“You must learn to let go.” Pathik said.

==================================================================

Back at the palace, Twilight and Rarity see the ‘Ice Knights’ are in the king's room, who Twilight goes to while Rarity stays behind to catch her breath. “Thank goodness you're here, something terrible is going on. The Fire Nation has infiltrated the city, and we just saw Prince Zuko and his uncle!” Twilight said to Azula, widens her eyes and then smiles in a sly way. “We have to tell the King right away!” Twilight finished.

“Oh, don't worry, I'll be sure to let him know.” Twilight then notices that the mare she’s talking to has gold eyes, and realizes that the ‘Ice Knights’ are actually Azula, Mai, and Ty Lee. She prepare to attack, but Ty Lee quickly jumps forward and blocks their chi. “So, Zuzu's in the city, too? I think it's time for a family reunion.” Azula said as Rarity, hiding behind a pillar, runs off.

==================================================================

Back at the temple, Fire’ and the Guru are discussing Fire’s inability to let go of Twilight, with the others watching nearby. “Okay, you guys need to calm down.” Terra said.

“I'm sorry, but I can't let go of Twilight.” Fire’ firmly said to Pathik.

“Firebrand, to master the Avatar State, you must open all the chakras. Surrender yourself.” Pathik begged.

“Okay, I'll try.” Fire’ said.

“Now think of your attachments and let them go. Let the pure cosmic energy flow.” Fire’ sees an image of him letting Twilight go, and then a bridge that will lead him to mastery of the Avatar State. As he is about to finish the path, however, he hears a shriek from Twilight. He runs away from the end of the road, cutting his connection to the Avatar State, which drops him back to reality.

“Twilight's in danger!” Fire’ nearly screamed as he runs past the others, who look at him in worry. “I have to go!” Fire’ sad as he goes elemental and prepares to fly off.

“No, Firebrand! By choosing attachment, you have locked the chakra!” Pathik said to the hotheaded Avatar. “If you leave now, you won't be able to go into the Avatar State at all!” Fire’ hesitates for a moment, but leaves anyway with the others following, leaving the concerned Guru.

==================================================================

Back at Ba Sing Se, Azula's led into a prison by two Dai Li agents. She's taken to Long Feng's cell. “What is the meaning of this? Your agents show up in the middle of the night and drag me down here? You do not treat an Ice Knight this way!” She screamed.

“But you're not an Ice Knight, are you, Princess Azula of the Fire Nation?”

“What do you want?” Azula asked.

“I want to make a deal. It's time that I regain control of Ba Sing Se and you have something I need.” Long Feng said.

“Oh? And what is that?” Azula asked.

“The King's trust.”

“Why should I help you?” Azula said as she pulls out her lightning gun and aims it at Long Feng’s head.

“Because I can get you the Avatars.” Long Feng said.

“I'm listening...” Azula said as she drops her weapon.

==================================================================

At the Jasmine Dragon, a messenger enters. “A message from the Royal Palace.” The messenger said as he gives Iroh the message and leaves.

Iroh reads through the letter, and is shocked by its contents. “I ... I can't believe it!”

“What is it, Uncle?” Zuko asked.

“Great news! We've been invited to serve tea to the Geo Firman King!” Iroh said as he runs off. Zuko smiles as he continues sweeping.

Chapter 17, The Crossroads of Destiny

The Elements of Nature, Book 2

Chapter 17, The Crossroads of Destiny

“So, what kind of trouble is Twilight in?”

“I don't know, Blitz. In my vision, I just knew she needed help.”

“It would be nice if our Avatar powers could be just a little more specific from time to time.” Terra said.

==================================================================

Meanwhile in Ba Sing Se, Azula is speaking to the Dai Li at the palace. “The King and the Council of Five do not trust the Dai Li. They imprisoned your leader, Long Feng. Soon they will turn on all of you and eliminate you. Seizing power today is urgent. This coup must be swift and decisive.

The King and each of the five generals must be taken out simultaneously. Long Feng has placed you in my command while we overthrow the government. If I sense any disloyalty, any hesitation, any weakness at all, I will snap it out. That is all.” The Dai Li leave, and Azula walks up to Mai and Ty Lee, who is pouring tea.

“Nice speech, Azula. It was pretty and poetic, but also scary in a good way.” Ty Lee said as she gives Azula a cup.

“Yeah. I thought you were going to make that one guy pee himself.” Mai said.

“There's still a few loose ends. The Avatars, and my brother and uncle.” Azula said.

==================================================================

Outside the Royal Palace, Zuko and Uncle are waiting to go in. “Many times I imagined myself here, at the threshold of the palace. But I always thought I would be here as a conqueror. Instead, we are the King's personal guests, here to serve him tea. Destiny is a funny thing.” Iroh said.

“It sure is, Uncle.” Zuko said as they head in.

==================================================================

“Oh, where are they?” Rarity said to herself as she runs around the palace, completely lost.

==================================================================

Zuko and Iroh are sitting at a table in a room inside the palace, waiting for the King. Iroh pours some tea into a cup to help pass the time. “What's taking so long?” Zuko asked.

“Maybe the King overslept.” Iroh said as the Dai Li circle around them.

“Something's not right.” Zuko said. Suddenly, the Dai Li show themselves, trapping the two firebenders. Azula then walks past the Dai Li and comes in front of him.

“It's tea time!” Azula said to her brother and uncle.

“Azula!” Zuko said as he quickly gets up.

“Have you met the Dai Li? They're Geo Firmans, but they have a killer instinct that's so Fire Nation. I just love it.” Azula said as she takes out her lightning gun.

Iroh just picks up his tea calmly, despite that the gun is pointed right at him. “Did I ever tell you how I got the nickname ‘the Dragon of the West’?” Iroh asked his nice as he finishes his tea.

“I'm not interested in a lengthy anecdote, Uncle.” Azula said.

“It's more of a demonstration, really,” Iroh pointed out as he places the cup down. Zuko looks over at him and smiles before going behind him. Suddenly, Iroh begins breathing fire, allowing them to escape in the confusion. The Dai Li agents begin shooting at them, but miss as Zuko and Iroh turn around the corner. Iroh grabs Azula’s lightning gun and uses it to destroy the wall in front of them before jumping down into a bush below, but Zuko stops at the edge. “Come on, you'll be fine!”

“No! I'm tired of running! It's time I faced Azula!” Zuko said to his uncle as he turns around and walks back. Iroh then smacks his head upon hearing this, then runs away.

“You're so dramatic,” Azula said to her brother. “What? Are you going to challenge me to an Agni Kai?”

“Yes! I challenge you!” Zuko said as he takes on a fighting stance.

“No thanks,” Azula said, angering her brother, who shoots a fire blast toward her using a flame thrower, but two Unicorn Dai Li agents intervene and conjure up a wall. They then conjure some cuffs at Zuko's back hoofs, making him lose his balance. He puts his right front hoof down, but another cuff traps that one. Azula turns around, smiling, and walks away as the agents capture him.

==================================================================

In the throne room Agua, Terra, Blitz, and Firebrand confront Kuei. “Princess Twilight Sparkle is fine. You have nothing to worry about.” Kuei said to a clearly worried Firebrand.

“But, in my vision, I felt so sure she was in trouble.” Fire’ said.

“Well, she met with the Council of Generals to plan the invasion with her brother, sister, and her friends, and since then, she been off with your friends, and the Ice Knights.” Kuei said.

“See, Fire’? She's probably with Rarity and the mare Ice Knights. They're probably back at our apartment now talking about make-up or something.” Agua said, knowing how the female Ice Knights are.

“Okay. Maybe you're right, Agua.” Fire’ said.

“Believe me, if there was any danger at all, Bosco's animal instincts would sense it.” Kuei said as Bosco wakes up, though there still doubt in Fire’s mind about the bears instincts and Twilights safety.

==================================================================

In the Crystal Catacombs, Twilight is pacing back and forth, worried about seeing the light of day again, but stops when she hears a hole open up above. “You've got company.” A Dai Li agent said as he throws Zuko in, who rolls down and lands in front of Twilight.

“Zuko!” Twilight said as her shocked faces become an angry one as Zuko sits up as the hole closes behind him.

==================================================================

At the groups apartment, Applejack, Rainbow, Rarity, Pinkie, Fluttershy, Spike, Shining Armor and Cadence are waiting for Twilight and Rarity to return. They then see Fire,’ Agua, Terra, and Blitz show up. “Whut in tarnation’s gwine on?” Applejack asked

“Long story short: Fire’ thinks Twilight is in trouble and insisted we find her.” Blitz answered.

“We haven't seen Twilight or Rarity since the meeting.” Candace said. Just then Rarity runs inside, completely tired out from running.

“Rarity! Where’s Twilight?” Spike asked.

“Ice ... Knights ... captured ... them.” Rarity said in between breaths.

“Twilight is in trouble! I knew it!” Fire’ said.

“Oh, no!” Shining Armor and Cadence said at the same time.

“Wait!” Terra said.

“What is it?” Fluttershy asked.

“Someone's at the door.” Terra said. They then hear knocking on the door a second later. “Actually, I know who it is. It's an old friend of mine,” Terra said as she walks over to the door and opens it, showing Iroh. “Glad to see you're okay.”

“I need your help.” Iroh said. Everyone in the room is shocked and angry upon seeing him, and get into a fighting stances, but Terra just calmly smiles and waves at Iroh.

“You guys know each other?!” Rainbow asked.

“I met him in the woods once and knocked him down. Then he gave me some tea and some very good advice.” Terra answered.

“May I come in?” Iroh asked, getting a nod from Terra, who lets him in. “Princess Azula is here in Ba Sing Se.”

“She must have Twilight.” Shining Armor said.

“She has captured my nephew as well.” Iroh added.

“Then we'll work together to fight Azula, and save Twilight and Zuko.” Fire’ said.

“Whoa thar! Yo' lost me at ‘Zuko.’” Applejack said.

“I know how you must feel about my nephew. But believe me when I tell you that there is good inside him.” Iroh said.

“‘Good inside him’ isn't enough!” Rainbow said.

“Whuffo' doesn't yo' come back when it's outside him too, okay?” Applejack finished.

“Twilight is in trouble. All of Ba Sing Se is in trouble. Working together is our best chance.” Fire’ said to the two. Rainbow and Applejack look at each other before nodding in agreement as Iroh walks outside, the others following him.

“I brought someone along who might help us.” Iroh said. Suddenly, Terra puts a couple of earth pillars around a Dai Li agent, gaged and tied up on the ground, and makes him stand up. Iroh walks over to him and takes the gag off his mouth.

“Azula and Long Feng are plotting a coup! They're going to overthrow the King!” The Dai Li agent said to them.

“My sister! Where are they keeping Twilight?” Shining Armor demanded.

“In the Crystal Catacombs of old Ba Sing Se, deep beneath the palace.” The Dai Li said. Terra then drops him as they run for the palace.

==================================================================

Outside of Ba Sing Se, Deker in his pony form is lying on the edge of a river several kilometers away from where he and Queen Chrysalis battled. “Oh Deker,” Hexe said when she finally found him. “I knew Queen Chrysalis didn't destroy you. Maybe if she defeated you, you would be free from your curse. But that would be too easy,” She said as Deker begins to wake up.

==================================================================

In Long Feng’s cell, he’s meditating in as a Dai Li agent informs walks up to the window. “The movement of the King and all the generals have been plotted out step-by-step.” The Dai Li said.

“Good. And the Fire Nation princess is cooperating?” Long Feng asked.

“Oh, yes. More than cooperating. She's really taken charge. She's terrifying and inspirational at the same time. It's hard to explain.”

==================================================================

Inside the Crystal Catacombs, Twilight is yelling at Zuko, who’s sitting with his back turned. “Why did they throw you in here?! Oh, wait, let me guess. It's a trap. So that when Fire’ or Agua or Terra or Blitz show up to help me, you can finally have one of them in your little Fire Nation clutches!” Twilight yelled at the Fire Nation prince, who just looks at her and tilts his head down.

“You're a terrible pony! You know that?! Always following us! Hunting the Avatars! Trying to capture the world's last hope for peace! But what do you care? You're the Fire Lord's son. Spreading war and violence and hatred is in your blood!” Twilight coldly said.

“You don't know what you're talking about!” Zuko finally yelled back.

“I don't?! How dare you?! You have no idea what this war has put both me and Firebrand personally through! The Fire Nation took his whole country away from him! His whole family! While they took my sister away from me! A close member of my family to me!” Twilight finished as she turns around and begins to cry.

“I'm sorry. That's something the three of us have in common.” Zuko then realizes something. "Wait. Whats his..." Zuko began to say, only to stop when he sees Twilight's surprised and shocked face.

==================================================================

On the surface, Terra is feeling the ground below, finding the Crystal Catacombs. “Well, what'd you know? There is an ancient city down there. But it's deep.” Terra said as she makes a tunnel.

“We should split up. Firebrand, you, me, Terra, Spike, Rainbow, and Applejack will go with Iroh to look for Twilight and the angry jerk, no offense.” Shining Armor said to Iroh.

“None taken.” Iroh said as he, Fire,’ Terra, Rainbow, Spike, Rarity and Applejack head down the tunnel.

“The rest of us will go warn the King of Azula's coup.” Cadence said. Later in the tunnel Terra created, she is earthbending the tunnel so the can get to the Crystal Catacombs every few feet.

“So, Terra thinks you give pretty good advice, and great tea!” Fire’ said to Iroh.

“The key to both is proper aging. What's on your mind?” asked Iroh.

Fire’ didn't say anything for a minute until Terra earthbends more of the tunnel. “Well, I met with this guru who was supposed to help me master the Avatar State and control this great power, but to do it, all of us had to let go of someone we love.” Fire’ said as he and Iroh stop for a moment. “And we just couldn't. I couldn't do it.”

“Perfection and power are overrated. I think you are all very wise to choose happiness and love.”

“What happens if we can't save anyone and beat Azula? Without the Avatar State, what if we’re not powerful enough?”

“I don't know the answer. Sometimes, life is like this dark tunnel. You can't always see the light at the end of the tunnel, but if you just keep moving, you will come to a better place.” He said as they reach they Catacombs.

==================================================================

At the changeling hive, Hexe is playing her harmonium when Chrysalis walks up to her. “Your music seems a bit off today. What's on your mind?” Chrysalis asked her.

“Uh. I’m not hiding anything,” said Hexe as she has a flashback to when she found Deker.

==================================================================

She is helping Deker get back up on his 4 feet-hoof things. “Thank you.” Deker said to her.

“No need to thank me. It’s the least I can do after you saved me from the Elements of Harmony.”

“I see.”

“Why do you insist on dueling the Fire Avatar?” Hexe asked.

“I’m compelled to find the ultimate duel. It's all that maters. I can’t remember a time when it wasn't.”

“So you remember nothing from your past?” said Hexe as Deker takes on his changeling form.

“No. Nothing.” said Deker as he pulls out ... “My sword, Uramasa, is calling to me. It longs for action. And I must make sure that ultimate duel finally happens.”

“I see. Is anything else in this world important to you?”

“I am cursed to satisfy this urge, so no. There is nothing but this,” answered Deker as he leaves.

==================================================================

“Well?” said Chrysalis after Hexe has been quiet for a couple of minutes.

“Nothing.” Hexe said. “It was nothing.” Just then the furry warts jump down.

“Nothing. Nothing.”

“Quiet!” Hexe said as she tried to swat the furry warts.

==================================================================

Back at the surface of Ba Sing Se, the others are climbing a set of stairs, except the ones who can fly. “There's General How!” Pinkie said, but before they can reach him, some Dai Li agents jump him.

“What's going on here?” How asked.

“You're under house arrest.” A Dai Li said as he puts an anti-magic collar on him.

“The coup is happening right now! We've got to warn the King!” Cadence said as they make their way to the throne room.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, one of the generals is walking when some chains come flying up and trap him.

==================================================================

General Sung is taken by some chains into a dark area.

==================================================================

Two other generals are in their headquarters when the Dai Li toss some chains to circle around their legs and pull them up.

==================================================================

At the throne room, Agua, Cadence, Pinkie, Fluttershy, Spitfire, Rarity, Misty Fly, and Rapidfire have just reached the King.

“Thank goodness we're in time!” Rarity said.

“In time for what?” asked Kuei.

“Yeah. What are you in time for,” Ty lee asked as she cartwheels to Agua, “Blue Streak?”

“Uh, I'm kinda wondering where Hielo is.” Agua said to her.

“Who?” Ty Lee asked. Suddenly, Agua hits with a jet of water.

“They're not the real Ice Knights!” Agua said to Kuei, who gasps out of shock.

“Sorry to disappoint you.” Mai said as she shoots some of her daggers at Agua, who uses a water shield to stop them, then kicks the shield to Mai, who jumps over it. Ty Lee then comes up in front of Blitz, laughing, and tries to jab him, but he evades all of them.

“Oooh, its like we're dancing together!” Ty Lee said as Azula is holds a lightning gun up to a captive Kuei.

“This fight is over.” Azula said, preparing to blast Kuei’s head off. Cadence, Pinkie, Agua and Blitz then surrender, with Ty Lee chi blocking them. Fluttershy tries flying away, but a Dai Li agent traps her in a cage as Azula shoves Kuei down. “Get them all out of my sight.” They're then taken to a cell as Long Feng walks into the room with some Dai Li agents behind him.

“Now comes the part where I double cross you.” Long Feng said to Azula. “Dai Li, arrest the Fire Nation princess!” But none of the Dai Li agents move, to Long Feng's disappointment. “I said arrest her! What is wrong with you?!”

“It's because they haven't made up their minds. They're waiting to see how this is going to end.” Azula said.

“What are you talking about?” Long Feng said.

“I can see your whole history in your eyes. You were born with nothing, so you've had to struggle, and connive, and claw your way to power. But true power, the divine right to rule, is something you're born with. The fact is, they don't know which one of us is going to be sitting on that throne, and which one is going to be bowing down. But I know, and you know.” She then sits down on the throne and crosses her legs. “Well?”

“You've beaten me at my own game.” Long Feng said, defeated.

“Don't flatter yourself! You were never even a player.”

==================================================================

Back in the Crystal Catacombs. “I’m sorry I yelled at you before,” an apologetic Twilight said to Zuko.

“It doesn't matter.” He said.

“It's just that for so long now, whenever I would imagine the face of the enemy, it was your face.” Twilight said.

“My face? I see.” Zuko said as he touches his scar.

“No, no. That's-that's not what I mean.”

“It's okay. I used to think this scar marked me. The mark of the banished prince, cursed to chase the Avatars forever. But lately, I've realized I'm free to decide my own destiny, even if I'll never be free of my mark.”

“Maybe you could be free of it.” Twilight said.

“What?” Zuko said.

“I now some healing spells. and Agua has water from the Spirit Oasis in the South Pole, which can heal anything.”

“It's a scar, it can't be healed.” Zuko said as Twilight puts one hoof on his scar, only to be interrupted by Firebrand, Shining Armor, Spike, Terra, Rainbow, Applejack and Iroh.

“Firebrand! Shining Armor! Spike!” Twilight said as she runs up and hugs Fire,’ who looks over Twilight’s shoulder and glares at Zuko, who gets a hug from Iroh. “Firebrand, I knew you would come.” Fire’ then blushes a bit when Twilight hugs him again.

“Uncle, I don't understand. What are you doing with the Avatars of Earth and Fire?” Zuko asked.

“Saving you, that's what.” Zuko then takes one step in Fire’s direction, but Iroh stops him. “Zuko, it's time we talked.” He then turns to Fire,' Twilight, Shining, Terra, Rainbow and Applejack. “Go help you other friends. We'll catch up with you.” The group then leave.

“Why, Uncle?”

“You're not the stallion you used to be, Zuko. You are stronger and wiser and freer than you have ever been. And now you have come to the crossroads of your destiny. It's time for you to choose. It's time for you to choose good.” Just then, crystals grow around and encase Iroh as Zuko assumes a fighting position. It’s Azula along with two Dai Li agents sliding down from the sides of the chamber.

“I expected this kind of treachery from Uncle. But Zuko, Prince Zuko, you're many things, but you're not a traitor, are you?” She said.

“Release him immediately.” Zuko said as he draws out a fame-thrower, not wanting her to know he's a Firebender like Iroh.

“It's not too late for you, Zuko. You can still redeem yourself.” Azula said.

“The kind of redemption she offers is not for you.” Iroh pointed out.

“Why don't you let him decide, Uncle? I need you, Zuko. I've plotted every move of this day, this glorious day in Fire Nation history, and the only way to win is together. At the end of this day, you will have your honor back. You will have Father's love. You will have everything you want.”

“Zuko, I am begging you. Look into you heart and see what it is that you truly want.”

“You are free to choose.” Azula finished as she gestures the two Dai Li agents to leave. Zuko contemplates but cannot decide his choice.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, the others are running through the Crystal Catacombs. “We've got to find the others.” Twilight said. Suddenly, a bolt of lightning attacks them from behind. Terra stops it using earthbending. Its Azula, holding her lightning gun. Twilight uses magic to stop another lightning attack. The smoke from the attack allows Azula to jump onto a crystal and fires two more bolts. Together, Fire’ and Terra use their respective bending to stop the bullets. Azula finishes her jump by landing on a rock pillar. Terra uses earthbending on the pillar, and Azula gasps once she notices the pillar crumbling. She jumps off and lands between Shining Armor and Twilight and points a gun at both of them.

A fire blast stops her from attacking, and they look to see the source of the fire blast: Zuko, who looks from Azula to Twilight, to Shining Armor, Rainbow, Applejack and to Fire,’ choosing who to attack next. Fire’ gasps once he realizes Zuko will attack him and goes elemental to jump away from the blast. Azula starts dueling with the others while Zuko throws multiple fire blasts at Fire.’

==================================================================

On the surface, Kuei, Agua, Cadence, Pinkie, Fluttershy, Spitfire, Rarity, Misty Fly, and Rapidfire are in a prison cell, with Blitz looking out the door's barred window.

“See any Dai Li agents nearby?” Fluttershy asked.

“Nope, all clear.” Blitz said as he prepares himself. The navy blue Pegasus then generates a large amount of electricity and blasts the door open.

“Let's go.” Rapidfire said.

“I'm not leaving without Bosco!” Kuei said. Agua the takes his hoof and follows the rest of the group.

==================================================================

Back to the Crystal Catacombs, Zuko and Fire’ are still fighting. Twilight then leaves Azula with her brother, Terra and her three friends. Just then, Robtish shows up with some changelings.

“Oh, great. You.” Fire’ said to the changeling worrier.

“Good. Looks like I get to not only destroy the Fire Avatar, but his little girlfriend too.” Robtish said to them.

“She's not my girlfriend.”

“I’m not his girlfriend.”

“Ha, whatever.” Robtish then notices that if he includes Zuko, its 22 to 2. “Huh, such unfair odds. I almost fell guilty. Not. Deker isn't around to save you this time either.”

“I’m happy to deal with you all by my self, changeling.” Fire’ said as his fire form glows more intense. Robtish and Zuko then attack, along with Robtish’s changelings. Fire’ deals with the changelings quickly, knocking them all out, and draws out his sword and charges for Robtish. Twilight is now dealing with Zuko, using her magic to block his fire blasts.

“I thought you had changed.” Twilight said to the Fire Prince.

“I have changed,” said Zuko as he fires another blast. Azula and Shining Armor, Terra, Rainbow, Applejack, and Spike are standing opposite each other. They prepare to fight, but Azula uses the lighting gun to charge at Shining Armor. Terra earthbends crystals around her into a crystal encased armor and charges at Azula. Azula stops, and uses her flamethrower to break Terra's crystal armor and send her flying back into an old building.

==================================================================

In the King's throne room, Mai and Ty Lee try to make Bosco do some tricks, Ty Lee mostly. “Come on, it's easy. You just walk on you front paws instead of your rear ones. Like this,” Ty Lee said as she walks on her front hoofs, but when she steps in a small puddle of water, it goes up all her hoofs and freezes, trapping her. Bosco starts clapping at the funny sight. At the door, Agua, Cadence, Pinkie, Fluttershy, Spitfire, Rarity, Misty Fly, and Rapidfire and Kuei.

“That is a nice trick.” Agua said as she and Blitz go elemental and walk toward Mai.

“Just take the bear.” Mai said as she let's go of Bosco’s leash.

“Bosco!” Kuei yelled as he runs u to the brown bear and gives him a tight hug.

==================================================================

In the Catacombs, Robtish and Fire’ are still dueling. Fire’ then charges his next attack and fires a large blast, sending Robtish flying through some pillars, but he gets up. “Your gonna have to do a lot better than that!” Robtish said.

“I didn't need to.” Fire’ said as the ceiling above Robtish begins to collapse.

“Aw, nuts!” Robtish said as he’s buried alive, along with some of his changelings. Fire’ than quickly turns to the others, who are now fighting both, Zuko, Azula and some Dai Li agents. Hopelessly outnumbered, Twilight gets knocked down. Terra jumps from the old building and earth surfs toward Zuko and Azula to stop them from attacking her friend. A Dai Li agent breaks Terra's surf, knocking her down.

More Dai Li agents gather behind Zuko and Azula. Twilight starts regaining her focus as Dai Li agents surround her. Agua appears and uses the octopus form to defend both her and Twilight. Fire’ stands up and surveys the scene. “There's too many,” he said to himself as he looks at Twilight as she's being defended by Agua.

“The only way is to let her go.” He remembered what Guru Pathik said to him.

“I'm sorry, Twilight,” Fire’ said to himself as he turns away from Azula and Zuko and begins meditating. Inside Fire's mind, he sees a giant version of himself in the Avatar State, the Avatar Spirit, holding an energy sphere with a normal-sized version of himself in the Avatar State. I the real world, Fire’ enters the Avatar State as his mane, tail and hoofs starts glowing, alerting those around. Fire’ opens his glowing eyes and starts levitating above the crowd. Twilight is looking up to Fire’ with hope.

But before Fire’ can let Twilight go and control the Avatar State, a bolt of lightning strikes him in the back. Azula is holding the lightning gun that's smoking. The Fire Avatar Spirit let's go of Fire’ and falls out of the plane of existence. As Fire’ falls down, Agua creates a wave to catch him. The wave knocks down some Dai Li agents. Twilight holds Fire’ with teary eyes as Zuko and Azula prepare to attack them, but a blast of fire stops them. Iroh jumps down from the wall of the cave and shields the group from Zuko and Azula.

“You've got to get out of here! I'll hold them off as long as I can!” He said as he creates a wall of fire. Before they leave, Agua pulls out her amulet she took from the North Pole that holds the spirit water. She uses the water and brings Fire’ back to life, who opens his eyes and looks at Twilight, weakly smiling before slipping into a coma.

“Firebrand!” Twilight quietly said as she and Shining Armor begin to carry Fire’ out of the catacombs, following the others who have gone ahead.

“We need to hurry, Twiley.” Shining Armor said as they reach the tunnel, but stop when they see...

“You!” Twilight said upon seeing Deker in his pony in front of them, holding a vile of blue liquid with his red magic.

“It seems I have bad timing." Dekker said as he places the vile on the ground. "I thought we could finally duel, but he's obesely preoccupied."

"If you know they, then go away!" Twilight said.

"Give this to the Fire Avatar when he awakes.” Deker said to the siblings, referring to the vile he gave them.

“Why?” Shining Armor asked

"Because, it will help him recover faster. There called nanites, microscopic machines that work on the cellular level. It's also very potent, which is why there’s only very few of them, only enough to help heal the Fire Avatar. Be careful. Also, you have more to worry about than the changelings and the Fire Nation.” He said as he leaves, confusing the two.

“Hey, are you two coming or not!” Rainbow yelled form the end of the tunnel. Twilight takes the nanites with her magic and places it in her saddlebag as she and Shining Armor escape with the comatose Firebrand. Once they are gone, Iroh releases his stance and surrenders himself to the Dai Li, who cuff him.

==================================================================

In the throne room, Azula is sitting down at the throne with Zuko at her left. “We've done it, Zuko. It's taken 2000 years, but the Fire Nation has conquered Ba Sing Se.”

“I betrayed Uncle.”

“No, he betrayed you. Zuko, when you return home, Father will welcome you as a war hero.”

“But I don't have any of the Avatars. What if Father doesn't restore my honor?”

“He doesn't need to, Zuko. Today, you restored your own.” Azula said to her brother. Zuko then looks turns away, uncertain of himself.

==================================================================

On the chariot heading away from Ba Sing Se, Kuei is staring at the city throw a window with horror on his face. “The Kingdom of Geo Firma ... has fallen.”

TO BE CONTINUED

Chapter 1, The Avatar State

My Little Pony: Friendship is Magic belongs to Hasbro and the Hub.

Avatar: The Last Airbender belongs to Nickelodeon

The Elements of Nature trilogy originally belong to Superior-Doc-Fossil, whom I asked and gained permission from to repost and update.

All right belongs to them

Story by: Superior-Doc-Fossil

Cover art: Robsa990

Posted and edited by: The Avenger

********************************************************************************

The Elements of Nature, Book 2

Chapter 1, The Avatar State

A few weeks after the Fire Nation attack, Pegasus City is recovering quickly. In Agua’s room, she is holding a picture of her and Sokka with their mother.

==================================================================

Yesterday, she along with every other pony in Pegasus City attended the funeral of those who died during the siege. Among the ones who attended were the main 6, the Cutie Mark Crusaders, Celestia, Luna, Shining and Cadence. They saved Sokka’s body for last, for if he hadn't sacrificed himself, the Fire Nation would have won and Luna would be dead.

“He was a brave colt, beloved son and brother, and an amazing prince. He was compassionate and caring. We will miss him.” Chief Arnook said when some pegasi carry his body, covered in leather with two rocks hanging. They then dump him into a hole in the ice and cover the hole.

==================================================================

Back in the present, Agua begins to cry. “First my mother, now my brother. Who's next?” Once she's done, she grabs her saddle bag and begins to pack. She packs some water from the sacred spring, called Spirit Water, which has special properties, including healing. She also takes a water skin, for when she needs to use her waterbending if there is no other water source. She then puts on a blue crystal that looks like her cutie mark, that's tied to a neckless, she then puts it on.

The crystal is the same size as one of the Elements of Harmony’s crystals. “Why am I taking this? I never seen it before last night when I went to bed. Its like I was supposed to have it.” She said as she counties to pack. Once she’s done, Arnook walks in.

“Am I troubling you?”

“No, father, you're not. I just finished packing.” Agua said.

“You forgot your mother’s trident.” Arnook said.

She then turns to see him holding the trident. “Oh ... right. Thanks.”

“Are you really going to do this, Agua?”

“I am. Firebrand and the other Avatars are my duty now. I need to find them if there's a chance we can end this war.” Agua said, getting an understanding nod from Arnook.

==================================================================

At a balcony, Spitfire is sobbing over what happened to Sokka. She doesn't notice that Rapidfire and Misty Fly are trotting over to her. “Spitfire, are you all right?” Rapidfire asked.

“No. I feel like my heart is nothing but dust.” Spitfire said, heartbroken.

“Do you think Sokka will want to see you this way, a shell of yourself.” Misty Fly said, unable to see her captain like this.

“Your right, Misty Fly. I need to let him go. But, it's so hard.”

“You can do it. You're the bravest and fastest  Pegasus that ever came from Cloudsdale, which is why you the captain of the Wonderbolts.” Rapidfire said.

Rapidfire’s words touched Spitfire, and she realized that she still had loyalties to her friends, to Celestia, to Equestria, to the world. “Your right, Rapidfire. I need to let this go already.”

==================================================================

Later at the docks, Twilight and Celestia are talking. “I know the risks, but I need to go with him. There is still so much about firebending he doesn't know. I can help him find out.” Twilight said to her former mentor.

“I understand, but the Fire Nation will send assassins to end both, and anypony who is accompanying them.” Celestia said, worried that her newest princess might get killed.

“I don’t care. That Zuko took him twice now, I won’t let him be taken again.” Twilight firmly said.

“Very well then. You can go with your new boyfriend.” Celestia said while smiling.

“Oh thank you Princes...” Twilight then realized what else Celestia said, “He's not my boyfriend!”

Celestia then laughs a little. “My mistake.”

==================================================================

At the docks, Celestia and Luna are waiting for the others. “Are you sure they should go to Omashu?” Luna asked her sister.

“I’m sure Twilight and her friends can handle Bumi and his crazy ways.” Celestia said when the main 6, the Cutie Mark Crusaders, Firebrand, and Agua are coming. Celestia then notices Agua’s neckless. “Where did you get that, Agua?”

“I don’t know. I found it this morning when I woke up. I wasn't sure what it is, but It seamed familiar to me.” Agua answered.

“I’ve seen that before.”

“You have?” Agua asked.

“Yes, after you and Firebrand left, Bastion Yorsets found an old scroll that had a diagram that showed that very same crystal. It also showed 5 others, but only 4 of them he could tell what they were. One of them also looks like Firebrand’s cutie mark if I remember right.” Celestia said, getting different reactions from the group.

“Say what now?” Fire’ said.

“Where is this scroll?” Twilight asked.

“He and a team are translating it now.” Luna said.

“We should get going.” Celestia said as she gets onto a boat with a launchpad for the chariot, followed by the others. Not long after, Celestia gets a note from Bastion, along with Spike, who’s out cold.

“Spike!?” A surprised Rarity said as Celestia reads the note.

“What does it say?” Twilight asked.

“It appears the scroll tells the location of the Avatars.” Celestia said. “It looks like the next Avatar is somewhere in Geo Firma. It also says that Spike wanted to come, and he sent him also. Apparently, it took it’s tool on the little dragon.” Celestia said as Twilight places Spike on her back.

“He should be fine.” Twilight said as Spike begins to snore loudly.

==================================================================

Later that night, Fire’ is running about the opened fields near Canterlot and finds the spot where Twilight used the revilement spell. But instead of the pentagram, he sees his own self in the Avatar State. The personage of himself turns to glare at him angrily, which terrifies Firebrand as wind blows past him. He then sees the others, watching the Avatar State Firebrand send a forceful gust of wind that blows the real Firebrand back. He falls into the room in the Fire Temple he had visited to speak to Roku.

The doors to the room open and shows the personage of Fire’ in the Avatar State, who breathes fire and splits the floor in half. The real Fire’ falls through and lands on a Fire Navy ship in the Southern seas, where he sees Agua in the Avatar State bring up the giant wall of water, before a blinding white appears.

==================================================================

Fire’ then wakes up with a slight scream, then and leaves the room where the gang is sleeping, exiting through a stairway. Twilight wakes up due to the noise and catches sight of him. “Firebrand...” a confused Twilight said as she gets up ad follows him. Twilight finds Fire’ at the deck of the ship as it sails the pacific to Geo Firma. “Do you want to talk?” she asked.

“Nah, it was just a nightmare.” Fire’ said as he looks at some Blue Whales in the distance. “I was in the Avatar State, but I was outside my body watching myself. It was ... terrifying.” Fire’ said as he closes his eyes while Twilight puts her hoof on his shoulder.

==================================================================

The next morning, Twilight, her friends, the CMC (who somehow persuaded their sisters to let them join them), Firebrand and Agua are about ready to fly, with Luna and Celestia deciding to return home to Canterlot. “Fly straight to the Geo Firman base to the east of here,” a Pegasus with a navy blue coat, a light blue-grey mane, yellow eyes and a water drop for a cutie mark said. “General Fong will give you an escort to Omashu. There, you will be safe to begin your search for the next Avatar with King Bumi,” He said as he gives his granddaughter, Agua, a map. “Before you leave, I want to give you this, Agua,” Pakku said as he holds up some kind of flask to Agua.

“This amulet contains water from the Spirit Oasis. The water has unique properties. Don't lose it.” The old Pegasus said as Agua takes the amulet.

“Thanks, Grandpa Pakku.” Agua said as she gives him a slight hug. The Wonderbolts, with the chariot in tow, then fly off for the mainland.

==================================================================

In a village, Iroh is lying on a table, getting a relaxing massage at a resort. “This is what I've missed. Who knew floating on a piece of driftwood for three weeks with no food or water, and vultures waiting to pluck out your liver could make one so tense?” He then looks at a clearly unhappy Zuko and walks over to him. “I see. It's the anniversary, isn't it?”

“Fifteen years ago today I was banished” Zuko bitterly said. “I lost it all, and I want it back. I want one of the Avatars. I want my honor and my throne. I want my father not to think I'm worthless.” He then looks on regretfully.

“I'm sure he doesn't. Why would he banish you if he didn't care?” Zuko then walks away. “That came out wrong, didn't it?”

==================================================================

On a Fire Nation ship, several Earth ponies in full body armor bow as a royal carriage is brought out. Within the carriage is Princess Azula, the daughter of Ozai, niece of Iroh and sister of Zuko. She then steps out of the carriage and walks down the line of soldiers. “My brother and uncle have disgraced the Fire Lord, and have brought shame on all of us. You might have mixed feelings about attacking members of the Royal Family, I understand, but I assure you, if you hesitate, I will not hesitate to bring you down. Dismissed.”

The soldiers then leave as the captain then runs up to her. “Princess, I'm afraid the tides will not allow us to bring the ship into port before nightfall.”  The Captain said.

“I'm sorry, Captain, but I do not know much about the tides. Could you explain something to me?” Azula said to him.

“Of course, Your Highness.” The Captain said.

“Do the tides command this ship?”

“I'm afraid I don't understand.”

“You said the tides will not allow us to bring the ship in.” She then begins to speck in a sharper tone. “Do the tides command this ship?”

“No, Princess.”

“And if I were to throw you overboard, would the tides think twice about smashing you against the rocky shore?”

“No, Princess.” He worriedly answered.

“Well, then maybe you should worry less about the tides who have already made up their mind about killing you, and worry more about me, who's still mulling it over.”

“I'll pull us in.” He then leaves, running more than walking.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, in the skies above Geo Firma, the group are flying over some mountains. “There it is!” Rapidfire called out as he points to the base in question.

Once they land at General Fong's base, he and his soldiers are waiting for them. “Welcome, Avatar Firebrand and Avatar Agua!” General Fong, a Unicorn with a light green coat, a brown mane and tail like Shining Armor’s, and crossed swords for a cutie mark, said once the group stretch a little. “I am General Fong, and welcome, to all of you great heroes! The great Wonderbolts, honest Applejack, Apple Bloom, loyal Rainbow Dash, Scootaloo, generous Rarity, Sweetie Belle, laughing Pinkie Pie, kind Fluttershy, the mighty Twilight Sparkle...”

“Mighty Twilight Sparkle? I like that.” A pleased Twilight said as fireworks go off behind them.

“Not bad, not bad.” Rainbow said as they view the display.

==================================================================

Later, inside the base, General Fong and the team are sitting in a spacious discussion room. “Avatar Agua, we were all amazed at the stories of how you singlehandedly halted an entire Fire Navy fleet at the South Pole.” Fong said as he strokes his beard. “I can't imagine what it feels like to wield such devastating power. It's an awesome responsibility.”

“We try not to think about it too much.” Fire’ casually said, speaking both for him and Agua.

“Avatars, you're ready to face the Fire Lord now.” Fong calmly said, shocking the two.

“What? No were not!” Agua said.

“They still need to master their elements and fond the other Avatars.” Twilight pointed out.

“Why?” Fong asked. “With the kind of power they posses, power enough to destroy hundreds of battle ships in a matter of minutes, just one of them could defeat the Fire Lord now!”

“But sir, the thing is, Fire’ and Agua can only do those things when one of them is in the Avatar State.” Fluttershy said.

“See, it's this special state where--”

“I'm well aware!” Fong sharply said. “Your eyes, mane, tail and hoofs glow and you're able to summon unbelievable power. Without you, we'd be slaughtered before we even reach their shores.” Fong said as he looks at map and guides hoof from the location of the base to the site of the Fire Nation Capital. “But with you leading the way, as the ultimate weapons, we could cut a swath right through to the heart of the Fire Nation.”

“Right, but, we don't know how to get in or out of the Avatar State, much less what to do once we’re there.” Fire’ said.

“So, it's decided then. I'll help you figure out how to get into the Avatar State and then the two of you face your destinies.” Fong said.

At this, the entire group gets up. “No, nothing's decided.” Twilight angrily said. “We already have a plan. Fire’ and Agua are pursuing their destinies their way.”

“Well, while you take your time learning the elements and running around on a wild goose chase, the War goes on. May I show you something?” Fong asked, Fire’ and Agua, and leads them to a window. “That's the infirmary, down there, and those soldiers are the lucky ones.” Fong said as they see several soldiers who are injured and walking slowly, some of them missing limbs.

“They came back. Every day, the Fire Nation takes lives. People are dying, you two! You could end it, now. Think about it.” Agua and Fire’ then leave, slightly unsure.

==================================================================

Out in the open ocean, on Azula's ship, she is training. She stands perfectly straight, holding a small gun that's white with red lines in her hoof. Two really old, around Granny Smith’s age, twin yellow Earth pony mares, who’s names are Lo and Li, are sitting, overseeing her training. Azula then aims her gun toward the sky and fires, generating lightning and firing a large bolt into the sky. “Almost perfect” Lo said.

“One hair out of place.” Li said.

The hair in question is right between her eyes, she the loose strand of hair away. “Almost isn't good enough!” She said as she repeats her actions, generating lightning again and firing it off into the distance.

==================================================================

Meanwhile in the village, Iroh suddenly wakes up from a nap, sits up and stares at the ocean with curiosity.

==================================================================

Back at Fong’s base, it’s nightfall as Agua enters Fong’s discussion room. “General Fong?”

“Come in, Agua.” Fong said. “Have you thought about our discussion?”

“I'm in. I'll fight the Fire Lord.” Agua said.

“What about Firebrand?” Fong asked.

“I don’t know.” She admitted.

==================================================================

Later, Agua enters a room with several plain beds, where the team is resting for the night. She then sits on one such bed. “I told the general I'd help him, by going into the Avatar State.” She said.

“Agua, no! This is not the right way!” Fire’ said as he gets up.

“Why not?” Rainbow asked. “Remember when she took out the Fire Navy? She was incredible!”

“She didn't take out the fleet.” Fire’ pointed out. “She just showed them the power of water, which was enough to make them retreat.”

“He’s right.” Twilight said as she gets up. “And besides, there's a right way to do this. Practice, study, and discipline!”

“You speak from experience, Dear.” Rarity said.

“Yeah, there’s that, or just glow it up and stop that Fire Lord.” Pinkie said.

“If you knuckleheads heads want to throw away everything we've worked for, fine, go ahead and glow it up!” Fire’ said as he, Twilight, Applejack and Rarity storm off.

“Guys, I'm just being realistic! I don't have time to do this the right way! Especially since Sozin’s Comet will be here in two years!” Agua defended.

==================================================================

The next day, Fong, the team, and another soldier are sitting in an outdoor room, with the soldier pouring some tea. “This rare chi-enhancing tea is a natural stimulant.” The solder said as he places a white flower in the cup, completing it. “In an ordinary warrior, it improves strength and energy tenfold. In you, it may induce the Avatar State.” He said as he gives Agua the tea.

“Tenfold energy, huh?” Agua said as she drinks the tea, causing her eyebrows to twitch slightly. Two-seconds later, Agua is running rapidly on walls, hyper from the energy boost. “Isitworking?Isitworking?Ican'ttell!

SomeponytellmeifI'mintheAvatarState'causeIdon'thaveagoodviewofmyself!AmItalkingtooloud?” She quickly said in a high-pitched voice.

“I guess we could give that tea to Pinkie and she could talk the Fire Lord to death.” Rainbow suggested as Agua hits a pillar and falls backward.

==================================================================

Later at a dimly lit room, where Agua is standing, wearing an outfit consisting of a Water Tribe cloak, an Earth Kingdom hat with leaves coming out of the top, part of a Fire Nation soldier outfit, an Air Nomad monk robe, a Lightning Warrior helmet and what appears to be a belt. “What is she wearing?” Rarity said with a gag.

“She is wearing a ceremonial piece of clothing from each of the bending nations.” An oracle said. “Now I will join five of the six elements into one! Water,” pours a jug of water into the bowl, “earth,” pours in a bowl of dirt, “fire,” takes nearby torch and throws it in, “lightning,” puts in an active plasma globe, causing a small explosion of plasma, “air!” releases a gust of air from wooden contraption. “Five elements together as one!” The oracle then raises the bowl and flings the contents at Agua, coating her in mud and a few broken pieces of glass.

“This is just mud and burnt glass!” An annoyed Agua said.

“So ... do you feel anything?” Fong quizzically asked, only for Agua to toss some of the mud into his face, which he quickly wipes away while Rainbow laughs. “We have to find a way.”

==================================================================

At Zuko and Iroh's place of stay, the room dark inside as the two walk in, with Iroh dropping a bag, which several various shells fall from. Iroh then begins picking up and examining the different shells, starting with a small conch. “Look at these magnificent shells! I'll enjoy these keepsakes for years to come.”

“We don't need anymore useless things! You forget, we have to carry everything ourselves now!” Zuko pointed out as he turns on the lights.

That's when they see a very unpleasant sight: Azula. “Hello, brother. Uncle.”

“What are you doing here?” Zuko said angrily.

“In my country, we exchange a pleasant hello before asking questions. Have you become uncivilized so soon, Zuzu?”

“Don't call me that!”

“To what do we owe this honor?” Iroh said, who is clearly upset.

“Hmmm ... must be a family trait. Both of you so quick to get to the point.” She said as she breaks a shell her hoof was above. “I've come with a message from home. Father's changed his mind. Family is suddenly very important to him.

He's heard rumors of plans to overthrow him; treacherous plots. Family are the only ones you can really trust. Father regrets your banishment. He wants you home.” Azula said, but gets a few moments of silence.

“Did you hear me? You should be happy. Excited. Grateful. I just gave you great news.” Azula said to her older brother.

“I'm sure your brother simply needs a moment.” Iroh said.

“Don’t interrupt uncle!” A furious Azula shouted. “I still haven't heard my thank you.” Azula said, getting annoyed. “I'm not a messenger. I didn't have to come all this way.”

“Father regrets? He ... wants me back?” A surprised Zuko said

“I can see you need time to take this in. I'll come to call on you tomorrow. Good evening.” Azula said as she exits, leaving Zuko to ponder what has just been said.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, at Fong's base, Agua is watching the sunset over in the horizon, when Twilight and Fire’ walk up. “Can we talk about something?” Fire’ asked.

“Sure.” Agua said.

“You do remember when your mother dies in front of you? Right?” Fire’ said.

“Right.”

“It must have been so horrible and traumatic for you. And when you began to remember her during the Siege of the South, we saw you get so upset that you weren't even you anymore.”

“We’re not saying the Avatar State doesn't have incredible and helpful power ... but you have to understand ... for those who love you, watching you be in that much rage and pain is really scary.” Twilight said, remembering when she casted the spell on Fire’ that started all of this.

“I'm really glad you told me that.” Agua said. “But I still need to do this.”

“I don't understand.” An upset Fire’ said.

“No, you don't.” Agua said. “Every day, more and more people die. Defeating the Fire Lord is the only way to stop this war. I have to at least try!”

“I can't watch you do this to yourself. I'm not coming tomorrow.” Fire’ said as he leaves, followed by Twilight.

“Good night.” Twilight said to Agua.

“Good night.”

==================================================================

Back to Zuko and Iroh's house, it’s now nightfall as Zuko packs some of his remaining belongings. “We're going home! After 15 long years, it's unbelievable!” Zuko said to his uncle, who’s staring out the window thoughtfully.

“It is unbelievable. I have never known my brother to regret anything.” Iroh pointed out.

“Did you listen to Azula? Father's realized how important family is to him! He cares about me!” An irritated Zuko said.

“I care about you! And if Ozia wants you back, well, I think it may not be for the reasons you imagine.”

“You don't know how my father feels about me. You don't know anything!”

“Zuko, I only meant that in our family, things are not always what they seem.”

“I think you are exactly what you seem! A lazy, mistrustful, shallow old stallion who's always been jealous of his brother!” Zuko yelled as he storms off, leaving a sadden Iroh.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, Firebrand is caught in another dream. The dream takes place in the Everfree Forest rivers on Zuko's ship, where the Avatar State Firebrand rises from the water, riding a water vortex. The personage lands on deck and sweeps away the real Fire’ with waterbending. The personage then turns to Zuko and performs a downward, cutting motion...

==================================================================

Suddenly, Fire’ wakes up, panting. “I can’t let this go on.”

==================================================================

The next morning, Zuko is getting ready to return home. He descends a stone staircase, carrying his bags. “Wait!” Iroh called as he runs down the stairs after Zuko. “Don't leave without me!”

At this, Zuko turns around and smiles. “Uncle! You've changed your mind!”

“Family sticks together, right?” Iroh said as they resume their decent.

“We're finally going home!” Zuko said as they see Azula’s ship in the harbor, but Iroh just looks at the ship with suspicion.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, in Fong’s discussion room, “The thing is, I don't think we'll ever be able to trigger the Avatar State for either of us on purpose. So I guess that's it.” Fire’ humbly said to Fong, as Agua and the others (minus Twilight) enter, hearing Fire’s point.

“You sure I can't change your mind?” Fong calmly said.

“I'm sure.” Fire’ said as Agua stands beside him. “We can only reach the Avatar State when we’re in genuine danger.”

“I see.” Fong said. “I was afraid you'd say that.” Fong then kicks his entire desk at the two Avatars, sending them soaring across the room. The others attempt to help, but they’re held down by some soldiers. The impact sends Fire’ and Agua crashing through the wall and flying out of the building. Luckily, Agua catches Fire’ before he hits the ground.

The two then look up and Fong walking over toward the hole that was created from the impact and points to them. “Troops! Attack the Avatars!” Fire’ and Agua are then surrounded by several Geo Firman soldiers as Fong jumps out of the building and caught by two Pegasi, taking out a pistol and sends a wave of bullets at the two, but Fire’ creates a shield and blocks it.

“What are you doing?” an alarmed Agua asked the crazy general.

“I believe we're about to get results.” Fong slyly said as the Unicorn soldiers prepare to fire giant coins at the two Avatars using magic. Fire’ and Agua avoid two oncoming coins and soars in the air parallel to the ground between two more coins that are thrown at them and land safely on the ground.

“We’re not your enemy! We won't fight you!” Fire’ said as Agua takes him and jumps into the air as four more coins are sent their way, crashing into each other. As they begin their descent, another giant coin is sent skidding toward them, crashing into one of the four stationary coins. The two land on the ground where the coin was standing just moments ago. Two of the other stationery coins are closed together.

Fire’ and Agua are now trapped inside the holes of the coins, rolling speedily away. An Earth pony breaks the coins, crumbling them to bits. Fire’ and Agua land on the ground, rise and face the rest of the soldiers. Meanwhile, the others are still being held down by the soldiers, but Rainbow raises her hoofs and steps on their hoofs forcefully. The two soldiers release their grip and fall forward onto the ground in pain, which the others do, they then run away to help Fire’ and Agua.

Outside, Agua narrowly avoids two more coins sent at her, one flying above, one flying below. Two more coins are sent from the opposite sides of the ring, threatening to crush her. Agua manages to escape by dodging through the holes in the coins just as they collide together and fall to the ground. Rocketing in the air using firebending, Fire’ zigzags past several soldiers who attempt to slow him down by conjuring up brick walls in his path. Two Pegasus soldiers chase after him as Fire’ flies past and scales up the wall of the base.

As he's rocketing up the wall, the two soldiers are following him in hot pursuit. Fire’ narrowly dodge two spears coming his way. He falls to the ground as the two soldiers land on the wall and descend to the ground after him. Fire’ somersaults forward as he avoids their spear attacks yet again and lands onto the ground, a giant coin embedded into it. The coin is suddenly sent upward and dragged forward, Fire’ being trapped in its hole as the coin lands in front of Fong. “You can't run forever!”

“You can't fight forever!” Fire’ said to Fong, who leaps forward and crushes the coin, just as Agua flies in and gets Fire’ away.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, Zuko and Iroh are approaching Azula's ship, with Azula standing quietly on top of a ramp leading up to the ship. Royal Procession guards are standing on either side of them as they walk, forming an aisle. Iroh averts his eyes suspiciously between the guards as they reach the ship and bow as the guards behind them then walk forward and close the aisle. “Brother, Uncle, welcome! I'm so glad you decided to come.” Azula said to the two.

At this, Iroh opens his eyes slightly and casts a suspicious glance at the guards. “Are we ready to depart, Your Highness?” The captain asked Azula.

“Set our course for home, captain.” Azula sweetly said.

“Home.”

The captain then walks up the ramp and raising his hoof in gesture. “You heard the princess! Raise the anchors! We're taking the prisoners home!” The captain then widens his eyes in realization at his mistake as Azula expresses a look of surprise, then fury. “Your Highness, I...” He nervously began, only for Azula to take out a flamethrower and, using blue fire, uses it to incinerate the captains head off.

At this, Iroh, who narrows his eyes, suddenly begins attacking the guards. He pushes them off the edge of the walkway and sends fire blasts their way as Zuko stomps furiously up the ramp and throws whats left of the captain off. “You lied to me!” Zuko yelled.

“Like I've never done that before.” Azula smugly said as she turns her back to him and walks away, as two guards standing near her shoot their flamethrowers at Zuko, who ducks and charges onto the ship after Azula.

==================================================================

Back to Fire’ and Agua, the two avoid three coins that slam onto the ground, threatening to crush them. They run as another coin rolls their way. Meanwhile, at the helicopter launch pad, Twilight and the Wonderbolts are busy packing, when they begin to hear the nose from the fight. “I wonder what crazy thing they're trying to do now.” Spitfire said as she places her saddlebag in the chariot.

They then hear feel the rumble from the fight, which makes them worried. “Maybe I should just make sure Fire’s okay.” Twilight said as she flies to the fight, followed by the Wonderbolts. They reach the edge of the arena and sees that Fong and his troops are attacking Fire’ and Agua. She then sees her friends and flies toward them, avoiding some coins along the way. “What's going on?” Twilight frantically asked.

“The general's gone crazy!” Rainbow answered. “He's trying to force either Agua or Fire’ into the Avatar State!” At this, Twilight runs into the arena and takes out some of the soldiers using a knockout spell. Rainbow then flies up and heads toward Twilight, taking some of the weapons of the soldiers along the way, while the others, particularly Applejack, buck any soldiers near them. Fong then summons several giant coins, and rolls them toward Twilight before coming to a standstill.

Fong then looks back at Firebrand, who has managed to escape up a stairway. “Maybe you can avoid me ... but she can't.” Fong said as he casts a spell to begin sinking her into the ground. Twilight twists around, and is buried knee-deep at her back legs.

“I can't move!” Twilight said as she tries to break free.

“Don't hurt her!” A worried Fire’ called out as he leaps onto the ground and sends a blast of fire at Fong, who summons a magic shield to block the attack. Fong then sinks Twilight into the ground further, this time burying her waist deep. The others see this, but they can’t get to Twilight due to the soldiers following Fong’s orders. “Stop this, you have to let her go!” Fire’ desperately said.

“You could save her if you were in the Avatar State!” Fong yelled.

“I'm trying ... I'm trying!” Fire’ said as tears form in his eyes.

“Firebrand, I'm sinking!” Twilight frantically said as she twists around again and is buried chest deep.

“I don't see glowing!” A demanding Fong yelled as Twilight becomes buried neck-deep.

“Please!” A desperate Twilight begged.

“You don't need to do this!” Fire’ begged.

“Apparently, I do” Fong scornfully said as he casts the spell again, sinking Twilight completely. She cries out in fear before being completely buried in the ground as Fire’ leaps forward and attempts to save her, however, he falls short. Just then, Fire’s his mane and tail begin to glow orange. He turns his head to face Fong, the Avatar State now triggered.

“It worked! It worked!” Fong triumphantly said, only for a air blast sent his way does his triumphant expression soon becomes one of fear as he realizes the situation. Fire’ then performs the downward cutting motion he saw in his dreams and pushes Fong back with a powerful blast of air. Fong lands roughly on the ground as Fire’ begins rising on an earth vortex.

==================================================================

Meanwhile, Zuko leaps onto the deck of the ship and pushes the two guards off the ship and lands on deck. Azula is standing patiently several meters away, her back turned to him. Azula just smirks as Zuko takes out two daggers. Meanwhile, Iroh continues to attack the guards on the walkway. He pushes several guards away and grabs one and wrestles him.

“Zuko! Let's go!” Iroh yelled as he hurls the guard over the edge and steps to the side to avoid another guard's attack. Unfortunately, Zuko charges at Azula with his daggers and attempts to strike Azula, only for the princess to acutely dodge all of his blows. She continues to smirk at her brother as Zuko keeps attacking and Azula keeps avoiding. Zuko brings down his hoof hand to land another blow, however, Azula manages to push him away.

“You know, Father blames Uncle for the loss of the South Pole. And he considers you a miserable failure for not finding the Avatars!” Azula said to a heavily panting Zuko. “Why would he want you back home, except to lock you up where you can no longer embarrass him?” Zuko then leaps into the air and sends his daggers at Azula, who jumps and lands safely on the deck several meters away.

Zuko charges at her as she rises to her hoofs. After dodging several more attacks, she manages to scrape his forehead with his own dagger, leaving a large scratch mark on his temple. Zuko falls back a few meters from the impact and yells as he charges at her again. The two continue to duel, eventually making their way up a stairway that leads to the central control area of the ship as Azula manages grab hold of Zuko's arm. A few seconds pause as the two stand silently, Zuko widening his eyes in alarm.

Azula then knocks him to his hoofs with her blue fire flamethrower. Zuko lands roughly at the bottom of the stairwell. Azula then takes her lightning gun and prepares to fire at a stunned Zuko. She’s about to attack and fire the bolt at her brother, only for Iroh to step in suddenly, grab hold of her gun and redirects the lightning, causing it to strike a far-off cliff side. He then bends her downward and kicks her off the ship. Iroh then takes Zuko and the two run away from the ship.

==================================================================

Back at Fong's base, Fire’ is rising on the earth vortex, still under the control of the Avatar State. “Avatar Firebrand! Can you hear me?” A pleading Fong began to say. “Your friend is safe!” The crazy Unicorn said as he brings Twilight back above ground, who looks up at Fire’ in misery.

“It was just a trick to trigger the Avatar State ... AND IT WORKED!” Fire’ then swivels about on the vortex and lands on the ground forcefully, causing a flurry of dust to spread. Fong is sent back several meters back while Twilight remains rooted to the ground where she was. The soldiers see the torrent of dust rumbling their way. After the dust clears, the ground is broken and in ruins.

“Agua, you got to stop Fire’!” Applejack yelled to the Water Avatar, who nervously nods a yes and flies into the vortex, and grabs Fire,’ still under the influence of the Avatar State.

“Fire’! You have to st--” But before Agua could finished, she too enters the Avatar State, her mane, tail, hoofs and eyes glowing a light blue.

“Great, not their both unstoppable forces of nature.” Rainbow said as she and Scootaloo take cover behind some rubble.

Just then, both Fire’ and Agua’s spirit leave their bodies and rise into the air. “What’s going on?” A surprised Fire’ asked as Roku's dragon, Fang, passes by, with Avatar Roku riding on top of the beast, who puts Agua and Fire’ on it’s back.

“It's time you learned,” Roku said to the two Avatars as they fly higher above the dusty clouds.

“About what?” Agua asked.

“About the Avatar State,” Roku said as they see many small figures floating in the distance. “The Avatar State is a defense mechanism, designed to empower you with the skills and knowledge of all the past Avatars,” Roku said as he shows them a Pegasus mare Avatar, who stands surrounded by rocky mountain terrain. Her eyes glow for a moment and she assumes a fighting stance. She then performs a series of moves which cause the two giant statues to rise into the air, and sends them flying. “The glow is the combination of all your past lives, focusing their energy through your body,” Roku said as he shows them a stallion Earth pony Avatar, riding on top of a raft in the middle of the ocean.

His eyes glow momentarily before he raises his arms and summons a gigantic tsunami-like wave. Roku then shows them a Unicorn mare Avatar, who is standing in a grassy field surrounded by trees. Her eyes glow briefly as she swings her arms and swivels around, conjuring powerful winds. The wind is so strong that the forest is blown violently and some trees are uprooted. “In the Avatar State, you are at your most powerful,” Roku said as he shows them a stallion Alicorn Avatar, who summons a powerful thunderstorm, with tornados forming as lightning crashes, “but you are also at your most vulnerable.”

“What do you mean?” Fire’ asked.

“If one of you is killed in the Avatar State, the reincarnation cycle will be broken and the Avatar of that element will cease to exist.” Roku said as the two return to their bodies, surrounded by a dome of air. Both Fire’ and Agua’s spirits are brought back to their physical selves and they exit the Avatar State. They then fall to the ground, weak as Fire’ surveys the damage he caused to the base. It’s in ruins, houses destroyed and the giant coins flung about. Twilight, completely unharmed from the whole ordeal, runs up to Fire’ and hugs him.

“I'm sorry, Twilight.” Fire’ regretfully said as the others (minus Rainbow), walk up. “I hope you never have to see me like that again.”

“Ha! Are you joking? That was almost perfect! We just have to find out a way to control you when you're like that.” Fong triumphantly, then thoughtfully said.

“You're out of your mind!” A clearly angry Fire’ said.

“I guess we'll figure it out on the way to the Fire Nation.” Fong said, only to have Rainbow to sneak up behind him and bonk him on the head with a large club, which knocks him out cold.

“Anypony got a problem with that?” Rainbow asked the soldiers, who shake their heads, saying no.

“Do you still want an escort to Omashu?” A soldier asked.

“I think we're all set.” An annoyed Agua said as the group gets onto the chariot and takes off. Soon, Spike wakes up.

“W-Who? What? Where? Why?” He quickly said as he looks around and sees the tired group. “Did I miss anything?”

“Not much, Spike.” Twilight said to her assistant.

==================================================================

At the resort Iroh and Zuko were at, Azula is standing on the balcony of one of the residential buildings, with two Royal Procession guards standing behind to protect her. Azula then holds up wanted poster, with her brother and uncle on it. “Anyone who harbors these traitors will face the wrath of the Fire Lord!” She yelled, causing the residents to cower in fear. “There will be no place left to hide!”

==================================================================

Meanwhile, by a riverside, Zuko and Iroh are running frantically. The two finally stop  at a riverbank and fall to the ground, catching their breaths. “I think we're safe here.” Iroh said as Zuko pulls out a small dagger. Iroh, who closes his eyes, knows his nephew's next actions.

He casts a look at Zuko, who holds the knife under his ponytail, and slices it off with the knife. Zuko holds it in his hoof and looks at it for a moment before passing the knife to Iroh, who cuts off his topknot. Zuko then drops his ponytail in the river, while Iroh does the same with his topknot. The see the two topknots float down the river as they stand quietly on the bank.

Chapter 5, The Blind Bandit

The Elements of Nature, Book 2

Chapter 5, The Blind Bandit

At Geoping, the group make it out of the Foggy Swamp. They're surrounded by all the brightly colored billboard, sings, and ponies, when Rarity spots a shop. “Oooh!” Rarity giggled as she runs for the shop, followed by Sweetie Belle.

“This place is huge. How are we going to find another Avatar here?” Twilight said. “Geoping is the third biggest city in Geo Firma, behind only Omashu and Ba Sing Se.”

“Wait, where’s Rarity and Sweetie Belle?” Rainbow asked, only for Agua to point toward the shop, where they see Rarity looking at a purple saddlebag with gold seems and gems, one being used as a button.

“It's pricey ... but I really do like it.” A pensive Rarity said.

“Then you should get it. You deserve something nice, sis.” Sweetie said.

“Your right.” Rarity said as she picks up the bag and shows it to the shop owner, pays three gold coins (five in Equestrian bits), and leaves with her new saddlebag.

“Did ya really have to get a new bag, Rarity?” Applejack asked

“Oh, come now, Applejack. After a whole year away from home, we should at least have a little fun every once in a while.” Rarity said as she places her most important items in her new bag, like soap, shampoo, and a picture of her and her sister.

As Rarity says this, two colts, one a Pegasus and the other a Unicorn, in the local academies uniforms, walk by. “I think The Boulder's going to win back the belt at Earth Rumble VI!” The Pegasus said.

“He's going to have to fight his way through the best fighters in Geo Firma to get the chance!” The Unicorn pointed out.

“Excuse me, but where is this Tournament, exactly?” Rainbow asked as they got closer.

“It's on the island of Noneya ...‘None ya’ business!” The colts than laugh and walk away.

“Why did you ask them about that tournament?” Fire’ asked Rainbow.

“Hey, Rarity’s right, we should at least have some fun and take a break.” Rainbow said. “Too bad they won’t tell us.”

“I'll take care of this." Agua said. "Hey, strong guys! Wait up!” She then runs after the students around a corner.

“Do you think she can tell us where this tournament is, Firebrand?” Twilight asked him.

“You ready to some fun? Because we're going to Earth Rumble VI!” Agua said.

“How'd you get them to tell ya, sugarcube?” Applejack asked her.

“Oh ... a mare has her ways.” Agua said while smiling as they head for the Tournament. On the corner where Agua talked to them, the two colts are frozen together at the head, encased in ice at an alley.

==================================================================

Nightfall, and the find the entrance to the location of Earth Rumble VI: a lighted tunnel in a rock face. Ponies enter the tunnel and head down a hall where the competition will be held. A large rectangular arena is located in the middle. The arena has stairs running down to a lower, oval-shaped area. Seats for the spectators start at the same level as the arena. The gang walk into an empty row of seats. “Hey, front row seats! I wonder why no one else is sitting here.” Appel Bloom said as they sit down. Suddenly, a spear is thrown in their direction and it hits the seats behind them, barley hitting Fire’s head.

“I guess that's why.” Agua said as they head further up the seats to where its safe.

A Pegasus stallion walks to the center of the arena and grabs a microphone. “Welcome to Earth Rumble VI! I am your host, Xin Fu!”

Twilight than sighs out of realization. “This is just going to be a bunch of guys chucking rocks at each other, isn't it?”

“Sounds like it.” Rarity said.

“The rules are simple. Just knock your opponent out of the ring, and you win!” He then leaps up to a podium above the ring as a bell rings. “First up, The Boulder vs. The Big Bad Hippo!” The Boulder steps up as the crowd goes wild. He has a terra-cotta coat, earth green mane and tail, he also has a dumbbell for a cutie mark. He has a bow and arrow with him, with the arrows having boxing gloves on the tips. The Big Bad Hippo then steps forward. He has a moth that's like a real hippos. He has a yellow coat with a brown mane and tail with a hippopotamus for a cutie mark. He also has a large club.

The Boulder then points to the Hippo. “Listen up, Hippo. You may be big, but you ain't bad! The Boulder's gonna win this in a landslide!”

“Hippo ... mad!” The Hippo then raises his front legs in anger and stomps one foot. The Boulder fires three arrows that crash into The Hippo, but he doesn't move. He catches one arrow with his mouth, chews on it and spits it out. The Hippo then jumps up and down, causing the surface of the arena to tilt. The Boulder hereby looses his balance.

“Unbelievable, mares and gentlecolts! The Hippo is rocking the roof!” The Boulder reaches the edge, but saves himself at the last second. He grabs a large rock and throws it at his opponent, hitting him on the back. As The Hippo turns around to look at him, The Boulder tackles The Hippo and throws him out of the ring. The Hippo crashes in the lower area of around the arena and the fight ends thus in The Boulder’s favor.

“The Boulder wins!”

“That was interesting.” Rainbow said to the others as the...

“Next match ... The Boulder vs. Fire Nation Mare!”

The Fire Nation Mare while happily waving a Fire Nation flag. The crowd boos loudly. “Please, to rise for Fire Nation National Anthem!” She then begins to sing, loudly. “Fire Lord! My flame burns for thee!” Rocks are then thrown at her by a booing crowd.

“Go back to the Fire Nation!” Rainbow yelled out as she throws a rock that hits Fire Nation Mare’s head. Before she could recover from the hit on the head, The Boulder grabs her and throws her out of the ring. After a few more rounds, the last round is here.

“I thought this would never be over.” Twilight said.

“Tell me about it.” Firebrand said to her.

“Who do you think this champion is anyway. He must be strong if he beat the Boulder before.” Scootaloo said to the group.

“I have a feeling we’ll find out.” Agua said to her as Xin Fu goes to the center of the stage.

“Now, the moment you've all been waiting for. The Boulder vs. your champion ... The Blind Bandit!” Xin Fu said as a young mare comes into view, holding the belt above her head and wearing a cape. Two female assistants carry off the cape and the belt. She’s around the same age as Agua and Firebrand. She is carrying a scythe with rock patterns on the blade has a black diamond where the blade leaves the staff, along with a sand brown mane and tail with earth green streaks, and an earth green coat. Her cutie mark is a mountain, like the pattern on her sand brown hoofs.

“She can't really be blind. It's just part of her character, right?” Fluttershy said with worry in her voice.

“I think she is.” Firebrand said as he looks into the Blind Bandit's greenish eyes. “Theres something familiar about her.”

“This will defiantly be interesting.” Twilight said as the Boulder and the Blind Bandit face each other.

“I can’t look.” Pinkie said as she covers her eyes, only for her to slightly lift one of them so she can watch.

“The Boulder feels conflicted about fighting a young blind mare!” He said to the earth green mare.

“Sounds to me that you're scared, Boulder!” The young mare said to him mockingly.

“The Boulder's over his conflicted feelings, and now he's ready to bury you in a landslide!”

“Whenever you're ready, The Pebble!” She then laughs. Firebrand then flashes back to his vision in the swamp of a young, blind mare laughing.

“It's on!”

“I remember now.”

“You do? Where did you see her?” Twilight asked, trying her best to hide the jealousy in her voice.

“In the swamp, from my vision.”

In the ring, the Blind Bandit listens for the boulders movements, and detects them using seismic sense. Using this, she pulls out her scythe and, while The Boulder is least expecting it, catches his leg and makes him do a painful a split. She then bucks the Boulder out of the ring. “Your winner, and still the champion, The Blind Bandit!”

“How’d she do that?” Apple Bloom asked.

“She waited ... and listened. Using earthbending.” Firebrand said.

Xin Fu than flies down and lands next to the Blind Bandit. “To make things a little more interesting, I'm offering up this sack of gold pieces to anyone who can defeat the Blind Bandit!”

“One of us needs to talk to her.” Fire’ said while looking at Rainbow.

“Why are you looking at me?” The cyanic Pegasus asked.

“You have the best chance.”

“What? No one dares to face her?” Xin Fu called out again.

“Fine.” Rainbow reluctantly agreed. “I will!” She called out as she flies down to the ring.

“Do people really want to see two little fillies fighting out here?” The Blind Bandit said, getting a, ‘Oooh!’ from the audience.

“As much as I like to, I don't really want to fight you. I just want to talk to you.” Rainbow said as Xin Fu flies up to the announcement box.

“This should be interesting.” He said as the Blind Bandit runs up to Rainbow and bucks her.

“Ow!” Twilight said as Rainbow falls to the ground, but catches herself just in time and hovers a few meters away from the Blind Bandit.

“Somepony's a little light on her hoofs!” The Bland Bandit said, not able to tell where Rainbow is now. “What's your fighting name: Twinkle Hoofs?” The Blind Bandit asked as Rainbow gently lands a few meters behind her. Sensing this, the Blind Bandit slashers her scythe at Rainbow, who takes to the air. “Where'd you go?” She asked.

“Wait, please.” Rainbow said from behind.

“There you are!” The Blind Bandit said as she take Rainbow by her tail, using her teeth, and pulls her in. “I’m gonna enjoy this, Twinkle Hoofs.”

“This is not good.” Fire’ said as Fluttershy, Scootaloo and Pinkie Pie turn away, while Applejack looks on eagerly as the Bland Bandit buck Rainbow all the way to them.

“Ow!” Rainbow said as she falls to the ground, completely disoriented.

“Rainbow! Are you okay?” Scootaloo said as she stands over Rainbow’s herd.

“Ask me again, when there’s only one of you.”

==================================================================

The next morning, after they checked Rainbow into the closest hospital, the group meet by the market. “Any luck?” Twilight asked the others.

“Nothing.”

“Buckets.”

“Nada.”

“It’s almost like she don't even exists.” Applejack said. Then she sees Rainbow flying over to them. “Eff'n it ain’t th' livin' punchin' bag.”

“Arn’t you ever gonna drop that, AJ?” Rainbow asked.

“Nope, never.” Applejack said, putting a big frown on Rainbows face.

“If we want to find the Blind Bandit, the Academy is a great place to start.” Fire’ said, trying to change the subject as he heads for the academy, where meet with the same two colts from yesterday.

“Oh great, you again.” The Unicorn said.

Agua then glares at them, causing them to back off. “Yeah, I didn't think so.”

“We need to find the Blind Bandit. Do you guys know where she lives?” Fire’ asked.

“The Blind Bandit's a mystery. She shows up to fight, then disappears.” The Pegasus said.

Agua then places a hoof on Firebrand’s shoulder. “Let me handle this.” She the approaches the two students with a stern look. “You're not telling us everything!” She accusingly said.

“I--I swear it's true! No one knows where she goes, or who she really is.” The Pegasus said out of fear.

“That's because we're asking about the wrong pony.” Fire’ realized.

“What are you getting at, Fire’?” Twilight asked him.

"Well, in my vision, I saw a mare, in a white dress, with a pet flying boar. Know anypony like that?” Fire’ asked the colts.

“Well, a flying boar is the symbol of the Beifong family. They're the richest ponies in town.” The Unicorn said.

“Yeah, but they don't have a daughter.” The Pegasus finished. “They do have a son.”

“A flying boar is good enough for me. Let's check it out.” Fire’ said as he leaves with the others.

“Yeah, you'd better leave.” One of the colts quietly said.

“Hey, I got my eye on you.” Agua said to them.

==================================================================

At the Earth Rumble VI venue, the Boulder is talking to Xin Fu. “I'm telling you, The Boulder was standing right there. I saw the filly move, but the Blind Bandit couldn't see her. That multicolored Pegasus must have took the dive to split the money with the Blind Bandit.”

“Nopony cheats Xin Fu.” He said out of anger as he slams at the wall, causing some rocks to fall.

==================================================================

Later at the Beifong estate, the gang arrives. “That's the flying boar from my vision. Come on!” Firebrand said.

They enter the courtyard when, suddenly, part of the ground lifts up, launching them into the air. They then see the Blind Bandit in a white dress on the ground nearby. “What are you doing here, Twinkle Hoofs?” The Blind Bandit asked Rainbow.

“How did you know we were coming?” Agua asked her.

“How did you find me?” The Blind Bandit asked.

“Well, a crazy king told me that, in order to find the Earth Avatar, we had to find an earthbender who listens to the earth. And then I had a vision in a magic swamp, and -”

“What Fire’ is trying to say is, he's the Avatar of Fire, while Agua here is the Avatar of Water. Were looking for the Avatar of Earth, and we think you might be the Earth Avatar.” Twilight told her.

“Not my problem. Now, get out of here, or I'll call the guards.” She said.

“Terra, who are these ponies, and why are you showing them your earthbending?” Terra then turns around, while the others see where the voice is coming from. Her older brother, Geo, is heading for them. Unlike his sister, he has a sand brown coat and an earth green mane and tail. He has light green eyes, and a horseshoe for a cutie mark.

“They are looking for the Avatar of Earth, Geo.” Terra said to him.

“Really.”

“Look, we don’t want any trouble. Were just looking for the Earth Avatar.” Firebrand told them.

Geo looks at his sister and nods. She then lowers the earth. “Come. Lets head in.” Geo said to them. Later, inside the dining hall, Geo and Terra are talking to their unexpected guests. “Your lucky our parents are away. Avatars or not, they would have you guys beheaded.” Geo told them as they drank tea.

“They would.” Fluttershy said.

“Yeah. Their kind of overprotective.” Terra told to them.

“Oh, grate.” Rainbow said.

“Look. I know my sister here is the Avatar of Earth, but if mom and dad found out, she would never see the light of day again, if you know what I mean.” Geo said to them.

“I understand, but if we have any chance against the Fire Nation, we need all the Avatars.” Agua said to them.

“When did you first find out about your bending?” Spike asked.

“Even though I was born blind, I've never had a problem seeing. I see with earthbending. It's kind of like seeing with my hoofs. I feel the vibrations in the Earth, and I can see where everything is. You, that tree outside ... even those ants near Rarity's.”

They then look at Rarity’s cup, and see some ants around it. “Disgusting.” Rarity said as she moves the cup from the ants and brushes them off the table. The others soon laugh as they head outside, with it almost being nightfall.

“That's amazing, how your able to see through the earth!” Twilight said to Terra as they walk around the garden.

“Yeah, but my parents don't understand.” Terra said. “They've always treated me like I was helpless.”

“Is that why you became the Blind Bandit?” Spike asked, getting a nod from Terra.

“Then why stay here where you're not happy?” Pinkie asked.

“I asked that.” Geo said. “They're our parents. Where else is she supposed to go?”

“Terra could come with us.” Fire’ suggested.

“Yeah. You guys get to go wherever you want. No one telling you what to do, that's the life. It's just not my life.” Suddenly, Terra detects something and touches the ground. “We're being ambushed!” Terra said, but it’s too late as the Earth Rumble VI wrestlers surround them, along with Xin Fu.

“I think you foals owe me some money.” Xin Fu said as he pulls out a knife.

“This isn’t good.” Fire’ said as he pulls out his sword.

“Theses guys take that tournament way too seriously.” Agua said as she takes out her trident, while Terra takes out her scythe as Fluttershy, Pinkie, Spike, the CMC and Geo hide behind a rock. One of the wrestlers, called the Gecko, crawls along the floor and becomes aware of Terra's presence. He fires two arrows which she easily dodges. She bends up a series of pillars, sending him flying out of the courtyard.

The Gopher tunnels behind Terra and heads for Agua, and sends a rock at her head. She grabs the rock with waterbending and returns it, knocking him out. The Boulder and The Hippo prepare to attack Fire’ and Twilight. The Headhunter flies in from behind to complete the ambush, however, thinking quickly, Fire’ uses his magic to deflect the Headhunter and sends him on a collision course with the other two wrestlers, knocking them down. “Nice thinking, Fire.’” Twilight said as Xin Fu sneaks up on her, wrapping one of his legs around Twilight’s neck and places a small dagger near Twilight’s head.

“Twilight!” Fire’ said as he turns around to see Xin Fu. “Let her go, now!” Fire’ said in a stern and angry voice.

“What are you going to do about it? If she even makes a twitch, she is a dead mare. And even if you knock the dagger out of my hoof, I can just break her neck.” Xin Fu said. “And besides, I’m sure the Fire Nation will pay a hefty price for an Alicorn, dead or alive.”

“Firebrand. Help!” Twilight said as Xin Fu slowly strangles her.

“Let. Her. Go. NOW!” Fire’ said as he begins to glow.

==================================================================

On a remote island, a small crown that's like Twilight’s tiara, only with a red gem in the shape of fire, and the gold pointing up like flames, begins to glow in the jungle. It’s right next to a white orb that appears to be alive.

==================================================================

At the Beifong estate, Firebrand begins to be cover in fire. His mane and tail become blue fire while the rest of him becomes white fire, while his sword and eyes become orange fire. Both Xin Fu and Twilight are horrified by what just happened to Firebrand. Fire’ then disappears in a flash.

“Huh.” Xin Fu began. “Where did he go...” Before he could finish, Firebrand appears behind her and throws him across the courtyard.

“Firebrand? I didn't know you could do that.” A shocked Twilight said.

“I didn't either. I just became so worried about you that this happened.” Fire’ then stops when he realizes what he just said. Though he is still made of fire, Twilight can see that he’s blushing. She blushes too.

==================================================================

On top of a hill, an insectoid like creature carrying a samurai sword sees Fire’ and stays in place. The creature is like a changeling, only with white armor with red spikes coming out of his shoulders. He also has red eyes and is carrying a katana.

==================================================================

“Okay, I’m sick of this.” A clearly annoyed Terra said as her neckless (which looks like her cutie mark) begins to glow. Her mane and tail become sand while her body and scythe become pure earth and stone.

“Same here.” Agua said as her neckless begins to glow also, turning her into water. Her mane and tail become steam while her body becomes liquid water while her wings and trident become ice. She the fires a blast of water at Fire Nation Mare and it freezes her front hoofs.

“OK. Time to get out of here.” Fire Nation Mare said as she runs away, along with the other wrestlers.

“That was awesome!” Rainbow said to the three Avatars as they then return to their normal forms and collapse.

“Firebrand!” Twilight nearly yelled as she runs up to him while the others run up to Agua and Terra. “Are you all right? Can you get up?” Twilight asked him as she lifted his head.

“Do I have to?” Fire’ said to her. She then releases her hold and he drops. Agua and Terra then get up, followed by Firebrand.

“That was amazing, sis. You finally got a hold on that.” Geo said to his little sister.

“Thanks, Geo.” Terra said.

==================================================================

On the hill, the creature sees them talking about what happened before leaving. “Hmmm ... Impressive.” It said as it leaves.

==================================================================

Later, it's almost dawn, and Fire’ is walking in the garden along with Twilight. “We’ll be leaving soon Fire,’ thanks to. So why the long face?”

“Its that Xin Fu from last night.” Fire’ said to the purple Alicorn. He threatened you. I can’t believe anypony is like that.”

“Tell me about it. But the good news is that you can become an inferno whenever you want to now.” Twilight said, trying to cheer Fire’ up.

“Yeah. I guess it is a good thing.” Fire’ then pauses for a moment. “Twilight, I swear that I will never let something like that happen to you ever again.” Twilight then blushes, but she tries her best to hide it as they head for the chariot.

“Take good care of my sister.” Geo said.

“We will, Geo.” Fire’ said to him. “Say, how are you going to explain this to your family?”

“I’ll tell them that I found a school for the blind and I sent Terra there with some guards. And that I told the teachers to include nothing but the safest programs” Geo said as the group leave, with Terra finally getting her first taste of real freedom.

==================================================================

In a forest near the border of Equestria and Geo Firma, the strange creature from before is walking along a river. He the stops for a moment. “So,” he began, “the Avatar has returned, but in 5 bodies like the prophecy said. But so have I!” He the continues to walk away.